English Grammar for Students of French
191 Pages • 40,967 Words • PDF • 9.7 MB
Uploaded at 2021-09-24 10:16
This document was submitted by our user and they confirm that they have the consent to share it. Assuming that you are writer or own the copyright of this document, report to us by using this DMCA report button.
.
.) -)
-)
.
.)
..)
.) The Study Guide For Those Learning
Third
..)
French
Edition)
-)))
English
Grammar
Students
for
French)
of
The
for
Study
Those
Guide
Learning
French)
l1Jird
edition)
Jacqueline
Morton)
The
Olivia
and
Hill Press@)))
ENGLISH
series)
GRAMMAR
for Students
Grammar
English
of Spanish
English
for
English Grammar
for StudentsofItalian
Gramnzar
Grammar
English
Students
Students
for
English Grammarfor Students for Students
Grammar
English
Gramdtica
para
espaflola
@
1993,
any
of Latin of
Russian
of Japanese
estudiantes
de ingles)
Morton)
Jacqueline
All rights
of German
reserved.No
fonn of
by
any
or transmitted be reproduced part of this work may means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopying any infonnation storage retrieval system, without
and recording, or by in writing from
pennission
Printed
in the U.S .A.)
Library
of Congress
ISB N 0-934034-18-4)))
the
publisher.)
Catalog Card Number:
87-7889)
in
CONTENTS)
1
Introduction
1.
What
is
a Noun?
2.
What
is
Meant
by Gender?
6
3.
What
is
Meant
by Number?
9
4.
What
are
4
12
Articles?
12
Articles
Defmite
14
IndefmiteArticles
15
Articles
Partitive
the Possessive?
18
is
a Verb?
21
What
is
an Infinitive?
23
8.
What
are
9.
What
is
a Subject?
28
10.
What
is
a Pronoun?
30
11.
What
is
a Subject
12.
What
is
a Verb
13.
What
are
Affirmative
and Negative
What
are
Declarative
and Interrogative
What
is
Meant
by Mood?
50
16.
What
is
Meant
by Tense?
52
17.
What
is
the
Present
18.
What
is
the
Imperative?
19.
What
is
a Participle?
5.
What is
6.
What
7.
14. 15.
25
Verbs?
Auxiliary
Pronoun?
32
Conjugation?
36 Sentences? Sentences?
56 59
59
60
Past Participle What
is the
Past
63
Tense?
63
Present Perfect (passecompose) Imperfect
Selection
65
(imparfait)
of the
46
54
Tense?
Present Participle
20.
43
passe compose or
ii i)))
the
imparfait
66)
21.
What
22.
What
is the is
the
Past Perfect
69
Tense?
72
Tense?
Future
73
Immediate Future
23.
What
24.
What
Perfect
is
the
Future
is
the
Conditional?
75
Tense?
77
Present Conditional
77
PastConditional
79
Sequenceof
80
25.
What
is a
26.
What
is
Tenses
82 85 by Active and Passive Voice? an Active Sentence to a Passive Sentence 86
Reflexive Verb?
Meant
Changing
Passive
the
Avoiding
Voice
in French
27.
What
28.
What is
an
29.
What is
a DescriptiveAdjective?
30.
What
is
is
the
90
Subjunctive?
92
Adjective?
a Possessive
What is an
32.
What
is
a Demonstrative
33.
What
is
Meant
93
Adjective?
Singular Possessor: my, your, Plural Possessor: our, your, 31.
87
his,
her, its
their
Interrogative Adjective? Adjective?
by Comparison
of Adjectives?
96 97 99
101 103
105
Comparative
105
Superlative
106
34.
What
is an Adverb?
35.
What
is
36.
What is a Preposition?
37.
What
109 112
a Conjunction?
are
Direct
114 116
Objects?
116
Object
118
Indirect Object
Objectof
a
119)
Preposition
iv)))
38.
is an
What
123
Object Pronoun?
DirectObject
124
Pronouns
Indirect
126
Pronouns
Object
129
Pronouns as Objectsof a Preposition 39.
What is
an
133
Pronouns
(Stressed)
Disjunctive
138
Pronoun?
Interrogative
138
Subject
139
Direct Object
IndirectObject
and
\"Which
Object
145
148
40.
What
41.
Singular Possessor: mine,yours, Plural Possessor: ours, yours, What is'a Relative Pronoun?
is
Pronoun?
a Possessive
Subjectof
the
Direct Object
his,
hers,
Object
of a
154 155
Preposition
Relative Clause
Possessive is
What
without
Antecedents
Pronoun?
a Demonstrative
\"Thisone, that one\" and \"these, those\" \"Theone, the ones\"(celuiqui) de to Show Possession Celui Answer
157 in a
159 163
\"whose\"
Modifier
Pronouns
149 151
theirs
of the Relative Clause and
42.
its
Clause
Relative
IndirectObject Relative
141
Preposition
ones\"
which
One,
of a
166 169 169 170
172 175
Key
179)
Index
v)))
STUDENT)
THE
To
for Students ofFrench explains the grammatical terms that are in your French textbookand shows you how they relate to English grammar.Onceyou have understood the terms and concepts in your own it will be easier for language, to With undertand textbook. and you your simple explanations numerous examples this handbookcompares and French English grammar, pointing out the similarities and differences. English
Grammar
Grammar into the class sylyou pages to read before doing an in If you are selectingthe pages French textbook. assignment your check the detailed index for the terms and concepts yourself, you will need to understand for your When assignment. you finish a chapter in the handbook, you can test your comprehension by and doing the short Reviews checking against the your answers Most
teachers
English
incorporate
labus so
which
know
will
Answer Key.)
for
Tips
1. RULES
-
Make sure you on to the next one.Language
each brickis only 2.
a Foreign
Studying
as
each
understand
secure
Language
learning
as its
rule
is like
you move building a house; before
foundation.
-
in lanMemorization plays an important part guage learning. For instance, you will have to memorize vocabrules. To memorize, here ulary, verb conjugations, and grammar are the steps you should follow: MEMORIZATION
you can easily 2 sentences or 5 words). retnember(for instance, \302\267 Read the first section aloud several times. \302\267 Write down the first section as you repeat it aloudto \302\267 Divide
the
into sections
passage
yourself. \302\267
what
Compare
\302\267
what \302\267
Repeat
said
you
these
\302\267 Continue
reciting
steps
metnorizing frotn
wrote
with the
original. is no differencebetween the original. to metnorize the second section. each section in the same way,
until there or wrote and
above
the
Repeat
you
the
each
beginning vi)))
time.)
3.
-
Use any trick remember new words.Hereare VOCABULARY
or some
that
gimmick that
students
helps
you
have found
useful:) \302\267 Write
word
each
oneside,
on a on
English
separate index card, Frenchon
the
other.
or pens of different colors.Thiscan other useful information about the help you remember word:using blue for masculine nouns and red for femwill inine nouns you remember genders. (You help can also usegreen for for verbs, orange adjectives,
\302\267 Use
index
cards
etc. to relnelnber parts of speech.) the French words, look at the English learning words.Say the French word that corresponds aloud,
\302\267 When
and flip the cardto check answer. Shuffle the your so you see the English word cold (i.e., without relnemberingthe word order).
deck often
4.
- Read the Frenchwords sentences out and write them.That are seeing, way you practicing you them. saying, and hearing the words.It will help you remember to 5. DAILY PRACTICE - Don't get behind.It's almost impossible need catch up in language learning because you daily practice and time to absorbthe material. WRITTEN
EXERCISES
loud as
6.
LANGUAGE
TAPES
- It is betterto listen
several times duringthe one long session.)
week
rather
Bonnechance, Jacqueline
Morton)
vii)))
to
than
for short
periods doing everything in
tapes
1)
INTRODUCTION
INTRODUCTION)
When
1. The
language, in this
a foreign
you learn
word in threeways:
at each
male
a young
Boy,
word
you
must look
English word must be connected equivalent meaning. has the same meaningas the French
that has an
word
a French
French,
word-An
of the
meaning
with
case
child,
gar\037on.
Words
with
easy
words
These
and
same
the
are
words
two
course,
by memorizing vocabor very similar in both are called cognates and are, of
are learned
meanings
equivalent
ulary. Sometimes French. English learn.
to
French
English
intelligent
intelligent
gouvernement
government
continuer
continue)
knowing one French word will help you learn another. that etudiant is a male student shouldhelp you learn that Knowing is a female student; or knowingthat vendeur is a etudiante vendeuse salesman should help you remember that is a salesOccasionally
woman.
Usually there is littlesimilarity French word will not help you must memorizeeachvocabulary Knowing girl.
In addition,
that
is
gar\037on
boy
between
item
will
there are times when
words,
As a
another.
learn
and
one
knowing
general rule, you
separately.
not help
words
you learn
in combination
that
fille
is
take on
a
special meaning. French
The
However,
word
faire
faire means to make; la queuemeansthe la queue means to line up, to stand in line.
tail.
as a whole (faire la queue)is difindividual words (faire and la queue)is calledan Idiom. You will need to be aware of these in order to recognize them and use them idiomaticexpressions
An
whose
expression from
ferent
the
meaning
meaning
of the
correctly.
2.The sified
classification in
eight
of
categories
the
word-English called parts
and French words are clasof speech. Here is a list of the)))
2
INTRODUC\037ON)
of speech:
parts
article
noun
verb
adverb
pronoun
preposition
adjective
conjunction
Each part of speech has its own rules for spelling, pronunciation, and use. You must learn to identify the part of speech of each word in order to choose the correct French equivalentand to know what rules to apply.
Look at
a.
the
word
What
do
in the
what
following sentences:
want?
you
b. What mov.ie do you want c. I'll do what want. 1 you
to see?
in French is the same in all three sentences; but words will be used and three different sets of rules will apply becauseeachwhat to a different belongs part of speech. 3. The use ofthe word-A word must also be identified accordingto the roleit plays in the sentence. Each word, whether English or will French,plays a specific role. Determining this role or function also help you to choose the correctFrenchequivalent and to know what rules to apply. Hereis a listof functions: The
word
English
different
three
subject
direct
object
indirect object
object of a preposition
Let
us
go
back
to the
again
a.
What
is on
b.
What
is she
the table? doing?
c. What are you
1
talking
about?2)
a. Interrogative pronoun, see p. 138. b. Interrogative adjective, see p. 101. Relative pronoun without antecedent, see p. 166.
c. 2
word what.
Subject, see p. 28. b. Direct object, see p. 116. c. Object of a preposition, see p. 119.))) a.
3)
INTRODUCTION
sentences; English word is the same in all three three different words will be used becauseeach what
but in French a different
The
has
function.)
Careful As a student of Frenchyou
speech
the
and
essential because one
The small petites
black shoes are on chaussures I
I
the
big
I
noires sont I
I
I
IN
word in a
another.)
I
Les
both the part of given sentence. This is sentence have a great deal of to recognize
learn
a French
in
words
on
influence
must
of each
function
II
round
table.
sur la grande table ronde. I I I I)
I
I
I
ENGLISH
is shoes, only word that affects another word in the sentence which forces us to say are. If the word were shoe, we would haveto .
The
say
IS.)
IN FRENCH
for shoes (chaussures) not only (soot), but also the spellingand pronunciation
The word
the, small, and and
black.
The of the
pronunciation
word
French
for table
affects
of the
the
word
French
for are words for
(table) affects the spelling
words for
the, big, and
round.
The
means on. affected by another word is sur, which in the same are determined Since parts of speech and function usually in in this will show handbook way English and French, you how to identify them in English. You will then learn to compare English and Frenchconstructions. Thiswill give you a better understanding of the
only word not
explanationsin
your
French
textbook.)))
4
IS A NOUN?)
WHAT
word
is a
A noun thing,
NOUN?)
A
of a person,
the name
be
can
that
an animal,place,
idea.)
or an
event,
IS
WHAT
1.
ENGLISH
IN
types of words which are nouns: professor, clown, student,girl
some different
us look at
Let
. a
person
Professor
animal
an
dog,
Paul,
Bozo,
Smith,
.
Mary
bear, snake
bird,
Heidi, Tweetie,Teddy . a
city, state,
place
.a
thing
continent
country,
Paris,
Michigan,
lamp,
airplane,
France, Europe book, dress
Perrier, Eiffel
Tower,Arch graduation, marriage,birth,
. an event or activity . an idea
As
a noun is not only
can see,
you
tangible, i.e., it can
House,
Triumph football
death,
robbery, rest, growth mathematics poverty, democracy, humor, addition, strength, elegance, virtue,
or concept
that is
of
that
also be
you
can
which
a word
such as
touch,
the nameof things
are
that
increase
names
something
table, dog, and abstract,
White
i.e., that you
and honor. cannot touch, suchasjustice,jealousy, A noun that does not state the nameof a specific person,place,thing, noun does not begin with a a common noun. A common etc. is called capital letter, unlessit is the first word of a sentence. All the words are common nouns. above that are not capitalized A
noun.
words
above
the
The
girl I
proper
that are
is made
cream or a propernoun, the
begins
always
with a
capitalized are propernouns.
etc.
is called
capital letter. All
I
noun can
compound
where
specific person,place,thing,
noun)
that
To help
noun
proper
noun noun
A
is Mary.
cotntnon
A
name of a
is the
that
noun
a proper
you
learn
nouns
up of two wordsis calleda
be a commonnoun, such
as Western
nouns,
to recognize are in italics.
The best purchasesfroln gloves and other luxury
France items.
such
as comic
strip
A
and ice
America.
Europe
and North
look at
the paragraphbelow
include Today,
noun.
compound
wines, perfumes, scarves, French workers make excel-)))
5)
IS A NOUN?
WHAT
lent skis and tennis racketswhich sold the world over. Thanks are to the Common Market, Germany, Italy, you can find goods from and their commercial partners in all large French stores. England, and Thus, Italian sportscars, English leather,German glassware, in lace can be bought at prices to the those Belgian comparable of origin.)
country FRENCH
IN
in the
are identified
Nouns
same way as they
Used to
Terms
are
in English.)
Talk About Nouns
noun has a gender; that is, it can be classified according to whether it is masculine,feminine,or neuter What is Meant (see by Gender?, p. 6). - A noun has a NUMBER number; that is, it can be identified according to whether it is singularor plural What is Meant (see by Number?, p. 9). - A noun can be classifiedas to whetherit is a OR NON-COUNT COUNT count noun or non-count noun; that is, whether it refersto something can be counted are Articles?). that or not (see p. 15 in What - A
GENDER
A noun can have a is, it can be the subjectof the -
FUNCTION
p. 28) or an
(see
object
sentence
(see
are Objects?,
What
in a
functions
of
variety
sentence;
is a
What
that
Subject?,
p. 116).)
................REVIEW.................. Circle
the
nouns
in the
sentences:
following
into the classroom and
1. The
boy came
2. The
textbookhas a painting on its cover.
3.
Mary
Evans
Paris
visited
4. Thelionroaredand 5. Truth is 6. His
stranger
kindness
than
the
with her children
spoke
to the
teacher.
class.
screamed.
fiction.
and understanding
were known
throughout
the
world.)))
WHAT IS MEANT
6
BY GENDER?)
IS MEANT BY
2. WHAT
in the grammatical sense means that as masculine, feminine,or neuter. Gender
in English;
is not
Gender
very important French language
of the
heart
GENDER?) a word
be classified
can
however, it is at the very
where the gender of a
in the way the word is spelledand pronounced. in English. Parts speech have a gender in Frenchthan
is often
word
More parts of of speech that
reflected
indicate gender: French nouns
English
pronouns
articles
adjectives)
possessive
pronouns
adjectives
Sinceeach
of
part
fmd
will
gender
look at IN
the
speech
in the
discussed
types of
various
its own rules to indicate gender,you sections dealing with articles and the In this section we shall only adjectives.
follows
pronouns and of nouns.)
gender
ENGLISH
their do not have a gender, but sometimes themselves meaning or will indicate a gender based on the biologicalsex the person or the noun stands for. When we a common animal proper replace noun with he or she, we automatically use he for malesand she for All the nouns which name things that do not have a sex are females.
Nouns
of
replaced
it.
by
Nouns
came
Paul
indicate the masculinegender.
to males
referring
home;
1
tired, and I was glad to
he was 1
.
see
him. 1
.
masculIne
mascu Ine
noun
I
male)
Nouns
to females
referring
The
girl 1
came
indicate the feminine gender. she was
home; \037
.1.
tired, and I was glad to
see \037
lemlnlne
noun
her. .1.
lemlnlne
female)
All
ered
which
nouns
other
do not
indicate a biologicalgenderare
neuter.
The
of ci1ty noun
Washington
is lovely. I
enjoyed visiting if. neuter)))
consid-
WHAT
to
referred The IN
United States sailed
S/S
for
BY GENDER?
MEANT
such as ship, which
well-known exceptions, as she. It is custom, not logic,which a few
are
There
IS
7)
is
decides.
She
Europe.
was a
beautiful ship.)
FRENCH
nouns and proper nouns-have a gender;they or feminine. Do not confusethe grammatical \"masculine\" and \"feminine\" with the meaning of \"male\" and a few French nouns have a grammatical gendertiedto Only of the male or femalesex,most refer to someone nouns they
All
nouns-common
are
either
terms
\"female.\" whether
masculine
which must be
a gender
have
The genderof
mine.These
are
the
of
other
Males
based
nouns
\037
on
whose
nouns
biological
memorized. biological meaning
or female.
sexes, male Females
masculine
Paul
\037ary
is easy to detertied to one or the
gender is always
\037
boy
girl
brother
sister
son
daughter
feminine
The gender of all othernouns, common and explained or figured out. Thesenouns only gender which is unrelated to biologicalsex.Here of English nouns classified underthe gender of
cannot
proper, have are
their
be
a grammatical some
French
examples
equiva-
lent.)
Masculine
Feminine
boat
car
suicide
death
Japan
France
blackboard
chalk
government)
democracy)
Gender is important not only and
pronunciation
rize
the
noun
does you
does
not will
indicates
for
words
the
noun
it influences.
but for the spelling You will have to memo-
itself,
French noun you learn. Sincea indicate its gender, when memorizing usually have to learn a noun with its articlebecausethe gender (see What are Articles?,p. 12).))) gender
grammatical alone
vocabulary
article
of the
of every
WHAT IS
8
MEANT
BY GENDER?)
Careful
of French rely on biological genderto indicatethe gender of nouns such as professorwhich refer can to a female or equivalents male. Such nouns have a grammatical gender which must be only
You cannot
memorized.
TTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTREVIEW
TTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTT
Circle can up
or F (feminine) (?) next to the
M (masculine)
and identify, in a dictionary.)
GENDER
IN
next
to the
nouns whose
nouns whosegenderyou
FRENCH
1. boys
M
F
?
2. chair
M
F
?
3. Jane
M
F
?
4. classroom
M
F
?
5. visitor
M
F
?
6. sisters
M
F
?
7. houses
M
F
?)))
would
gender you have
to look
IS
WHAT
IS MEANT BY
WHAT
3.
MEANT
BY NUMBER?
9)
NUMBER?)
Numberin the grammaticalsensemeans that is singular or a word When a word refers to one or it is saidto besInplural. person thing, when it refers more than it is to one, gular; plural. Moreparts of speech indicate number in French, and there are more in French than in English. Parts of and spelling pronunciation changes number:
indicate
that
spe\037ch
French nouns
English
nouns
verbs
articles
pronouns
verbs
demonstrative
only
pronouns
adjectives
adjectives
Since each part of speech follows will find number discussed you the various types of adjectives
and
tenses. In this
section weshallonly
look
at the
ENGLISH
made plural in oneof two or \"-es\" singular noun can add an \"-s\" noun is
A singular 1. A
2. A
A
own
of nouns.)
number IN
and their
verbs
on
tions
rules to indicate number, sections dealing with articles, as well as in all the secpronouns, its
in the
book
books
kiss
kisses
singular
plural
noun
can change
man
men
mouse
mice
leaf
leaves
child)
children)
noun
is usually
ways: .
its spelling.)
spelled and pronounceddifferently
from
the
singular.
nouns, called collective nouns, referto a things, but the noun itself is consideredsingular. A football team has eleven players. Some
well.
Thefamity
is
The crowd
was under
control.)))
group
of persons
or
WHAT IS MEANT
1 0
NUMBER?)
By
IN FRENCH spelled differently plural form of a noun is usually The most commonchangeis the same as the one made in English; that is, an \".s\" is added to the singular noun.
As in English, the from the singular. livre
livres
book
books
table
tables
table
tables
Thereis gular
an
and
to .aux
change
words that end in
of French
group
important which
.al in the sin-
in the plural.)
Singular
Plural
Iejournal
les journaux
newspaper
newspapers
les
animal)
animals)
I
'animal)
animaux)
of a noun doesnot change
The gender
What is Meant by
Hearing
The main difference betweenthe
that in French, even though
reading
the
word,
can
you
when
it becomes
plural
(see
p. 6).)
Gender?,
Plural
the
forms
plural
in English
and French
is
you plural ending if you are the final \"s\" is never hear because it, rarely
see the
can
pronounced.) same
on
unciati pro\037
I
I
Ii vre
Ii vres
table
tables)
You will usually
have
to listen
to the
word
that
comes
The whether the noun is singularor plural. show you that in English you hear the plural in the in French you hear it in the word that precedes it.)
to know
English
French
Singular
Plural
the book
the books
the table
the tables
livre
les livres
la table
les tables)))
Ie
before
the noun
examples noun itself,
below
while
WHAT
.....\037...\037......REVIEW
IS MEANT
By
NUMBER?
11)
.\037..\037.\037\037\037\037\037\037\037.\037\037..
Indicate under COLUMN A if English and French wordsbelow. is singular (S) or plural (P). \302\267 the B if you under COLUMN English and French words aloud.Indicate Say if can hear if the word is singular (S) or plural or can't tell.) (?) you (P), Look
the
at the
word
Column
A
B
Column
1. desks
S
p
S
P
?
2. maisons
S
p
S
P
?
3. tooth
S
p
S
P
?
4.
S
p
S
P
?
5. feet
S
p
S
P
?
6. etudiantes
s
p
s
P
?)))
cheval
WHAT ARE
12
ARTICLES?)
ARE ARTICLES?)
WHAT
4.
the noun word placed before a noun to show whether or or idea, event, particular person, animal,place,thing, or idea. whether the noun refers to an unspecified thing, person, An
is a
article
to a
refers
I saw the boy
spoke
you
about.
I
a particular
boy)
a boy
I saw
street.
the
in
I
an unspecified
boy)
Articles)
Definite
IN ENGLISH
article is used beforea
A definite
particular person,place,
animal,
thing,
article,the.
I
the
read
noun
when
we are
or idea.
speaking about a is one definite
There
you recommended.
book
I
a particular
book)
the apple
I ate
I
a particular
becomes
remains
the when the noun which
follows
plural.
I read
I ate IN
me.
apple)
article
definite
The
you gave
the books the
apples
you recommended. you
gave
me.)
FRENCH
article is used beforea noun when referring in person, place, animal,thing,or idea.However, the article works hand in hand with the noun it belongs to in French, that it matches the noun'sgenderand number. This is \"matching\" called agreement. (One says that \"the article agrees with the noun.\") A different article is used, therefore,depending on whether the noun is masculine or feminine (gender)and depending on whether the noun is are both singular or plural (number).Becausethesearticles pronounced and spelled differently, they indicate the genderand number of the noun to the ear as wellasto the eye.))) As
in English,
to a
particular
a definite
13)
WHAT ARE ARTICLES?
forms of the definitearticle:three
There are four one plural.
Le indicates that
noun
the
is masculine
Ie livre
the
book
Ie
the
boy
gar\037on
la table
the table
la porn me
the
singular.
apple
L' is used instead of Ie and la before does not tell us, therefore,if the noun I
and
noun is femininesingular.
that the
La indicates
forms
singular
'etudiant
the
student)
the
school)
a word
beginning
is masculine
with
It
a vowel.
or feminine.)
I
Inasculine)
I' ecole I
felninine)
in writing. It is never pronounced.When exists only with the letter \"h\",the word is usually considered with vowel: I'herbe a (the grass); (the hotel). beginning Your textbook will go into the few exceptions to this rule.
The letter
a
\"h\"
starts
word
as
l'h6tel
The
of a
dropping
is called an
final vowel beforea word
elision. You
will
have
to rely
dictionary or your
word is masculineor feminine. Les is used to indicate that the noun is plural.Sincethere form, it does not tell us if the noun is masculineor feminine. to know
memory
Masculine
les les
Ii
les
the
gar\037ons)
only
one
books
plural
tables
the tables
the apples)
Vowels are the sounds associated with the other letlers of the alphabet.)))
with
is
the boys)
les pOlnlnes) I
if the
plural
vres
Feminine
a vowell
with
starting
on the
the letters 0, e, i, 0 and u; consonants are
the sounds associated
WHAT ARE
14
ARTICLES?)
Articles)
Indefinite
IN ENGLISH An Indefinite
article is usedbeforea noun an unspecified person,animal,place,thing, two indefinite articles,a and an. a word beginningwith
used before
A is
a boy
I saw
speaking about There are
or idea.
event,
a consonant.
street.
the
in
we are
when
I
a particular
not
a word
before
is used
An
boy)
beginningwith
a vowel.
an apple.
I ate
I
a particular
not
article is used only
The indefinite
when the noun but
it,
replace
apple)
becomes
it is
noun;
a singular
the word
it is
dropped
some is usedto
usually omitted.
I saw
boys
I saw
(some)boys
I ate
plural.
with
At times,
street.
in the
the
in
street.
apples.
I ate (some)apples.) IN
FRENCH
in English, an indefinite article is used when referring to an unspecified animal, person,
As in
idea. Just as with
definite
the noun's genderand
indefinite
the indefinitearticle:two
one plural.
Un indicates that
Une
the
noun
un
livre
a book
un
gar\037on
a boy
indicates une
that the
table
une pomtne
before
a noun
place, thing, event, or articles must agree with
number.
forms of
are three
There
articles,
French
singular.
noun is feminine singular.
a table
an
is masculine
apple)))
singular
forms
and
WHAT
Des is form,
ARE ARTICLES?
used to indicatethat the noun is plural. Since there is only not tell us if the noun is masculineor feminine.
15)
one
it does Masculine
plural
des
Ii
des
gar\037ons
boo ks
vres
Feminine
boys
plural
des tables
tables
des pOlnmes
apples)
Articles
Partitive
French also has another set of articlescalledpartitive articles because are used before certain nouns they refer to \"part of the whole.\"They called non-count nouns. As the name implies, a non-count noun dessinignatesan object that cannot be counted. It is, therefore, always the For noun water is a non-count n oun because it is a gular. example,
cannot be precededby
such as 1, 2, 3, etc. (You The waters...) opposite of non-count is count noun can be singular nouns or plural because an object that can be counted.Forexample, the noun it designates pen can be preceded by numbers suchas 1,2,3 etc.(one pen,two pens...). in French, partitive articles agree with Like the all articles noun's form and number. Since non-count nounsdon't have a plural gender and are always singular, partitive have forms. articles only singular As you will see in the examples below, French partitive articles can be translated some or any, but they are often left out in Engby the words
noun which
numbers
water, two A count nouns.
one
count
cannot
lish. In French,
the
however,
partitive
article
expressed.
Thereare
Du indicates
of the
forms
three that
the
partitive. is masculine
noun
J'achete du beurre.
I
am
buying
(some)
butter.
Voulez-vous
du beurre?
Do you
(any)
want
butter?)))
singular.
must
always
be
16
ARE ARTICLES?)
WHAT
indicates that the noun
De la
de
J'achete
I am
vowel.
la viande. meat.
(some)
buying
Voulez-vous
de la
Do you
(any)
De I'
. nme.)
is femininesingular.
want
viande? meat?
is used instead of du and de la before a word beginning with a It does not tell us, therefore,if the noun is masculine or femi-
Je bois de I'eau. I
felnin
I am
ine
drinking (some)
water.
Devez-vousde I'argenta Marie? I
masculine
Do you This
owe (any) money to
Mary?
you the genderbecausedeI' isused with both singular nouns. of the different forms of the partitive summary textbook for the rules regarding their usage.)
does not tell and feminine
form
masculine
The aboveis
articles.
Refer
brief
a
to
your
Hearing the Genderand In
spoken
French
the singular form
the gender
of a noun can usually
of articles. When
article,the femininegender
can
Number
be
a noun
heard
be
is preceded
in the
\"a\"
sound
heard
only
in
by a definite at the
end of
la. The masculinegenderis harder to identify because the final \"e\" of Ie is not pronounced. When a noun is precededby a definite article, will un and have to train ear to the difference between hear you your une. The number of a noun will in often be heard the article only
which precedesit, lesor des.)))
WHAT
....\037............\037
................REVIEW is a
Below \302\267 Circle count \302\267 Write
list of
English
which
of the
nouns
(N).
French
the
feminine
nouns
by a definite
preceded
are count
nouns below
article for each
ENTRY
DICTIONARY
shows
on
noun
you
if
nouns
the
the noun
entry
C
N
livre
C
N
ami
C
N
chaise
C
N
idee
C
N
argent
(n.m.)
C
N
temps
(n.m.)
C
N
cours
luck
C
N
chance
dinner
C
N
diner
(n.m.)
C
N
glace
(n.f.))))
friend
3. some
7. a
chairs
idea
5. some 6. the
money
weather
course
8. some 9. the
article.
which are
non-
(f.).)
1. the books
4. an
or indefinite
(C) and
line provided. The French (n.) is masculine (m.) or
Dictionary
2. the
17)
ARE ARTICLES?
10. some
ice-cream
(n.m.) (n.m.) (n.f.) (n.f.)
(n.m.) (n.f.)
French article
WHAT IS THE
18
POSSESSIVE?)
IS THE
WHAT
5.
The term possessivemeans
one
that
POSSESSIVE?) owns or
noun
possesses another
noun.)
are torn.
The
b\037Ok'S payes
possessor possessed plural)
singular
IN ENGLISH
show possession in oneof two An apostrophe can be used. In this comes before the noun possessed.
You can 1.
A
\"s\"
the
noun possessor
or proper
common
singular
ways. construction,
noun
adds an
possessor +
apostrophe
.)
dress
Mary's I
possessor)
singular
book
the professor's
a tree's branches
A
plural the
possessor
ending
students'
teacher
with
\"s\"
adds
an apostrophe
after the
\"s\".
I
possessor)
plural
club
the girls' A
plural the
possessor
not ending
children's
playground
with
\"s\"
adds
an apostrophe
+
\"s\".
I
possessor)
plural
the men's
department
2. The word of can
comes
the
before
A singular
or of a. the
be
noun
In this
used.
of the
the noun possessed
possessor
is preceded
possessor.
or plural commonnoun
book
structure,
professor I
singular
common
noun possessor)))
by of
the
IS THE
WHAT
of the
teacher
19)
of a tree
the branches the
POSSESSIVE?
students I
common
plural
noun possessor)
noun possessor is precededby
A proper
the
dress
of
of Mary I
noun possessor)
proper
IN
FRENCH
The
structure
apostrophe
( 1 above) does not
way to express possessionand tion
(2
above).
a noun possesses another noun the noun possessed + de + definiteor indefinite sessor) When
dress Mary's I I possessor
of Mary
I
book)
follows: the noun pos-
+ the
article
I
noun
possessor
possessed
la robe professor's
is as
structure
the dress
noun
possessed)
the
one
\"of' (de) construc-
using the
is by
that
is only
There
exist.
de
the book
Ie
of the professor du
livre
Marie)
professeur
I
de + Ie)
a tree's
branches)
the branches
les
branches
the lady's
handbag)
the handbag of the Ie sac
the students' teacher)
of a tree d'un
arbre) lady
de la dame)
the teacher of the Ie professeur
des
students \037tudiants
I
de + les)
Careful
confuse du, de la, de I', and des meaning of and of the with words of the samespellingwhich are articles (see p. 15) and partitive the plural indefinitearticle(p. 15)meaning some or any. When they indicate possession, they usually come between two nouns (the book of the teacher).))) Do not
WHAT IS
20
THE
POSSESSIVE?)
REVIEW \037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037
are
Below
structure
possessives which
is the
using the apostrophe. Write the alternate English equivalent of the French structure.
word-far-word
1. somechildren'sparents 2.
the
3. the
4.
a
dress's
5. the
color
school's entrance
car's
speed
books'
covers)))
\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037)
WHAT
6. is a word that
A verb
IN
of the sentence. The word necessarilyphysical action.)
action
the
indicates
broadest sense, not
in its
used
is
\"action\"
A VERB?)
IS
WHAT
21)
IS A VERB?
ENGLISH
Let us
.
look at different a
mental
to
to run,
activity
physical
.a
types of words which areverbs: to hope, to think
activity
. a condition
to
be,
\"action\" of the
imagine, to
of the
one
into
neatly
because
they
sentence.)
The book costsonly
box dream,
to have
nevertheless
verbs
to walk, to
talk,
to believe, to
to sit,
Many verbs, however,donot fall
gories. They are
to
hit,
above catethe
represent
$5.00.
I
to cost)
seem tired.
The students
I
to seem)
you learn to recognize where the verbs are in italics.
To help
The
verbs, look
at
the
below
paragraph
selected a table, looked at the menu and the waitress asked what she recommended. She advised the beef stew. It was not expensive. They chose daily special, a bottle of red wine and ordered a salad.The servicewas but the food tasted very good. Good cooking,they slow, takes time. They ate pastry for dessert and finished decided, three
hung up
meal
the
The verb
entered
students
and
their
coats
with
coffee.
the restaurant, sat down. They
is one of the mostimportant
words
write a completesentence,i.e.,express verb. It is important that you learn to tion
of
many
words
in a
sentence
the verb. For instance,the
actionof
the
verb
p. 116)
the
(see .)))
verb,
What
and
is a
object
Subject?,
sentence;
a complete
identify
often
subject
the
in a
depends
of a
sentence
is the
thought,
you cannot without a
verbs because on their
is the
the func-
relationship
to
word doingthe
word receivingthe actionof
p. 28, and
What
are
Objects?,
WHAT IS A VERB?)
22
IN FRENCH
identified the same way
Verbs are
- The
INFINITIVE
its subject:
verb is
conjugated or changesin
I do, he does(seeWhat
an
form
the
an
is called
verb is
Infinitive?,
to agree
with
Conjugation?, p. 36). or indicates tense, that is, the time (present, is Meant by be (see What action: I am, I was, I will Verb
is a
past,
A verb of
future)
English.)
Verbs Terms Used to TalkAbout verb form which is the nameof the
- A
CONJUGATION
-
are in
they
to eat, to sleep, to drink (seeWhat
infinitive: p. 23).
TENSE
as
Tense?, p. 52). - A
VOICE
verb shows
and the actionof the
voice,
verb
(see
that
the
is,
relation
is Meant
What
Voice?,p. 85). -
MOOD
shows mood, that
A verb
between the subject by Active and Passive
is, the speakers'attitude
toward
(see What is Meant by Mood?, p. 50). they form PARTICIPLE - A verb be used to a also participle: writing, may written, (see What is a Participle?, p. 59). sung singing, - A verb can be classifiedas transitive or OR INTRANSITIVE TRANSITIVE or the verb can a direct on whether not take intransitive depending are Objects?, p. 116).) object (see What are saying
what
\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037
\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037REVIEW
the
Circle
1. The 2. Paul
verbs
They
dinner,
6. I
the
sentences.
following
students purchase their lunch at and Mary were happy.
3. enjoyed 4. Paulate sad to 5. It was
in
the
movie,
fmished
see the
but they his
novel,
little dog
school.
preferred the book. and then went to bed.
struggle to get out
attended a concertto celebratethe
New
Year.)))
of
the
lake.
WHAT IS AN
An IN
is the
Infinitive
IS
WHAT
7.
name of the
23)
INFINITIVE?
INFINITIVE?)
AN
verb.)
ENGLISH
infinitive is composed of two words:to + the dictionary the verb (to speak, to dance). By dictionary we mean the form,
The
the verb that is listedas the be used in
most basic form of the another verb which Conjugation?, p. 36).
of
form of
(speak, dance). verb, it can never
is conjugated(see
is exciting.
learn
To
dictionary
without
a sentence
a Verb
is
What
in the
is the
infmitive
the
Although
entry
form
y
\037ain
verb
infinitive)
It's
(it
on time.
important \037s)
\037 . . .. In f Inlhve)
verb
main
.
main
It has
I.
ver
ce
f
together.
\037ar
b
infinitive)
I. Y
main
L ver
b s)
infinitive
\037
form
dictionary
used after a verb
of the
verb, Le., the infinitive
such as must
must be
Paul
I
started to rain.
auxlhary
The
I
and Mary want
Paul
I
without
the
to, is
let.)
and
home by noon.
infinitive)
Her
parents
watch television.
let Mary
I
infinitive)
IN FRENCH
The infmitive
form is shown by
calledthe ending;the
English
the word
last
or three letters of the verb the infinitive has no French
two
to in
equivalent.
danser
to dance
finir
to finish
vendre
to sell
These endings,called group each belongs la
verb
termlnalson to:)))
in French,
also tell
you which
WHAT IS AN
24
belong to the 1st group
verbs
-er
INFINITIVE?)
-ir verbs belongto the 2nd group -re verbs belong to the 3rd group It is important for you to identify the group to which a verb that you will know what pattern to follow when conjugating
belongs
so
verb.)
Careful
When
equivalent of a verb
up the
looking
an English-French of the English
in
nary, be sure to lookfor the specificmeaning English it is possibleto changethe meaning
words (prepositionsor adverbs) in ColumnA below changes
lows
a verb
of
depending
meaning
by placing
For example,
them.
after
dictioverb. In
on the
the verb
word that
short
look fol-
it:)
Column
A
Column
to look
for
I am
after
look
to
out
look
for a book.
looking
to take careof
\037)
I to
B
to search for
\037)
am
to beware of
\037)
Lookout for it is
In French,
the children.
after
looking
lions.
impossible to change the meaning
of
a verb
by adding
A above. An entirely a preposition or adverb as in Column different When verb would be used for each of the above. various meanings A will under Column above consulting a dictionary, all the examples look (regarder), but you will have be found under the dictionary entry to searchunder that entry for the expression look for (chercher) or lookafter (surveiller) to find the correct French equivalent. Don't selectthe fIrst entry under look and then add on the Frenchequivalent for the result will be meaninglessin French.) after; \037\037\037\037.\037.\037\037\037\037\037..\037\037REVIEW
words
Circle the
1. Mary 2.
The
4. They
5. Paul
you
would
replace
with
an
infinitive
has nothingmoretodotoday. must study
students
3. Paul
that
\037\037...\037..\037..\037\037\037\037\037.\037
wants
to
learn
their lessons.
French.
can leave on Tuesday. and
Mary
hope
to travel
this summer.)))
in French.
WHAT
8. is called an
A verb main
AUXILIARY
25)
VERBS?
VERBS?)
verb when it helps another is used alone,it functions as a
or helping
verb
auxiliary
tenses. When it
of its
one
form
verb
ARE
WHAT
ARE AUXILIARY
verb.)
Mary is a girl. a headache.
has
Paul
He has
been gonetwo
weeks.)
is
main
verb
has
main
verb
has
auxiliary verb
been
auxiliary
main
gone)
verb
verb)
ENGLISH
IN
auxiliary verbs: to
are three
There
series of auxiliary are
which \302\267 An
words
to change
used
is used
auxiliary
verb
past,
(present,
have, to be, and
to
do,
as well
as a
must, can, could
as will,
would, may, the meaning of the main verb. such
primarily future -
to indicate the tense of the
see
What
is
Meant-by
main
Tense?,
p. 52.))
Mary is readinga book. I to
auxiliary
Mary
read a
has
present)
be)
book.
past)
I
to
auxiliary
Mary
have)
will read
a book.
future)
I
will)
auxiliary \302\267
The tomake
verb to do auxiliary sentences negative Sentences?,
rogative tive
Sentences?,
Does Mary Mary
does
p.
is used to help formulatequestions and What are Declarative and Inter(see 46 and What are Affirmative and Nega-
p. 43)
read a book? not read
a book.
interrogative
negative
sentence sentence)
IN FRENCH
are only two auxiliary verbs:avoir (to have) and etre (to be). The other English auxiliary verbs such as do, does, did, will or would do not exist as separate words. In Frenchtheirmeaning is conveyed either a different structure or the form of the main verb. You by by will find more on this subject under the different tenses.))) There
WHAT ARE
26
The
AUXILIARY
are irregularverbs
and etre
avoir
verbs
VERBS?)
They are importantverbs auxiliary verbs and main verbs. avoir J'ai un livre.
be memorized.
whose because
must
conjugations they
both as
serve
main
verb
a book.)
I have
J'ai pris un
avoir
livre.
taken a
I have
book.
auxiliary
prendre
(to
\"
Je suis fatigu\037.
take)
verb
main verb)
etre)
main verb)
etre
auxiliary
aller
main
tired.
I am
Je suis
a la
all\037
maison.
gone home.
I have
(to
go)
verb
verb
in different the tenses verbs avoir and etre conjugated is a of main verb the the What (see by past participle the to form the tenses of main are used various Participle?, p. 59) verb.A verb tense composed of an auxiliary verb plus a main verb is tense which is a to a simple called a compoundtense,as opposed
The auxiliary and followed
tense composedof only
the
main
verb.)
Je mange. I
\"
sunp
Ie
tense
present of manger I eat.)
manee.
J'ai
I \" \"
I auxl1ary
verb
compound
r\"
maIn verb
tense
past tense of manger I have eaten.
look at some examplesofthe compound tensesyou will in your study of French. (The firstsentenceof each pair uses a fonn of avoir as an auxiliary, and the second, a fonn of etre.) PASSE COMPOSE of avoir or etre + past par(PREsENT PERFEcr)-Present is verb Past of main What the (see Tense?, p. 63) ticiple Let us encounter
Le
gar\037on
a mange
la pommel
The boy ate (has eaten)the apple. La fille est allee au cin\037ma. The girl went (has gone) to the movies.)))
WHAT
participle
gar\037on avait mange the had eaten boy
Le The
La fi The
lle
allee had gone
etait
girl
ANTERIEUR
FUTUR
participleof p.
au
69)
la pommel apple.
cin\037ma.
to the movies. PERFECT)-Future is the What
(FUTURE verb
main
or etre + past
Tense?,p.
verb
main
27)
VERBS?
AUXILIARY
of avoir (PAST PERFECT)-Imperfect is the Past Perfect What (see
PLUS-QUE-PARFAIT of
ARE
(see
of avoir or etre + past Future Perfect Tense?,
75)
Le The
mange gar\037on aura will have eaten boy
La fille sera alleeau The
girl will have
la pommel the apple.
cinema.
gone
to
movies.
the
of avoir or etre What is the Conditional?, p.77)
CONDITIONNEL PASSE(PAST CONOITIONAL)-Conditional
+
of main
participle
past
Le The
verb (see
gar\037on aurait mange la pommel would have eaten the apple. boy
La fille serait allee au cinema. The girl would have gone to the You
other
wilileam
compound
movies.
tenses as your
study
of French
pro-
gresses.)
\037............\037..REVIEW Cross
out the
English
auxiliary
\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037..
verbs
which
are not
French.)
1. Did
2.
the children
They
3. Do you
do
will
want
4. Have the
their
do their homework? homework
to study
tomorrow.
now?
children donetheirhomework?)))
used as
auxiliaries
in
WHAT IS A SUBJECT?)
28
IS A
9. WHAT In
subject. When for
is called
action
the
performs
of a sentence,always
the subject
ask, who?or what?
I will be the subject.
Paul
to find
wish
you
fIrst; then
the verb
or thing that
the person
a sentence
SUBJECT?)
the
before
verb.
the look
The answer
French.
speaks
Who speaks French? Answer: Paul is the subject.
The subject is singular.
Paul.
to one
It refers
person.)
Are the keys on the table? W
hat
Keys
is on the table? is the subject.
The subject is plural. Train
to ask
yourself
Answer:
is in boldface
subject
(the
Didthe game
on
start
After
playing for two in the
Looking
Some sentences
have
the subject. Never assume a sentence. Subjects can
in the
fIrst
as you can see in the following and the verb italicized):
time?
hours, Paul becameexhausted. was a little girl. than
more
The boys were doingthe
one
main verb; while
cooking,
Mary
table. Boys
is the
(Note
that
Mary
is the
(Note that In
both
verb to choose
English
thing.)
you have to find
the
verb.
of each
subject
mirror
one
than
to fmd
question
word is the subjectbecauseit comes be locatedin several different places, examples
keys.
to more
It refers
that
the
was setting
the
of were doing. and verb are plural.)
subject
the subject
subject the
subject
of was setting. and verb are
and French it
make surethat the the form of the verb
singular.))
is important to find the and the verb agree;
subject that
goes
VerbConjugation?, p.
with
subject that
the subject.
is,
of each you
must
(See What is a
36.))
IThe subject performs by Active
is Meant
the action in an active
sentence,
and Passive Voice?,p. 85).)))
but
is acted upon
in a passive
sentence
(see What
WHAT
..................
.\037..............REVIEW Find
the
\302\267 Next
in the sentences subjects to Q, write the question you
\302\267 Circle
to A, write the if the subject
the bell
1. When
below. need
to
to ask
find
the
subject
of the
below.
sentences \302\267 Next
29)
IS A SUBJECT?
answer to the question you is singular (8) or plural (P).)
rang, all the childrenran
just
asked.
out.
Q:
A:
S
p
S
P
S
p
S
P
S
P
S
p
S
p)))
Q:
A:
2. One
waiter
the
took
order
and another
brought the food.
Q: A:
Q:
A:
3. The fIrst-year
students
voted
for the
class president.
Q: A:
4. Frenchis a
beautiful
language,
but
it is
difficult to
learn.
Q: A:
Q:
A:
WHAT IS A
30
PRONOUN?)
A
pronoun
therefore,
IS A PRONOUN?)
WHAT
10.
It is a word used in place of one or morenouns. for a person, animal,place,thing, or idea. event,
For instance, rather than lowing two sentences,
the
repeating
proper
it is betterto usea
noun
pronoun
\"Paul\"
in the
stand,
may
in
the
second
fol-
sen-
tence.
Paul likesto swim. Paul practices every day. Paul likes to swim. He practices every day. a pronoun can only be usedto referto someone(or someGenerally been mentioned. The word that the pronoun that has already thing) or refers to is called the antecedentof the pronoun.In the replaces the pronoun he refers to the propernoun Paul. Paul is above, example the antecedent of the pronoun he.) ENGLISH
IN
are different types of pronouns,eachserving funca different tion and following different rules. Listed belowarethe more important in detail. are discussed types and the sections where they
There
PRoNouNs-These
PERSONAL
the
function
pronouns
they
change
their form
according to
sentence.
in the
have
. as subject(seep. 32) I
.
as
go;
direct
(see
object
she sings.
he runs;
read;
they
p. 123)
Paul loves it. Janemethim. . as
indirect
object (see
Jane . as objectof
us
gave
a
the
Speak to them.
book.
p. 129)
(see
preposition
Paul is going out . as
p. 126)
with
her.
a disjunctive (seep. 133) Who
is
there?
Me.
PRONOuNs-These
REFLEXIVE
sentence(seep.82). I
cut
myself.
We washed
pronouns
refer
ourselves.)))
back to
the subject of the
WHAT
PRONoUNs-These
INTERROGATIVE
are used in
pronouns
31)
IS A PRONOUN?
questions
(see p. 138). do you
What
that?
is
Who
want?
PRONouNs-These
DEMONSTRATIVE
persons or
is expensive.That
This (one)
to point out
169).
p.
(see
things
are used
pronouns
is cheap.
(one)
pronouns are usedto show
POSSESSIVEPRONouNs-These
possession
p. 148).
(see
is that?
Whose book
PRONoUNs-These
RELATIVE
Yours
Mine.
the table.
is on
to introduce
are used
pronouns
relative
subordinateclauses(seep. 154). The
man
That
is
the
PRONoUNs-These
INDEFINITE
personsor
are used
pronouns
to refer to
unidentified
things.
do that.
doesn't
One
nice. read last summer.
is very book which you came
who
Something is wrong.
The French equivalents.
indefinite They
in usage
correspond
pronouns
in your
be studied
can
to their
textbook.)
English
FRENCH
IN
same way as in English.The most with the noun it agrees in and gender, correspond usually in number, in the
identified
are
Pronouns
importantdifferenceis
replaces;
that
a pronoun
antecedent.)
its
with
it must
is,
that
\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037REVIEW
Circle \302\267 Draw
the
pronouns
an arrow
is more
in
below.
sentences
the
\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037
from the pronoun to
its
or antecedents
antecedent,
than one.)
1. Did Mary
2.The coat 3. baked
and
Mary
4. Paul and
Yes, she
Peter?
call
are
dress
the
cookies
I are very
5. If the bookis not
tired. on
the
called him last but they
elegant,
night.
are expensive.
herself. We
bed,
went
out last
look under
night.
it.)))
if
there
WHAT IS A SUBJECT
32
is a
pronoun
subject
while
worked
He
pronoun used she read.
subject of
Who read? Answer:
Sheis the
She. verb read.)
Subject pronouns are divided
speaking (the and
the
first
into
the
into
the
person),
about
spoken
person divided
further
worked.
verb
the
of the
subject
as a subjectof a verb.
He.
Answer:
worked?
Who
He is the
PRONOUN?)
IS A SUBJECT
WHAT
11. A
PRONOUN?)
singular
categories:
following
the person
second person), spoken person third These (the person). categoriesare to (the
and plural.
Let us comparethe personalsubject
and French.)
in English
pronouns
English)
French)
I)
je)
you
to
Singular
1st person the
speaking)
person
2nd person
the person spokento
3rd
person
or objectspokenabout)
the person
he
it
she
elle
it
it or
we
noos)
you)
vous)
elle
Plural 1 st
person
the person Paul
speakingplusothers
and I speak
I
French.
I I
we)
2nd
person
the person(s) Paul
and you
I
spoken to
speak French.
I I
you)
3rd person
the persons Paul and I I
they)
Mary I
or objectsspoken speak
French.
they) about
ils elles)))
WHAT IS A
are three
There
English subjectpronouns
than one
more
have
which
33)
PRONOUN?
SUBJECT
equivalent in French: you, it and they. Let us look at each one so that can learn how to choose the correct fonn.) you
IN
OR VOUS
\037 TU
\"You\"
ENGLISH
You
used to
is always
The same or
States
you asked: \"Are
there weremany
IN
with
coming
you
talking
to.
of the United
singular and standing
people
me?\" the
in the
you
in a
room and
you could referto one
than one.
to more
or
are
President.
between you in the
difference
plural. For example, if person
you
the President
to address
Mr. have any questions, a good dog,Heidi.
is no
there
used
is
dog.
your
Do you You are Also,
addressthe personor persons
pronoun you
FRENCH
sets of pronouns for you.'
are two
There
1. The
form-tu
familiar
when
with
anyone
2. The called do
child, family singular is used to
form,
polite
very well.
know
not
to a
form-vous
formal the
This form is used
plural).
(vous
member, a friend, an whom you are not on formal terms.
speak
you
singular
When in doubt, always
use
the
animal,
or
(vous plural). This form, also address one or morepersons you
polite
form, unless
speaking to a child
or animal,because are likely to offend French speakers by with to when it is not appropriate. addressing Seep. and p. 39 for a more detailed of these forms.) you
them
37
\"IT\" IN
\037
study
IL OR
ELLE
ENGLISH
or idea,you Where is the book?It is on the table.
Whenever
you refer
Hereis
IN
the
chair.
to one thing It is
use
the
pronoun
it.
comfortable.)
FRENCH
The noun
singular it replaces
subject pronoun (see What is
you use dependson the genderof the Meant by Gender?, p. 6); that is, the
-pronoun must correspond in genderwith
its
antecedent.)))
WHAT IS A
34
SUBJECT
antecedent
Masculine
est Ie
Ou
masc.
livre? II est sur la table.
.
I
I
masc.
sing.
pronoun
Elle est
\"THEY\"
fern. sing.
sing.
antecedent pronoun is the chair. It is
Here
\037
confortable.
I
I
fern.
table.
elle
\037
la chaise.
Voici
. sing
book? It is on the
is the antecedent
Feminine
it
\037
antecedent
Where
IN
PRONOUN?)
ILS
OR ELLES
you
refer to
comfortable.)
ENGLISH
Whenever
more
one
than
or more
person
than one
you use the plural pronoun they. Paul
and
Here IN
The
books?
the
are the
lot.
are students; they study a They are on the table.
Henry
are
Where
object
chairs. They are comfortable.)
FRENCH
pronoun you use dependson that is, the pronoun must correspond
subject
plural
it replaces,
antecedent.
Masculine antecedents\037 Paul
sont
et Henri
I
the
ils
\037tudient
ils
\037tudiants;
I
beaucoup.
I
I
masc. pI.
masc. pI. t teceden
an
Paul
pronoun
and Henry
Ou sont
are students. They
les livres? lis sont t an
Where
are the
les chaises; I
feln. pI. antecedent
Here
are the
a lot.
la table.
masc. pI. pronoun
books?
Feminine antecedents Voici
sur
study
I
masc. pI. t teceden
They
are
on
the table.
elles
\037
of gender in gender
elles sont
confortables.
I
fern.
pI.
pronoun
chairs; they are comfortable.)))
the noun with the
IS A SUBJECT
WHAT
Two
masculine antecedents
or more
Ie livre
soot
Ou
masc.
I
la
Ou soot
fern.
notebook?
the
et
I
sing.
fern. sing.
fern. pI. pronoun
watch?
the
fern.
I
I
sing.
rnasc. sing.
the key
are
masc. pI. pronoun
and the notebook. They are on the
\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037REVIEW
Write
French
the
table.
I
Lantecedents--.J Here
la
table.
\037 ils
genders
et Ie cahier.lIs sootsur
la cle
are on the
They
Two or moreantecedentsof different Voici
the table.
I
\037
key and
are the
are on
sur la table.
Elles soot
la mootre?
I antecedents
They
\037 elles
antecedents
cl\037
L Where
pronoun
book and
Two or morefeminine
table.
masc.pI.
antecedentW
are the
Where
la
I
masc. sing.
sing.
L
subject pronoun
that
you
table.)
\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037
would
use to
replace the words in
italics. \302\267 Write
the
person and number of each
corresponding
pronoun.
French
subject
pronoun 1.
I invited?
Am
2. Come on children, you go to bed now.
must
3. Paul and I are goingout.
4.
have
you
Mommy,
to give
me a kiss.
5.
Mary
and
are home.
Helen
6. Do you and your
wife
likesports?
7.
My
brother
French.)))
and
sister
35)
ils
\037
et Ie cahier?lIs sootsur
I
PRONOUN?
speak
Person
Number)
36
IS A VERB CONJUGATION?)
WHAT
WHAT
12.
A verb
conjugation
IS
CONJUGATION?)
VERB
A
forms is a list of the sixpossible
particular tense. For eachtense,
six persons usedas the
Pronoun?,p. 32.) IN
of
verb
the
for a
each of the
form for
(See What
verb.
the
of
subject
verb
one
is
there
is a Subject
ENGLISH
verbs
Most
change
sing when eachof the
verb to
Let us lookat the
very little.
is the
pronouns
possible
of the
forms
various
subject.
1
Singular)
1 st
I sing
person
2nd person)
You sing
with
the
music.)
He
with
the
music.
sings
She sings
3rd person)
{
music.
the
with
It sings
music.)
the
with
music.
the
with
Plural 1 st
person
We
the music.
with
sing
2nd person
You sing
3rd person
They sing
music.
the
with with
the
music.
English verbs change so little, you do verbs.\" It is much simplerto say that verbs
Because
to \"conjugate an \"-s\" in the 3rd
need
not
add
person
singular.
The
verb
English
verb forms in
three different
the most is the verb
that changes
the
I am,
present:
to
has
which
be
are,
you/we/they
he/she/it is.) IN
FRENCH
forms change constantly, and it is thereforenecessary for each the form of the verb for each of the six persons Verb
forms of all the verbs that exist endless task. Fortunately, mostFrenchverbs following two categories:
rizing
all the
Regularverbswhoseformsfollow a
example must be memorizedand
other verbs 1In
tJ1is section
in
the
we will
same
the
would belong
pattern
tense.
be an to the
can
Memo-
impossible, first of the
pattern.
regular
know
to
then be
Only
one
applied to
group.)
speak only about
the present
tense (seeWhat
is the
Present Tense?,p. 54).)))
WHAT
Irregular verbs whose formsdonotfollow must be
37)
IS A VERB CoNJUGATION?
regular
any
and
pattern
memorizedindividually.
you memorize,
verb
Whatever
conjugation made always
regular or irregular,a con-
is up of a pronoun subject and the verb form is a conjugation that goes with that subject. The orderused then the and 3rd the same: the singular 1st, persons, always
jugation
2nd,
2nd, and 3rd persons.)
pluralIst,
to list
Subject Pay
chanter
verb
subject pronoun in
to the
attention
special
French
(to
this conjugationof the
sing).
Singular 1st person
je chante
2nd person)
tu
chantes
it chante
3rd
person)
{
elle chante)
Plural 1 st
nous chantons vous chantez
person
2nd person) 3rd Each 1 ST
ils person)))
PERSON SINGULAR-The\"
the person
whenever Le
matin
In the 2ND \"tu
form\")
je chante
SINGULAR-The
form\")
is used
\"you familiar
the person
terms, see p. 33) is the tn
John,
you sing well.
is
I form\" of the verb
chantes
when
(the \"jeform\")
used
is
action.
doer
singular form\" of the verb
spoken to (with
of the
whom
you
(the are
action.
bien.
elle is
\"he, she, it form\" of the verb (the \"ii, the person, thing, or idea spokenabout the)
SINGULAR-The used
verb.
well.
whenever
Jean, PERSON
doer of the actionof the
bien.
I sing
morning
chantent
speaking is the doerof the
PERSON
on familiar
3RD
{ elles represents the
subject
chantent
WHAT IS A
38
doer one
of the
3rd
The
\037ction.
of three
CONJUGATION?)
VERB
person
singular
subject can
be expressedin
ways:
person singularmasculine pronoun elle (she, person singular femininepronoun
1. the third
il (he,
it) and
the third
it)
bien.
II chante
He singswell. II est
livre.
ce
Regardez
interessante
Look at this book.It is interesting. bien.
chante
Elle
She sings
well.
la chaise.
Voici
Here is the
chair.
Elle est confortable. It is comfortable.
2. a proper noun
Marie chantebien. I
elle
well.
sings
Mary
Paul chante
bien.
I il
Paul
sings
In both pronoun singular
well.
these sentencesthe proper he (iI) or she (elle),so that form
of the
noun you
could be replaced by the must use the 3rd person
verb.)
3. a singular commonnoun La
title
chante
bien.
I
elle
The
girl
sings well.)
L'oiseau chante bien. I
i}
bird
The In
both
pronoun singular
sings well.) sentences the common noun could be replaced by the (iI) or she (elle), so that you must use the 3rd person form of the verb.)
these he
- The \"we form\" of the verb 1STPERSON PLURAL \"nous (the form\") is used whenever \"I\"(the speaker)is one of the doers of the action; that is, whenever the speaker is includedin a plural or multiple subject.)))
bien.
Nous chantons We
39)
CONJUGATION?
IS A VERB
WHAT
well.
sing
moi chantons bien.
Paul et
Marie, I
I I
nous)
sentence, the by the pronoun
last
this
In
sing well.
and I
Paul
Mary,
replaced
nous fonn of the PLURAL
PERSON
2ND form\")
1. The plural of tu tu individually et
Paul
verb.)
is used the
Dupont, sing
you
form\"
\"they
things,
persons,
vous chantez
bien.
well. of the
or ideas
of the action. The 3rd personplural of three ways:
verb (the \"ils, elles form\ are which are spokenabout subject
plural masculine pronoun i1s(they) feminine person plural pronoun elles(they) The
third
lis
person
bien.
chantent
They sing well.
RegardezcesIivres. lis sont interessants. these books.They are interesting.
Look at Elles
bien.
chantent
They sing well. Voici
les
chaises.
Here are the
chairs.
more persons
action.
bien.
doers
in one 1.
the
when
chantez
one or
doers of the
sing well.
et Madame
- The
- When
are the
vous
Dupont,
PLURAL
use
well.
formally
Mr. andMrs.Dupont, 3RD PERSON
you
bien. sing
you
Mrs. Dupont,you Monsieur
whom
bien.
tu chantes
address
Madame
form\" of the verb (the \"vous
bien.
vous chantez
chantes
singular and plural politeform
whom you
be
use the
instances:
Paul and Mary, 2. The
must
you
two or more persons with are the doers of the action.
tu
Marie,
in French
- When
Marie,
Paul,
that
we J so
- The \"you plural
in two
is used
subject, Mary, Paul and /, could
Elles
sont confortables. are comfortable.)))
They
can
be expressed
and
the
third
40
2.
IS A VERB CoNJUGATION?)
WHAT
proper or commonnouns
or more
two
Marie et
bien.
chantent
Paul I
I I
ils
Paul sing
and
Mary
La tille et Iegar\037on I
well. bien.
chantent
I I
ils
The
3.
a
and the
girl
boy sing well.
noun.
plural
Les rilles
bien.
chantent
I
elles
The
girls
sing well.)
Verb Form
Let
at again attention
look
us
special
paying
of the verb chanter the conjugation each to the verb forms. Notice that
persons has a different verb form.However, one belong to the same person thereis only the 3rd person singularhas two pronouns,
have the sameverb
chante
tu
chantes)
iI
verb
il and
form.
two
six
of the
pronouns
For instance,
elle, but
they both
chante.
form:
je
when
(to sing),
chante) })
elle nous)
chantons
vous
chantez)
ils chantent)))
elles }
TheFrench is composed 1. The stem (alsocalled verb
the
by
dropping
What
is the
of two root),
parts:
ilia racine\"
in French,
the last two or three letters fromthe Infinitive?, p. 23).)
which is found infinitive
(see
WHAT
Infinitive
Stem
chanter
chant
finir
fin-
vendre)
vend-)
In regular
IS A VERB CONJUGATION?
41)
-
verbs the stem rarely
a conjugation.
throughout
changes
for each endlng,\"laterminaison\"in French,which changes in the of and verbs. You will person conjugation regular irregular know which endings to add when you have established which group the verb belongs to.)
2. The
Regular verbs are divided based on the infinitive
Eachof
verb
three
pattern
like
verbs
verb
-+ 1st
aiIner) 2.
Find
the verb
own set of verb
Tense?,
sample
belonging
at regular
(to speak) and
above.
of the verb by its infmitive
infmitive
aim-) agrees
with
the subject.
je parle
j'aime
tu
tn aimes
paries
it parle
il aime
elle parle
elleaime
nons
nons
parlons
vons parlez ils
parlent
elles parlent
ending.
conjugation or group)
stem by removing the
the ending that
for
each
first group (-er verbs), aimer (to love) that follow the
of the
verbs
parl-
3. Add
endings
p. 52). You will have to memoverb from each group in order to to that group. As an example, let
(to sing),conjugated
the group
parler
one
only
parler
of chanter
1. Identify
3rd group has its
groups
more
is,
conJugations,
-re)
What is Meant by
any
also called
ending.)
2nd group
rizeallthe tensesof conjugate regular us look closely that
groups,
-ir)
the
tense (see
three
into
-er)
1st group
Verbs
of Regular
Conjugation
aimons
vons aimez ils aiment
elles aiment)))
ending.
WHAT IS A VERB CoNJUGATION?)
42
The
belonging to the other groupswill of conjugation will always be the same
for verbs
endings
the process
but
verbs:
1. Identify
the
2. Find
the verb
group
3. According
to
verb by its
of the
infinitive
be
different,
for regular
ending.
stem. the
group,
add the ending
that
with
agrees
the subject. in your As irregular verbs are introduced the entire conjugatextbook, tion will be given so that memorize them can you individually. Be sure to dosobecause common verbs are irregular (avoir, to have, many
etre, to be,
and
to make,
faire,
Careful A
special
Although
word
must
you can
be said
for example).)
about the verbs of the
among easily see the differences
the
forms when they are written (parle,paries,parlent),they nounced in the same way (parle). In orderto write them will have to identify the subject.) \037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037REVIEW
Write
the
stem
and conjugate the
first
group.
verb
various are
all
pro-
correctly
you
\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037
regular verb
Stem:
.
Je
nous
tu
vous
il/elle
ils/elles)))
porter
(to carry,
to wear).)
ARE AFFIRMATIVE AND
WHAT
WHAT
13.
AND
AFFIRMATIVE
ARE
NEGATIVE
43)
SENTENCES?
NEGATIVE
SENTENCES?) it is expressing can be classifiedasto whether a fact or situation that is not. affirmative sentence expresses a fact or situation that
a fact
A sentence uation
An
or sit-
is or
that
is;
it affirms
the information.
France is a country Paul
in
will work at the
They liked to travel. A
sentence
negative
Europe.
university. a fact
expresses
the information. It includesa word
a country
France is not Paul will not
IN
is
not;
it negates
negation.
Asia.
work at the university.
They did not An
in
or situation that
of
to travel.)
like
ENGLISH
can become a negative sentencein
sentence
affIrmative
of two
one
ways:
1. add the
word not after
verbs)
some
Affirmative
Negative
Paul is a student.
Paul
Mary can do it. They
travel.
will
is not
a student.
Mary
cannot
They
will not
do it.
travel.
Frequently, the word not is attachedto the verb and replaced by an apostrophe; this is calleda contraction. tracted fonn of \"will not\" is \"won't.\ Paul
isn't a
the
\"0\" is
letter The
con-
student.
I
is not)
Mary
can't do
it.
I
cannot)
They
won't
travel.
I
will
not)
the auxiliary of the main verb
2. add
verb do, does,or did+ not
(do or doesis
used
for
+ the
negatives
dictionary in the
form
present)))
44
ARE AFFIRMATIVE AND
WHAT
SENTENCES?)
NEGATIVE
tense and did for negatives in the past tense-see What is the Past Tense?, p. 63) sent Tense?, p. 54 and What Affirmative
We
Pre-
the
is
Negative
a lot.
study
We
Mary writes well. The train arrived.
Mary
The
do
not does
study a lot. not write well.
train did not
Frequently, do, does, or didiscontracted
arrive.
with
not:
doesn't,
don't,
didn't.) IN
FRENCH
The
basic
tence
is
(If
the
rule for turning an ne before the
to put
conjugated verb and pas after that verb. with a vowel, ne dropsthee and
verb starts
conjugated
becomes
affirmative sentence into a negativesen-
n'.)) Affirmative
Nous
Negative
Nous
beaucoup.)
mangeons
ne
pas beaucoup.
manfeons
verb
conjugated
We eat
a
not eat
We do
lot.)
Marie n'\037crit
Marie ecrit bien.)
a
lot.)
bien.
pas
conjukated verb
Mary does not write
well.)
writes
Mary
Le train est
Le
arrive.)
n 'est
train
.
The
placement
negated
of ne
and when
to consultyour
and pas
there is an
The train
arriv\037.
pas
I
conjugated
The train has arrived.)
verb
has not
varies somewhatwhen object
pronoun
well.
in the
arrived.)
an
is
infinitive
sentence. Be
sure
textbook.)
Careful
Remember that there did in French; do not
is no equivalent for the auxiliary to include them in a negative try
words sentence.)))
do,
does,
WHAT
ARE
\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037REVIEW
Write
the
\302\267 Circle
negative words
the
AND NEGATIVE
AFFIRMATIVE
SENTENCES?
45)
\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037
of each sentence. which indicate the negative in
the
sentences
you have just
written. \302\267 Box
in the
English words around
1. We want
2. He
to speak Englishin
does his
3. Helenwas
4. Paul
which
you
sentence.)
French
class.)
homework.)
home
this
morning.)
can go to the restaurant
with
us.)))
would
place
the ne
. . . pas in
a
WHAT ARE
46
SENTENCES?)
AND INTERROGATIVE
DECLARATIVE
WHAT ARE DECLARATIVE AND
14.
INTERROGATIVE
SENTENCES?) whether can be classified according to its purpose, or asks a question.
A sentence
A
it
a statement
makes
is a
sentence
declarative
sentence that is a statement;it
the
declares
information.
discovered America
Columbus An
sentence
Interrogative
written
IN
a
ENGLISH
one of
can be
sentence
A declarative
1.
a question.
asks
sentence always ends with
an interrogative
language, mark.)
question
is a sentence that
Columbus discover America?
When did In
1492.
in
changed to an
in
sentence
interrogative
two ways:
or did before the subjectand the change dictionary form of the verb (do and tense and did to does are used to introducea questionin the present What is the Present introduce a question in the past tense-see Tense?,p. 54 and What is the Past Tense?, p. 63).) the
Add
do, does,
verb to
likes
Does Philip like the
the class.
I
I
3rd pers. sing.)
present
and Mary
Paul
Alice
went
3 rd pers.
I
3rd
present
pl.)
to Paris.
Did
Alice
I
I
past)
past
sing. + dictionary
and Mary
Paul
Do
I
class?
I
present
sing together.
3rd pers.
present
sentence
Interrogative
sentence
Declarative
Philip
verb
auxiliary the main
pi ers.
form)
together? sing I
pI. + dictionary
fonn)
go to Paris? I
+ di \037 tionary
form)
word orderof subject+ verb to verb + subject. This Inversion process can only be used with verbs that can be used are as auxiliaries(seeWhat Verbs?, Auxiliary p. 25).) Declarativesentence sentence Interrogative the normal
2. Invert
Paulis home.
Is Paul
I
subject
+
I am
late.
verb)
verb
+ subject) I late?
Am
I
subject
home?
I
I
+
verb)
verb
+
subject)))
ARE DECLARATIVE AND
WHAT
She will come
tomorrow.
she
Will
I
+ will +
subject
IN
will
+ subject +
maio verb)
FRENCH
sentence can
A declarative
one of
1.
maio verb)
tomorrow?
come
I
47)
SENTENCES?
INTERROGATIVE
two ways: the
Add
a la
mangez
Est-ce quevous are
Are
you eating
eating
soir?
evening.
at home this evening?
a la
mange
the statement.
maison ce
a la this
in
sentence
interrogative
soir.
maison ce
mangez
at home
You
Paul
que before
est-ce
expression
Vous
be changedto an
maison.
Est-ce que Paul mange Paul eats at home.
maison?
a la
DoesPauleat at home?
Je
I can
maintenant.
manger
peux
Est-ce
que je peux manger maintenant? eat now.
Can I eat now?
2. Usethe verb.
inversion
that
form,
is, put any subject,
subject, use the est-ce the subject is a pronoun,simply
(If je
When
is the
que invert
except je,
after
the
form.) the
verb
and pronoun
subject. Vous
a la
mangez
maison ce
Mangez-vousa la maison eating at home you eating at home
soir. soir?
ce
You are
this
evening.
Are
this
evening?
is a noun, follow thesesteps:
the subject
When
1.
State
the
noun
subject.
the verb and, when add writing, 3. State the subjectpronoun that corresponds number of the subject (seep. 32).
2. State
Paul
est
a la
maison.
Paul est-it a la maison? (word-for-word:
Paul
Paul is home.
Is Paulhome?)))
is he
home?)
a hyphen. to the gender
and
WHAT ARE
48
DECLARATIVE
et la cl6 sont sur la table. et la cle sont-elles sur la table?
La montre
La
montre
Since both
and the
watch
The
(word-for-word:
(18 montre
subjects
will be feminine
pronoun
plural;
they on the
are
table?) the
feminine,
watch
the
Paul et Mariechantent Since one pronoun
Paul and
Do
do they
together?)
sing
(Paul) and the other feminine plural; i.e., Us (see p. 35).
is masculine
subject
will
be masculine
the
(Marie),
Mary sing together. and
Paul
and Mary
Paul
(word-for-word:
ensemble.
chantent-ils ensemble?
et Marie
Paul
key
and 18 cle) are i.e., elles.
and the key are on the table. and the key on the table?
The watch Are
SENTENCES?)
INTERROGATIVE
AND
sing
Mary
together?)
Tag Questions
In both Englishand at the
French
when
a statement
transform
also
can
you
expect
a yes-or-no
into a question by
end of the statement.Thisshort
phrase
adding
answer, you
a short
is sometimes
phrase called a
tag. IN
ENGLISH
The
tag repeats and
Paul
The watch IN
the idea Mary and
sing the
of the statementas a negativequestion. together, don't they? key are on the table, aren'tthey?)
FRENCH
words n'est.ce pas? turn it into a question. The
can be addedto a
declarative
sentence
to
Paul et Mary chantent n'est-ce ensemble, pas? Paul and Mary singtogether, don't they? La montre et la cl6 sont sur la table, n'est-ce pas? The watch and the key are on the table, aren't they? Notice
that
although
the English
n'est.cepasdoesn't
change.)))
tag changes, the Frenchexpression
ARE DECLARATIVE AND
WHAT
INTERROGATIVE
SENTENCES?
49)
Careful
Make sure that you do not use the auxiliaries do, does and did when like est.ce que, they signal a you are asking a question in French.Just Also, use only one interrogativeform question and are not translated. or the other, either est.ce que with no inversion of the verb and subject, or the inversion form.) \037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037
\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037REVIEW
the interrogative form for the words which indicate
I. Write \302\267 Circle
each of the sentences in the the interrogative
below. you have
sentences
written.
just
studied all evening.)
and Mary
1. Paul
2. His brother eatsa lot.) 3.
The
II. Let
parents
girl's
us
changed
the different
see
4. In
word
the
2. Circlethe 3. To
space
in
can
French.
and father went to the movies. before after
word
use the
the
ways the declarative sentence below
to an interrogative sentence My mother
1. Box in
speak French.)
inversion
which
you
which you form,
provided,
fill
fill
would would
in the
in the
\302\267 State
the
noun subject:
\302\267 State
the
verb:
\302\267 State
the
pronoun
place place
answers
answer
in
est-ce n'est.ce
que? pas?
to the steps
below.
French.
that
corresponds to the subject:)
\037
In French:)))
be
WHAT IS MEANT
50
BY MooD?)
WHAT IS
15.
one or
into moods which,in
are divided
forms
Verb
MEANT BY
more tenses. Theword
MOOD?)
turn,
are
subdivided
into
of the word mode,
mood is a variation The various grammatical moods indicatethe if For of the speaker toward what he or sheis saying. attitude instance, if are use one but an are a statement mood, giving you making you you use another. As a beginning student of French, order you only you so that you will know what have to recognize the names of the moods will it uses these terms. You to when your Frenchtextbookis referring verbs and their learn when learn to use the various moods as you
or
manner
meaning
way.
tenses.) IN
ENGLISH
can be in
Verbs
-The
INDICATIVE
that
one of three moods:
the verb
facts. This
forms that
you
indicativemood. of the indicativemood: Most
the
p. 63),
future
the
and
used to state the actionofthe verb, and most of is the mostcommon mood, in everyday conversation use belong to the studied in this handbook belong to the tenses tense (see p. 54), the past tense (see present mood is
indicative
is, to indicate
tense
(p. 72).
Paul studies French. I
indicative)
present
Mary
was here. I
past
They
indicative)
will come
tomorrow.
\037 future
indicative)
IMPERATIVE-The (see
What
is the
imperative
mood
Imperative?,
tenses.
Paul, study French
Mary, be homeon
now! time!)))
give commandsor orders moodis not divided into This 56). p. is used to
WHAT IS
MEANT
BY MooD?
SUBJUNCTIVE-The subjunctive mood is usedto expressan toward the action of the verb. Sinceit feeling the fact or idea, it is \"subjective\" about them. (SeeWhat
51)
or
attitude
stressesfeelings
junctive?, p. 90.) In English, this moodis not divided The school requires that students French. study I wish
that
Mary
IN
were
is
the
Sub-
tenses.
here.
recommends
The teacher
into
about
that
he
do
his homework.)
FRENCH
The
French
language
identifies four
moods.
the indicative mood is the mostcommon, will learnbelongto this mood. in English, the imperative mood is usedto give IMPERATIVE-As orders and it is not divided into tenses. SUBJUNCfIVE-Unlike the subjunctive mood is used very freEnglish, The French two and it is divided into tenses. has subjunctive quently The premain tenses: the present subjunctiveand the past subjunctive. and in written sent subjunctive is commonlyusedin conversation French. Textbooks use the term\"present to distinguish subjunctive\" that tense from the \"presentindicative\" the \"present conditional.\" and CONDITIONAL-Frenchgrammar also recognizesa moodcalledthe conto ditional. The conditional mood (see p. 77) is frequently used if a the action of the verb as a possibility or an impossibility express the present condicertain condition is filled. There are two tenses: tional and the past conditional. and
in English,
As
INDICATIVE-
most
tenses you
of the
Sij'avais
de
I'argent,
If I had money,
I would
j'acheterais
buy this
ce livre.
book.
Les etudiants seraient allesa Paris,s'ilsavaient eu Ie temps. The students would have to had had the time. Paris, gone if they use the
Textbooks
made
mood,
term \"present conditional\"to distinguish it from
to
the
the
the
is
ve\" and \"present subjunctive.\"If noreference the tense usually belongs to the mostcommon mood,
indicati
\"present
indicative.)))
52
IS MEANT BY TENSE?)
WHAT
WHAT
16.
The tense of a
IS MEANT BY
TENSE?)
time when the action of the verb in the past,or in the future). The word takes (at the present time, place as the French word \"temps,\" which tense comes from the same word the
indicates
verb
means time.) I aID
present
eating.
I ate.
past
I will eat.)
future)
the verb in a see in the above examples, just by putting tense and without additional information different (such as giving any \"Iam eatingnow,\" \"I ate yesterday,\" \"I will eat tomorrow\,") you can indicate when the actionof the verb takes place. A are formed. Tenses may be classified accordingto the way they simple tense consists of only one verb form (I ate), while a compound tense consistsof two or more verb forms (I am eating). In this section we will only consider tenses of the indicative mood(see As
Meant
is
What
IN
can
you
by Mood?,
p. 50).
ENGLISH
are the main tenses of the indicativemoodwhose will encounter in French:) you below
Listed alents
Present I study
equiv-
present
I aID
present progressive)
studying)
Past)
I studied
past
simple
studied
I have
present
perfect
I was studying
past progressive
I had studied)
past perfect)
I will
future
Future)
study
I will have studied)
As you
can see,
past), all of
more
auxiliaries
p.
25).)))
the
there are only other plus
tenses the
main
future
two
perfect)
verb (see
(present and simple tenses formed by one or
tenses
simple
are compound
What are
Auxiliary
Verbs?,
WHAT
IS
MEANT
53)
BY TENSE?
FRENCH
IN
are the main in French:)
below
Listed
encounter
tenses of the indicativemoodthat
you
will
Present
j' etudie
I study, I am
studying
present
(Present))
Past
,
etudiais
I was
j'ai etudie
I have
studied
I had
studied)
passe anterieur (Past
I will
study
futur
(Future)
I
have
futur
anterieur
j
j' avais etudie
(Imperfect)
imparfait
studying
passe
compose
(Present Perfect) Perfect))
Future
j' etudierai
, j aurai
etudie)
will
studied)
(Future Perfect))
can see, therearemore simple tenses than in English (Present, tensesin French are formed with Imperfect, Future).The compound the auxiliary verbs avoir oretre+ the past participle of the main verb. This handbook discussesthe various tenses and their usage in separate sections: What is the PresentTense?, p.54; What is the Past What is the Past Perfect 63; Tense?, p. Tense?, p.69; What is the Future Tense?,p.72; and What is the Future Perfect Tense?, As you
p. 75.
Careful Do not
way
assume
in English
that
tenses
and in French.)))
with the
same name are usedin
the
same
WHAT IS THE
54
WHAT IS
17. The
It can
.
be:) the
when
IN
action is happeningat
is speaking
speaker
. a habitual . a
THE PRESENTTENSE?)
that the
indicates
tense
present
time.
TENSE?)
PRESENT
The sun
truth)
shines
he is nervous.
every
day.)
ENGLISH
forms of the verb which indicatethe present have although slightly different meanings: they in the library. studies present Mary in the library. present progressive Mary is studying present emphatic Mary does study in the library.
There
are three
When you answerthe followingquestions, you choose one of the above fonns. Where
does
Where
is
Mary
now? in
the
library.
Mary study in the
Yes, Mary
does
automatically
the library.
Mary is studying Does
will
tense,
study?
Mary
Mary studies in
IN
present
you.
He smokes when
action
general
I see
the
study
library?
in the
library.)
FRENCH
There
is only
one verb form to indicatethe
present
tense.
It is
used to
and progressive, present, present express the meaningof the English present emphatic tenses. In Frenchthe idea of the present tense is indicated by the ending of the verb, without any auxiliary verb such as is and does. It is very important, therefore, not to translate theseEnglish auxiliary verbs. Simply put the main verb in the present tense.)))
WHAT
Mary studies
the
in
IS
THE
PRESENT
TENSE?
55)
library.
I
etudie)
is studying
Mary
I
in
the
library.
I
I
etudie)
does
Mary
study
in
the
library.
I
I I
etudie)
\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037
\037\037\037\037\037.\037.\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037REVIEW
Fill
in the
\302\267 Write
the
proper form of the verb to read in French verb form for sentences
does Mary
1. What
the
2 and
FRENCH VERB: lit.) she
Has
No,
but
3. Does Yes,
answers.
3.)
do all day?
She
2.
following
she
read
The Red
and the Black? it right
she
now.
FRENCH
VERB:)
FRENCH
VERB:)))
Mary readFrench? French.)
WHAT IS
56
IMPERATIVE?)
THE
WHAT
18. The
IN
It isusedto
order.
an
and
something)
IMPERATIVE?)
is the command form of a verb. There are affirmative commands
Imperative
someone
IS THE
negative
commands
(an order
give
(an orderto do not to do something).
ENGLISH
are two types of commands, dependingon who is being told to or not to do, do, something. command -When an order is given to one or morepersons, the \"You\" form of the verb is used. dictionary
There
imperative
Affirmative
imperative
Negative
Answer the
phone.
Don'tanswerthe
Talk
phone.
Don't clean your room. Don't talk softly.
your room.
Clean
softly.
\"you\" is not stated. The absenceof the prosentence is a good indicationthat you are dealing you with an imperative and not a present tense.
Notice that
the
pronoun
in the
noun
the
answer
You I
I
phone.
I
present)
the phone.
Answer I
imperative)
\"Well
command
- When an
order is given to oneselfas well
\"let's\" (a contractionof let us) others, the dictionary form of the verb.) the phrase
Affirmative
Let's
Let's go to IN
imperative
leave. the
movies.)
Negative
is
used
followed
as
to
by
imperative
ut's
not leave.
ut's
not
go
to the
movies.)
FRENCH
in English, there are also two basic types of commands, depending on whom is beingtoldto do, ornotto do,something. there However, are three forms because the \"you\" command has both a familiar (tuform) and a formal form (vous-form). For the imperative, without the submost verbs use the presenttense Your textbook will go over the few verbs that use ject pronoun. another tense for the imperative.))) As
IS
WHAT
- When an
UTu\" command
order is given
THE
to whom
someone
to
57)
IMPERATIVE?
one
says tu. Affirmative
imperative
Negative
imperative
Chante.
Ne chante
Sing.
Don't
avec
Va
Go
with
Notice
Paul.
Ne va
Paul.
Don't
etc.)drop
final
the
tu
\037
\"s\" of the tu
tu vas;
chantes,
an infinitive
with
verbs
that
imperative
pas.
sing.
pas avec Paul. Paul.
go with
ending in -er (ex. chanter,aller, form of the presenttense(present \037
va).
chante,
- When an order one uVous\" command is given to more than whom one says tu or to onepersonto whom one vous. says Affirmative imperative
Negative imperative
Chantez.
Ne chantez
Sing.
Don't sing.
- When
command
uNous\"
Don't
Paul.
an order
pas.
pas avec
N'allez
Paul.
avec
Allez
Go with
to
person
go with
Paul.
Paul.
is given to oneselfas
well
as
to
others.) Affirmative
Ne chantons
Let's
Let's not
sing.
Allons avec Paul.
N'allons
Let's go
pas avec
Let's
sing. with
Paul.)
\037\037\037\037\037\037.\037.\037\037\037\037\037\037\037REVIEW
the sentences
I. Change 1.
You
2. We
imperative
Negative
imperative
Chantons.
should
go
to the
evening.)
once a week.)))
go
with
Paul. Paul.)
\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037.\037
below to the imperative
study every
movies
not
pas.
affirmative.
WHAT IS THE
58
the
II. Change
1. You
III.
if
Circle
sentences
following
shouldn't
2. We don't
IMPERATIVE?)
sleep
to the
imperative negative.
in class.)
speak in class.)
the
verb
of the
sentences
below is in
the
(P).)
present
1. Tu
2.
lis beaucoup.
Parlons
fran\037ais.
3. Vous
4.
Ne
allez en France.
dormons
pas.
I
P
I
P
I
P
I
P)))
imperative
(I)
or the
WHAT
19.
IS
WHAT
IS A PARTICIPLE?
A PARTICIPLE?)
is a form of a verb which can be used in one verb to indicate certain tenses, or as an to describe something.
A participle an
with
of two
ways:
adjective
or
auxiliary
modifier
I was writing I
59)
a letter. I
participle
auxiliary
L past
tense.J)
The brokenvase was
on
the
floor.
I
describing
participle
and the types of participles: the presentparticiple past As you will learn, participlesarenot used in the same way
two
are
There
vase)
participle.
in English and French.)
Present Participle) IN
ENGLISH
is easy to
The
present participle of the verb: working,
The
present
1.as
the
participle
tenses
She is singing. I
I
I
present
They
were I
progressive
of to
sing)
of to
dance)
dancing. I
I
past
2. as an
progressive
adjective
This
is an
amazing discovery. I
describes
-ing
form
studying, dancing,playing. has two primary uses:
in compound
verb
main
recognize becauseit is the
the noun
discovery)
He was a good dancingpartner. I
describes
the noun
partner)))
with
the
auxiliary
verb
to be
WHAT IS A
60
IN
The
PARTICIPLE?)
FRENCH
is formed
participle
present
by
to the
-ant
adding
nous formofthe present fmissant, (chantant, We refer you to your textbookfor the useof
the
since it is only
French,
Keep
mind
in
formed
they
were
that
the
with
an
constructionscorrespond to She
a
participles in French. These English
simple \037)
ing.
tense
They
chante.
Elle
I
present)
progressive)
were
dancing.
I
I
\037)
lis
dansaient. I
I
past
imperfect)
progressive)
will be
He
writing.
I
\037)
II ecrira.
I
I
I
future
future)
progressive)
Past
IN
The
French verb.)
of a
\037s \037in\037
present
in
participle
present
of the commonEnglish equivalents + present participle (she is singing,
French
auxiliary do not use
dancing)
the
introducedin advancedFrench.)
Careful
tenses
stem of
etc.)
tense
Participle)
ENGLISH
past
is formed in several ways. the form of the verb that
participle
by remembering
I have walked. spoken, I have written, The past participle has two primary uses: 1. as the main verb in compound tenseswith
I have written He hasn't spoken 2. as an
all that I to me
You
can
follows
the
find it
always I have:
I have
verb
to have
auxiliary
have to say. since our quarrel.
adjective
Is the
written
word more
I
describes
the noun
word
important
than
the
spoken
describesthe
word?
I
noun
word)))
WHAT
IS A PARTICIPLE?
61)
FRENCH
IN
have a
verbs
Regular
-er
regular past participle: the stem
-e to
add
verbs
-ir verbs add -i to the stem -re verbs add -u to the stem Infinitive
Stem
Past
chanter
chant-
chante
finir
fin-
fini
repondre
repond-
repondu
participle
You will have to memorize irregularpast participles individually. be very different may you can see in the examples below, they
the
As
from
infinitive.)
Infinitive
Past participle
etre
ete
avoir
eu
recevoir
re\037u
comprendre
compris
ecrire)
ecrit)
English, the verb or as an adjective.
As in
past participlecan beusedas
verb in compound tenses with etre or have) (to be)
1. as
the main
avons
Nous
We have
est aile
Paul
has gone
h
the past
avoir
auxiliary
(to
lesson.
home. with
of
participle
tenses
These
a compound
la Inaison.
Many tensesareformed
p. 63).
of
la I\037on.
compris
understood the
Paul
the
part
the
auxiliary
verbs avoir
verb (see What is under various
the
main
are
discussed
or etre plus
the Past Tense?, sections of this
handbook.
2.
as
an
When
adjective
the past
the noun
it
participle is usedas an in gender
modifies
it must
adjective
agree
with
and in number.
the spoken language
la langue
Spoken feminine
parlee
modifies singular,
This is shown
by
the
noun
language.
the word adding
an
Since
for spoken must -e.)))
la langue be
(language) is
feminine
singular.
62
WHAT IS A
the
words
written
les mots
PARTICIPLE?)
ecrits the noun
Written
modifies
plural,
the word
by
adding
for
words. Since les mots (words)is masculine must
written
be masculine
\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037REVIEW
Circle
the
auxiliary
the equivalent of 1. I
am speaking
plural. This
is shown
an -s.)
+ present a simple
participlesin
tense
in
\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037
the
sentences
French.
French.
2. Paul and Mary.were 3. Are you bringing 4. The students will
studying the
book
be trying
for the
exam.
to class? to memorize
the
verbs.)))
below which
are
WHAT
20.
THE
IS
WHAT
tense is usedto expressan
The past
IS THE
PAST TENSE?
63)
TENSE?)
PAST
occurred
that
action
in the
past.)
ENGLISH
IN
verb forms
are several
There
action
the
indicate
that
took place in
the
past.
I
simple past
worked
I was
past progressive
working
I used
I did
to work
with
verb
helping
used to
past emphatic
work
present perfect 1) The simple past is called \"simple\"because it is a simpletense;Le.,it in the example above). The otherpast consists of one word (worked are tenses one tenses; Le., they consist of more than word, compound an auxiliary plus a main verb (was working, did work, etc.). worked)
I have
FRENCH
IN
There
French tenses which correspondto allthe English past listed above: the passe compose(the present perfect) the Imparfalt (the imperfect).) are two
forms
verbal and
Present Perfect (passe compose) The is formed by the auxiliary verb avoir (to have) or passe compose + in etre the the tense the of (to be) conjugated present pastparticiple is a main verb (see What are Auxiliary Verbs?,p. 25and What the past participle does not change Participle?, p. 59). As in English, form
one
from
j'aiI
.
person
I spoke,
parl\037 I
avo\037,: auxIlIary)
past
nous
avons
I have
spoken
. .
participle
all\037 je suis I I A .:tr\037.
to another.
past
parl\037
we
spoke,
I went, . .
we have I have
spoken
gone
participle
auxIlIary)
il est
1A
separate
all\037
he
went,
he has
gone)
section is devotedto the past perfect (I had worked),
seep. 69.)))
WHAT IS
64
THE
PAST
TENSE?)
\"
of
Selection
Mostverbs use auxiliary memorize the list of
the
avoir.
the
verbs
Avoir or
Auxiliary
conjugated
Therefore, etre
with
Etre
it is easier for you to and assume that all
the other verbs are with avoir. conjugated There are approximatelysixteenbasicverbs, sometimes referred to by with etre. grammar books as \"verbs of motion,\"that are conjugated \"Verbs of motion\"is not an accuratedescription of these verbs since some of them, such as rester (to stay, to remain), do not imply motion. You will find the \"etreverbs\" in pairs of oppoeasier to memorize
sites:)
aller
to go
retourner
to
return
entrer
to
come
arri ver)
to arrive)
monter)
to
in
climb)
*'
venir
to
*'
rester
to remain
*' *'
sortir
to
partir
to leave
descendre
to
{:)
*' naitre to be born Verbs derived from the aboveverbs rentrer (to return),revenir(to come
back),
out
go
down
go
to fall to die
tomber
mourir are
come
with etre:
also
conjugated and devenir
(to become),
among others.)
The
rules
auxiliary
1.
of
verb
Agreement of the Past Participles of the past participle dependon agreement is avoir of
Agreement
participles
past
conjugated
with
etre
verb is etre, the pastparticiple agrees the section What is a Subject?,p.28). subject (review
When
the
auxiliary
est
Pierre I
aile
au
cin\037lna.
I
past participle
subject
L tnasc. sing..-J
Peter went to the movies.) est
Marie I
subject
allee
the
whether
or etre.
au cinema.
I
past participle
Lfetn. sing. .-J
Mary went to the movies.)))
with
the
IS THE
WHAT
fay)
t
9
soot
Marie
alfes past
subjects
L and
Paul
PAST TENSE?
65)
au cinema.
participle
masc. pI. \037 Mary went to the
movies.)
2. Agreementof pastparticiples with avoir conjugated When the auxiliary verb is avoir, the past participle with the agrees in the senverb direct the object if the direct objectcomesbefore If the direct tence (review the sectionon directobjects, p.116). the past parand object comes after the verb, there isno agreement textbook will ticiple remains in its masculinesingularform.Your in In over rule this detail. the here are a few meantime, go examples some structures where there is agreement. showing
Q
-
Je I 'ai
vu Paul?
avez-vous
uand
hier.
vu
I
I
past part.
dir.obj.
L masc. sing. When
did you
see Paul?
I saw him yesterday.)
vu Marie
avez-vous
Quand
.-J
? Je I 'ai vue l . dlr.obJ.
hier. I
past part.
L fern. sing. did
When
you
vu Paul
avez-vous
Quand
I saw
see Mary?
.-J
her yesterday.)
et Marie? Je les ai I
dir.obj.
I
past part.
L masc. pI. did
When
1. 2.
Depending
imparfait
the stem of the
needto
repeat
the
on which
rules of
is a verb. what
and Mary?
steps when
two whether
Determine
priate
The
you
these
Remember
see Paul
verb
hier.
vus
.-J
I saw them yesterday.)
using the passe compose: or etre as the auxiliary.
takes avoir
auxiliary verb
is required,apply
the
appro-
agreement.)
Imperfect (imparfait) simple tense formed by The is in
conjugation
your French
textbook.)))
of endings to there is no that regular
adding
is so
a set
66
WHAT IS
There
are two
should be
1.
English verb forms that used in French:
the
when
that
indicate
the
imparfait
or could include,the
form includes,
verb
English
helping
to.)
used
verb
TENSE?)
PAST
THE
I used to go to Franceevery en France chaque J'allais
year. ann\037e.
I
itn parf ai t)
I went
a child
As
to France every
year.
I
be replaced
could
enfant j 'allais
Comme
en Francechaque
verb form is in
the English
2. when
to go
used
by
the
past
was singing, wereworking. At A
P.M. last night, hier soir, heures
8:00 huit
ann\037e.
as in
tense,
progressive
I was eating dinner. je dinais. I
imparfait
for these
Except
to you
indicate
\037
verb forms,the English
two English
whether you
use
should
verb
the imparfait
not
will
or the
passe
compose.)
Imparfait
a verb is the passe composeor the imparfait the context in which a sentenceis used.As upon remember the following: to put
Whether
depend guideline,
passe compose\037 imparfait Let us
\037
tells
\"what
tells
\"how
the verb, namely \"went,\" the
on
depending
is
the
of
which
question
often
used to be\" or to
France.\"
\"what
The
was
going
on\"
same form
of
two English answers below; verb aller (to go) will be different
in the
used
French
tense
will
a general
happened\"
things
consider the sentence\"Hewent
however, \302\267 \"What
compose or the
Passe
of the
Selection
the verb
answers.
happened?\"
QUESTION: What ANSWER:
did Paul
He went to
do this
summer?
France.
context, you are asking and answering last summer\"; therefore, the verb \"did pened the passe compose.))) In
this
the question \"what and \"went\" will
do\"
hapbe
in
WHAT
Qu'est-ce que Paul
a fait
cet
IS THE
67)
PAST TENSE?
\037t\037?
y
passe compose
II est aile en
France.
y
passecompose) \302\267 \"How
to be\"
used
things
QUESTION: During his childhood,where
Paul
did
go
for the summer? went
He
ANSWER:
to France.
In this context, you are asking and things used to be;\" therefore,the the imparfait.)
Pendant son enfance,ou
answering verb
est-ce
que
Paul
\"how
the question
\"did go\" and
allait
en
be in
will
\"went\"
\037t\037?
I
imparfait)
en France.
II allait I
ilnparfait)
As you can see from the two Frenchexamples above, the answer will usually be the sameas the tense used ti
the
tense
in the
of
ques-
on.
\302\267 \"What
was
going
on?\"
indicateactionsthat imparfait and the passecompose in the same time the during place period past,you will often the two tenses intermingledin a sentenceor a story.
Since the took
fmd
I was
reading actions
Both
was
What
happened?
French the
you
both
logical.)))
\037
passe
compose
arrive. cOin
pose)
will give you additional guidelinesto help you tense. You should practice analyzing English in the past and indicate for each oneif out the verbs in the imparfait or in the passe compose. are possible, but usually one of the two is more
textbook appropriate Pick
times
He arrived
same time.
\037
passe
paragraphs. would
and \"arrived\" took place at the on? I was reading \037 imparfait
going
quand il est
im\037arfait
Your
arrived.
\"reading\"
What
Je lisais
choose
when he
put tenses
it
Some-
68
IS THE
WHAT
PAST TENSE?)
\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037REVIEW
Circle that
the
that
verbs
be put
would
in
be
would
the
put
passe
\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037.\037\037\037\037\037\037\037.\037
in the
compose.
I went to France with
Last summer,
Imparfalt and underline the verbs
my
family.
excited when we arrivedat the
airport.
luggage and
the tickets,
father
my
handled
parents droppedeverything duckedbehind the counter.Finally, brought her back to us.She was
leavingher dog
for
she
went
on to
two
the plane
weeks. with
my mother
While
away. My
my
tried
and a manager crying
Everyone a smile.)))
was very
Everyone
because
little
sister
to catch
Mary
ran
her, but she her and
grabbed she was
comforted
checked the
sad she was
her and,
fmally,
WHAT IS THE
21.
THE
IS
WHAT
want
IN
ENGLISH
ticipleof She
I had
verb:
main
the
happened
the
past. It times in the past and in the
+ the
had
auxiliary
walked, he
had seen,etc.
had forgotten her I I
that she
remembered
suddenly
in the
completed
occurred
preceded the other.1)
is formed with
past participle
action
at different
which action
to indicate
you
The
actions
two
69)
TENSE?)
PERFECT
PAST
The past perfecttense isusedto express an or event past before some otherspecificaction
is used when
PERFECT TENSE?
PAST
I
past par-
keys.
I
tense
past
Both actions1 and 1. Therefore,action
Don't forgetthat
Therefore,
2
in the
2 occurred 2 is
tenses
verb
in the
verbs
when
past perfect
1 in the
past, but past perfect.)
action
indicate the time that an action occurs. same sentence are in the sametense,the
the same period of time. In orderto show at different tenses must they periods of time,different place used. Look at the following examples: took
actions
during
place
took
that
be
The
was
mother
because
crying
I
her son
I
was leaving. \037
I
past tense
past
Action
1 and action
The mother w
2 took place at
ing
1s
because
the
same
Action
\037dlleft-
past perfect
progressive
2 took
time.)
her son h
\037'i
past
perfect
2
1
2
1
place before action
1.)
FRENCH
IN
The
It is
past perfect is called Ie plus-que-parfait. verb avoir or etre in the imparfait+ the
auxiliary
the main verb: j'avais marche, ment of the past participlearethe
p.
2 preceded
action
elle etaitallee.
formed
past
The
same
as for
the passe
with
the
of participle of agreerules
compose (see
64).)
1You can this tense with the future perfect which is used when two actions will happen at difcompare ferent times in the future and you want to stress which action will precede the other (see What is the Future Perfect Tense?, p. 75).)))
WHAT
70
A
THE PAST PERFECT TENSE?)
IS
the plus-que-parfait tense in orderto stressthat verb took place beforethe actionof a verb in either
is put in
verb
of that,
action
the
the
passe compose or the imparfait.
Observe sequence lowingtime-line:
of events
the
Plus-que-
Present)
Perfect
Present
Perfect
Past
TENSE:
VERB
past tensesin the fol-
by the
expressed
Passe
Parfait)
Present)
compose
Imparfait
-2)
-1)
TAKES
ACTION
TIME
same
'moment
I
Different
leaving.
imparfait - 1
- 1
in the
0
before
in time)
imparfait
time
\037
\037before -1
crying because her son was parce que son fils partait. I
The mother was La mere pleurait
Two actions
J()
o \037 now
PLACE:)
- 1 - 2
Same verb tense \037
o) J()
J()
the
in
imparfait
show that
took
they
at the
place
same
past.)
verb tenses
\037
different
times
crying because her son parce que son fils etaitI
The mother was La mere pleurait I
had
left.
partie I I
plus-que-parfait -2
imparfait
- 1
The action in the plus-que-parfait action in the imparfait (point
(point -
- 2)
occurredbefore
the
1).)
Careful
when You cannot always rely on Englishto determine cases, usage permits English perfect in French. In many
simple past to describean which actioncamefIrst.) The
teacher
wanted I
simple
action
to know
that
preceded
simple
past)))
use
the past
the use of the another, if it is clear
who saw the student. I
past
to
IS
WHAT
asked who
The teacher
the student.
seen
had
I
71)
PERFECT TENSE?
PAST
THE
Y
simple past
past
perfect)
the two sentences above meanthe samething Although rect in English, only the secondsentence with its sequence
and
are
cor-
of tenses
would be correct in French.)
Le professeur
savoir
voulait I
qui
vu 1'etudiant.
avait Y
plus-que-parfait
ilnparfait
-
-1
Le
a demande
professeur
I
I
qui avait
plus-que-parfait
-2
-1
The action in the pleted before the
plus-que-parfait (point -2) other action (point -1) which
fait or the
compose
In French
passe
depending
number the verbs parentheses, line below, indicate if the verb
perfect(PP) in
2. After
could
context
the
than
Mary read the ))
lunch, Paul ))
(-)
accordingto would be
in
book she bought
of
it was
com-
the imparthis sentence.)
in English.)
time-line
the
past
yesterday.)
))))
that
on p. 70. (P) or past
the
))
asked who'd calledhim (-)
that
be in
French.
morning
(-)
stresses
\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037.\037\037\037\037
the
(-)
on
the sequence of tensesis morerigid
\037\037..\037.\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037REVIEW
1. This
1 'etudiant.
-r-
I
In the
vu
\037
passe cOlnpose
\302\267 On
2)
morning.)
WHAT IS THE FUTURE
72
will take place sometime
in
future.)
the IN
FUTURE TENSE?)
an action
that
indicates
tense
future
IS THE
WHAT
22.
The
TENSE?)
ENGLISH
The
future
nary
form
the tense is formed with main verb. Note
of the
will or
auxiliary
is used
shall
that
(and British English),will occurs in everyday Paul and Mary will do their homework
shall + the dictioin formal English
language. tomorrow.
leave tonight.
I will
In conversation, shall and
tomorrow;I'II
leave
are
will
to
shortened
often
'
II: They'll doit
tonight.)
IN FRENCH
You do the
not need an
indicated by a simple tense. infinitive as the stem for the future.)
the
use
verbs
Regular
Stem
Infinitive
aimer
aimer-
to love
finir
finir-
to finish
vendre)
vendr-
to sell
(the final verbs have
Irregular
dropped))
irregular future
stems
which
aller
ir-
to
venir
viendr-
to come
avoir
aur-
to have
ctre
ser-)
to be)
notice
will
letter
of the book
\"e\" is
will
the future
that whatever
\"r\"
show
tense.)
is
always
the stem, regularor irregular, the before the future ending. Your
the
when,
the
future,
sound
heard
you how to conjugate regular and
While Englishuses and as, by the in
be memorized.
go
Careful
place
must
Stem
Infinitive
You
action will takeplacein
time is
Future
future.
that the
to show
auxiliary
present
tense
after
irregular
text-
in
such as soon action that will take
expressions
time, which introduce an French uses the future tense.)))
verbs
WHAT
as he returns, I will
As soon
I
I
She will
I
future
as he will
come.
. .\
come when she
is ready. I
future
present I
future
future
she
\". . . when
is more
sera prete.
quand elle
viendra I
French
73)
future
Y Elle
TENSE?
call.
future
\"As soon
FUTURE
je telephonerai.
reviendra,
qu'il
THE
Y
present Des
IS
strict
than
be
will
ready.\
in its
English
use of
tenses.)
Immediate Future
In
English
in
the
itself, IN
the fact that an action will occur sometime be expressed without using the future tense a construction which implies the future.) in French
and
can also
future but
ENGLISH
You can form
+ the dictionary use the verb to go in the presentprogressive she is going to see, etc.) main verb: I am goingto walk,
of the
sitnilar
meaning I I
I
I am I
going
to sing. I
I will sing. \037
-r-
I
present propressive of to go + infinitive) IN
future
tense
FRENCH
calledIe exists in French. It is sometimes because the future is conaction proche sidered nearer at hand than an action expressed by a verb in the future tense. The future is formed with the verb aller (to go) in immediate the tense + the infinitive of the main verb:je vais marcher, present
The futur
elle
same
construction or Ie
immediat
va voir,
etc.)))
futur
WHAT IS THE FUTURE
74
TENSE?)
Je chanterai.
chanter.
Je vais I
I
I)
I
aller +
of present immediate
going to
I am I
future
infinitive
sing. I
I will
In
to go + infinitive
future
tense)
future)
conversational
the immediate future
French,
often replaces the
tense.)
future
\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037REVIEW
Indicate
future
the
1. As
tense
as
it
is in
perfect (FP).
\302\267 Indicate
IN
sing.
y
I
of present immediate
tense)
future
the soon
tense as we
of the
the English
verb as it
finish our
would
\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037.\037\037
sentence: present (P),future be in
a French
sentence.)
meal, we'll leave.
ENGUSH:
IN FRENCH:
2. We
will speak Frenchwhen
IN
ENGUSH:
IN
FRENCH:)))
we
go
to France
this summer.
(F),
or
IS THE FUTURE PERFECT
WHAT
23. The
future
the
IN
ENGLISH
is used
to express an
action
in the
perfect is
future
participleof
In
tense
TENSE?)
action whichwill have
future or beforea specifictime
I'll see you
I'll seeyou I'll seeyou
as I will
as
soon
as
as
soon
as
I'll call you
s\"
as I'vefound
soon
as
\",
or
\",
ve\" .
have finished. I'll have finished. I've finished.
soon
as
auxiliary
to
to
is shortened
will have + the past she will have gone,etc. II: or, in some cases,dropped
the
have walked, '
I will
is shortened
will
have
and
formed with verb:
main
the
conversation
altogether
75)
l)
future.
in
PERFECT
FUTURE
THE
another
perfect
before
happened
The
IS
WHAT
TENSE?
Mary.
LT-J
Y
future
event
future
perfect
2 1 Both actions 1 and 2 will occur at some future but action 1 will time, 2 takes be completed before action place. Therefore, action 1 is in the future perfect tense.) I will have l I
eft
beforetomorrow. I
I
I
future
I
future event
perfect
2
1
1 and
action
Both
be completed
will
action 1 is in IN
the
event 2
will
occur
at some
before a specifictime future
perfect
future time, but action future. Therefore,
1
in the
tense.)
FRENCH
future
The
auxiliary verb
main
is
with the perfect is called Ie futur anterieur.It formed avoir or etre in the future tense+ the pastparticiple the com(the rules of agreement are the sameas for the passe
of
etc. 64): j'aurai marche,elleseraallee, a verb is put in the futur anterieur tensein order English, that the action of the verb will take placebefore the action
pose-see p. As
in
stress
verb in the
I
future,
or
before
a specific
to
of a
future time.)
You can con1pare this tense to the past perfect which is used when two actions OCCUlTed at different the past and you want to stress which action preceded the other (see What Is the Past Perfect
tilnes in
Tense?,p. 69).)))
WHAT IS THE
76
the
Observe
TENSE?)
expressed by the future
of events
sequence
TENSE:
Present
Future perfect
Present
Futur
telephonerai I
2)
K)
o \037
TAKES PLACE:)
Je vous
Futur
1)
K)
ACTION
Future
anterieur
o) TIME
in the
tenses
time-line:
following VERB
PERFECT
FUTURE
K)
now
1 \037 after
0 and
2 \037
0)
after
des que j'aurai I
before 2
trouve Marie. I I
1
2
[' II Je
call you as
serai
['II
parti
have
left
soon as ['vefoundMary.) avant demain.
before
tomorrow. \037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037
\037\037\037\037.\037\037\037\037..\037\037\037\037\037REVIEW
number the verbs accordingto parentheses, line below, indicate if in a French sentence (F), or future perfect (FP). present (P), future In the
\302\267 On
the
1. When
the
bell
rings ()
FRENCH
2. As
soon as
I've written
))
TENSE:)))
the
)
time
line above.
the verb
would
be
they'll have finished the exam.) ()
))
TENSE:
( FRENCH
at noon,
the
letter,
I'll send
(
it. ))
in the
WHAT IS
24.
WHAT IS
THE
77)
CONDITIONAL?
THE CONDITIONAL?)
does not exist in English, but is an important is an (see What is Meantby Mood?, p. 50). There verb form which is to the similar French conditional however, English and which can help you to understand it. For our purposes,we will call this form the \"conditional.\" The conditionalmoodhas a present and a past tense.) mood
conditional
The
in French
mood
Present Conditional) IN
ENGLISH
The
conditional\" is a compound tense.It is formed would + the dictionary form of the main verb.
\"present
auxiliary
I would like someketchup, please. If she had the money, she would call I said that I would come tomorrow.
is more
polite
Would you please The
. in
the main
If I had
close the door. door\"is softened
\"please close the
command
ways:
to eat.\
\"I want
than
the
him.
The \"presentconditional\" is usedin the following . as a politefonn with like and in polite requests I wouldlike to eat. This
with
by the
use of
would.)
clause of a hypotheticalstatement a lot of money, I would buy a Cadillac.
or result clause. buy a Cadillac\" is calledthe main clause, It is a clause becauseit is composed of a group of words containing a subject (I) and a verb (wouldbuy) and is used as part of a sentence.It is the main clause because it expresses a complete thought and can stand by itself without being attached to the first part of the sentence(\"If I had a lot of money... \.")It is calledthe result clause because it expresses what would happen as the resultof getting a lot
\"I would
of money.
had a lot of clause. It is subordinate a verb subject (I) \"If I
is
money\"
and
and
cannot
stand
called
clause
a
(had),
it does
alone. It must
the
subordinate
because,
although
clause, or If. it contains a
not express a completethought
be attachedto the main clause.)))
WHAT IS
78
THE CoNDITIONAL?)
because it refers to a conis called hypothetical at the present time (the personspeaking is the remote possibility of does not have a lot of money), but there could have a lot of its becoming a reality (the person speaking
entire statement
The
dition that
one
money
. in an
exist
not
does
day).
indirect statementto expressa future-in-the-past
for-word
opposed of what
or reports, but does not quote, direct statement which is a wordsomeone said. In written form a direct
statementis always
between
quotation
statement
Indirect
An
someone's
as
words,
quotation
repeats,
to a
marks.)
Paul said Mary
indirect statement)
\037
2
1
present
past
Paul said: \"Mary
statement)
direct
will
1
the
indirect statement, it takes place after
action 2 is calleda
another actionin
statement, action 2 is merelya quotation IN
come.\"
future)
past
because
conditional)
\037 2
\037
In
come.
would
\037
of
the
what
future-In-the-past
In the
past.
direct
was said.)
FRENCH
You
Ie auxiliary to indicatethe presentconditional, future it is a simple tense. It is formedwith the
need an
do not
condltlonnel
present;
72) + the imperfect endings:je parlerais il fmirait (he wouldflnish), nous vendrions (wewould The present conditional is used in the same ways as . as a politeform or in polite requests stem
(see p.
Je voudrais
sandwich.
un
I
conditional
present
I would
like a
sandwich.)
Pourriez-vous
fenner
la
I
present
conditional
Could
you close
the door?)))
porte?
(I
would
sell).
in English:
speak),
WHAT
. in the
main clause of a hypothetical
Si j'avais
.
in
an
I
had a lot of money,
II a dit
conditional
buy a
I would
to express
statement
indirect
79)
CONDITIONAL?
une Cadillac.
d'argent, j'acheterais
beaucoup
THE
statement
present
If I
IS
Cadillac.
a future-in-the-past
viendrait.
qu'il
I
conditional
present
(that) he
He said
Je
savais
wouldcome.)
pleuvrait.
qu'il
I
conditional
present
I knew
(that)
it
rain.)
would
Careful
The auxiliary would does not correspond to the conditional when it talk while he painted.\" In this senstands for used to, as in \"Shewould tence,it means used to talk and requires the imperfect(see 65).)
p.
Conditional)
Past
IN
ENGLISH
is formed with \"past conditional\" past participle of the main verb. I would have come if I had known.
The
Unlike some statementsin
the
present
the auxiliary
conditional
all possibility of their becominga reality, the main conditional are contrary-to-fact: because the condition expressedwas never done with.
He
have
would
spoken
I
if he
have
would
where
+ the
there is a
using the past never action happened met and it is now over and statements
had known the truth.
I
I
past
conditional
Contrary-to-fact: If you had called Contrary-to-fact:
He did
us, we would We did
have
eaten if I
Contrary-to-fact:
I did
I would
not
not
speak
have come
because
he didn't
know
the
come. because
you didn't
had been hungry. not eat becauseI wasn't hungry.)))
call
us.)
truth.)
WHAT IS
80
CoNDITIONAL?)
THE
IN FRENCH with the conditional, called Iecondltlonnelpasse,is formed + avoir or etre in the presentconditional the past participle auxiliary as for the passe of the main verb (the same rulesof agreement apply elle serait allee, etc. compose - see p. 64):j'auraismange,
The past
all statementsusing
As in English,
the
are contrary-
conditional
past
to- fact.) II aurait
su la v\037rit\037.
s'il avait
parle,
I
I
I
conditional
past
have spoken, if he I
He would I
had known
the
truth.
I
conditional)
past
of Tenses
Sequence
Let us study
some
French tense.
Hypothetical
and
because they
.
the
are
learn to recognizethem contrary-to-fact
always
if (si . the
made
that
\"If\"-clause; in
of constructions
examples
so that you
results
is,
their
is, the main clause the
recognizing
difficulty
tenses
comes, I will be happy. I
Y S 'i I vient, I
present
just
rutur)
present
present
and in French. apply these three rules.
in English
same
REsULT CLAUSE-+ future
-+ present
If he
and
the appropriate
French)
result clause; that
\"lP\"-CLAUSE
conditions
to use
statements are easy to recognize of two clauses: up the subordinate clause that starts with
The sequenceoftensesis have
with
and
future
je serai I futur)))
contente.
If you
WHAT
-CLA USE -+
\"Ip\"
past
simple
IS
CLAUSE
RESULT
THE
CONDITIONAL?
-+ present
81)
conditional
conditionnel present)
imparfait)
I would If he came, I
be
happy.
\037
present conditional je serais contente.
past S'i1
venait, I
I
conditionnel
imparfait
USE -+ past
-eLA
\"Ip\"
present)
perfect
CLAUSE
REsULT
conditional
-+ past
conditionnel passe)
plus-que-parfait)
come,I would I If he had \037
been
have
happy.
I
-r-
I
past conditional
perfect
past
S'i1 etait venu, j 'aurais etecontente. I
I
I
I
I
I
conditionnel
plus-que-parfait
passe)
the if-clause can comeeither at the beginthe sentence beforethe main clause, or at the end of the sentence.The tense of each clause remains the same no matterthe order. In
in French
and
English
ning of
I
been
have
would I
I
happy,
if he
had come.
I
\037
past conditional
past perfect
ete
J'aurais I
s'i1 etait
contente,
venue
I
\037
I
conditionnel
passe
plus-que-parfait)
\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037.\037\037\037\037\037\037\037REVIEW
Write
the
tense
you
would
present (P), future imperfect (I), past perfect
below:
for each of the italicizedverbs (F) present conditional (C), past conditional (PC), in French
use
(PP).
1. Studentswoulddo theirhomework 2. If they
3.
When
4. We'll
had
they
had
were
be going
\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037
an exam,
separated,
if they
they would have he would
had
time.)
studied.)
call her every
abroad, if we have the money.)))
evening.)
WHAT IS A
82
VERB?)
REFLEXIVE
IS
WHAT
25.
verb is a
verb that
reflexivepronoun;
pronoun
A reflexive
this
is
VERB?)
REFLEXIVE
special pronoun called a the action of the
linked
to a
serves
to \"reflect\"
that is, to the subjectof the sentence. The performer, the subject of the sentenceand the object are the same
to the
back
verb
is that
result
A
person.
She cut herselfwith IN
knife.
the
himselfin the mirror.)
He saw ENGLISH
on a reflexive meaningby
can take
verbs
Many
a reflexive
adding
pronoun.
Peter cuts the
paper.
I
verb
regular
when he shaves.
cuts himself
Peter
I
I
I
+ reflexive pronoun)
verb
Pronouns
ending with -self or -selves reflexive pronouns.
are used
to make verbs
reflexive.
are the
Here
singular)
Subject
Reflexive
pronoun
pronoun
I
myself
yourself himself
you
he it)
herself itself
she
plural)
we
ourselves
you
yourselves
they)
themselves)
In a sentence a reflexive pronounis always the subject because both the pronoun and
tied
object.
I
cut
Paul
Although plural,
a specific
subject,
the same personor
myself.
and
themselves for
Mary blamed
the
accident.
the subject pronoun you is the samefor the singular there is a difference betweenthe reflexivepronouns
yourselfis yourselves
to
refer to
and
used:
used
is used
when
you
are speaking
when you
to one
person (singular)and
are speaking to morethan
one
(plural).)))
WHAT IS A
Paul, did Children,
IN
REFLEXIVE
83)
VERB?
you makeyourself a sandwich? make sure you wash yourselves properly.)
FRENCH
in English many regular verbs can be turned by adding a reflexive pronoun. As
Marie
verbs
enfant.
son
lave
her child.
washes
Mary
reflexive
into
Marie se lave. washes
Mary
The
the
herself.
lists laver
dictionary of
infinitive
and
laver
to wash
as the infinitive
of
Look up
oneself
and se
to wash
laver as
both forms underthe verb
see
not under
Here are the Frenchreflexive pronouns: me
myself
te se
singular) yourse lf (familiar himself, herself, itself
nous
ourselves
vous
yourselves
se
themselves)
Since the reflexivepronoun
perfonner,
the
changes. verbs example,
sent placed
reflexive
(familiar
the
reflects
pronoun
plural,
will
fonnal
action
change
singular
& plural)
of the verb back to the as the subject of the verb
to memorize the conjugation of reflexive with the subject pronoun and the reflexive pronoun.For let's look at the conjugation of the verb se laver in the pretense. Notice that unlike English wherethe reflexive is pronoun after the verb, in French the reflexive pronoun is placedimmeYou
before
diately
have
will
the
verb.
Subject
pronoun
Reflexive +)
pronoun
+)
Verb
je
me
lave
tu
te)
laves)
se)
lave)
nous
lavons
vous)
lavez
se)))
lavent)
il
elle) }
nous vous
ils elles)
}
WHAT IS A
84
verbs can
Reflexive
reflexive
the
and
VERB?)
REFLEXIVE
be conjugated in all tenses.Thesubjectpronoun remain the same, regardlessof the tense
pronoun
of
ils se laveront (futur); ils sesontlaves (passe compose). The perfect tenses of reflexive verbs are always with the conjugated rules of for the the however, agreement past participle auxiliary etre; to the past of reflexive verbs are differentfromthe rulesyou apply French of verbs. Be sure to textnon-reflexive consult your participles verb:
the
book for these rules.)
Careful
Reflexive
common
more
are
verbs
in French than in
English;
that
is,
verbs that take a reflexive pronoun in Frenchbut not in For example, when you say \"Paulwashed in the morning,\" it English. In French is understood, but not stated, that \"Paul washed himself.\" the \"himself' must be stated:\"Paul s'est lave.\" In addition, other English verbs such as to get up have a reflexive meaning:\"Mary got up\" means that she got herself up. In Frenchyou to get up by express using the verb se lever, that is lever (to raise) + the reflexivepronoun se (oneself): that \"Marie s'est levee.\" Memorize the many verbs are idiomatic a reflexive pronoun in French. Some of them require in English.) for which there is no directequivalent expressions are many
there
..\037\037..\037...\037\037\037.\037\037\037.
\037.\037\037.\037\037.\037..\037\037\037\037\037REVIEW
Fill in \302\267 Fill
the proper English reflexive pronoun. French reflexivepronoun equivalent
in the
Les
every
enfants
2. Mary
3. Mary,
lavent
coupe
We
you cut
constantly.
coupes constamment.)
dress
Nous)
les soirs.
constamment.)
Marie, tu 4.
tous
evenmg.
constantl y.)
cuts
Marie)
French
.
children wash
1. The
in the
habillons.)))
sentences.)
IS MEANT BY ACTIVE
WHAT
WHAT IS
26.
The voice of the verb its
and
- A
voice
Active
85)
VOICE?
PASSIVE
VOICE?)
basic relationship between the verb voices: active and passive.
is said to be in
sentence
subject is the performerof the an
AND
PASSIVE
to a
refers
are two
There
subject.
ACTIVE
BY
MEANT
AND
In this
verb.
the
active
instance,
voice
when
the verb
the
is called
verb.
active
prepares the exam.
The teacher
S ate an
Paul
apple.
DO
v
S
DO
v
Lightning has struck
the
v
S
tree. DO)
the subject (5) performsthe actionofthe verb examples What direct object (DO)is the receiverofthe action (see are Objects?, p. 116). Passivevolce-A sentence is said to be in the passive voice when the In this instance, the verb is called the is receiver of the action. subject In
(v)
these
all
and the
a passive
verb.
is prepared
exaln
The
S The
apple
S
teacher. Agent)
was eaten by V
Paul.
Agent
been struck by
tree has
The
by the
V
V
S
lightning. Agent)
these examples, the subjectis the receiver of the action of the verb. The performerof the action, if it is mentioned, is introduced by the word \"by\" and is called the agent. In all
IN
ENGLISH
the verb to be conjugatedin The tense verb. appropriate past participle of the main the passive sentenceis indicatedby the tense of the verb to be. The examisprepared by the teacher.
The
passive
is expressed by
voice
+ the
tense
I
present)
The
exaln
was prepared by I
past)))
the teacher.
the
of
WHAT IS
86
BY ACTIVE AND
MEANT
exam will be
The
PASSIVE
prepared by the
VOICE?)
teacher.
y future)
IN
FRENCH
As in
English, a passive verb
conjugated
the
in
verb.
The
tense
is
tense
appropriate
by the
expressed
+ the
auxiliary etre (to
passive sentence is indicatedby
of the
verb etre. 1
L'examen est pr\037par\037
be)
past participle of the main tense
the
of the
Ie professeur.
par
I
present
The
exam
is prepared
by the teacher.
L'examena ete prepar\037
Ie professeur.
par
y
passecompose The
has
exam
L'examensera
par
prepare
teacher.
by the
been prepared
Ie professeur.
I
future
prepared by the teacher. in the passive voice is always \"etre\"(to be), all Becausethe auxiliary with in a passive sentence agreein gender and number past participles the subject. The
exam
Les vins
will be
sont
fran\037ais
apprecies
\037 masc.
subject
French
an
Thestepsto same English
monde entier
and
\037
Inasc.
pI.
appreciated the world over.)
Active an
change
participle
past
pI.
wines are
Changing
in
dans Ie
I
I
Sentence
active
sentence
to a Passive to a
passive sentence arethe
in French.
1. The direct objectof the activesentencebecomes passive sentence.)
1Verbs passive
partir,
Sentence
the
subject
of the
to Conn compound tenses in the active voice (see p. 64) do not have a that take \037tre as an auxiliary voice since they are never followed by a direct object in the activevoice. For example, aller, etc. cannot be made passive.))) venir,
IS
WHAT
BY ACTIVE AND
MEANT
direct
J,)
object
is prepared by the
The exam
passive)
I
87)
VOICE?
preparesthe exam. I
The teacher
active
PASSIVE
teacher.
subject)
tense of the verb of
2. The
the activesentenceis reflected
in
the
tense
verb to be in the passivesentence.)
of the
the exam. prepares I
The teacher
active
J,
present
passive)
is prepared by
exam
The
the teacher.
I
t)
presen
the exam. prepared I
The teacher
active
J,
past
exam
The
passive)
was prepared by
the teacher.
I
past)
The teacher
active
will preparethe
exam.
I
future
J,
The exam will
passive)
y
be prepared by the teacher.
future)
3.
of the active subject sentence introduced with The
sentence becomesthe The
by.
agent
I
J,
passive
omitted.)
prepares the exam.
The teacher
active
of the
agent
is often
subject
exam
The
passive)
is prepared by I
the teacher. I I
agent)
the
Avoiding
Passive
Voice In French
French has a passive its use as Engvoice, it does not favor lish does, and whenever possibleFrenchspeakers to avoid the try passive construction by replacingit with an active one. This is particularly true for general statements,that is, when we don't know who is Although
doing
action.
the
is spoken We don't know
English
in
many
who
is
countries. speaking.)))
WHAT IS
88
BY ACTIVE AND
MEANT
is sold here.
New York Times
The
who is selling.)
know
don't
We
VOICE?)
PASSIVE
can ways a passivesentence 1. by using the on construction
There are two
The
\"on\"
word
\"one,\"as
in
to the
corresponds
the
should
\"One
sentence,
be
in French.
avoided
English indefinite pronoun eat when one is hungry.\" To
construction, French often makes one the an active sentence, even in sentences whereEnglish speakers never use such a construction. a passive
avoid
On parle anglais
dans
(word-for-word:
The New York Times is On vend Ie New York (word-for-word:
2. by
using
the
de pays. in many countries\
beaucoup
\"one
English
speaks
sold here. ici.
Times
the New
sells
\"one
York Times
reflexive
exists
construction
only
in French
is spoken
in
se parle
L'anglais
\"speaks
The New
York
Le New York
voice
passive
to
p. 82). This and is usually senseless
countries.
many
dans beaucoupdepays.
itself') is sold
Times
se vend
Times
\"sells
here. ici.
itself')
Careful
ticiple
the
Verb?,
English.
English
Make
here\
verb construction
reflexive
The main verb of the sentenceis changedfrom is a Reflexi\\'e its reflexive form (see What in
would
countries.
in many
is spoken
English
of
subject
sure you distinguish between used to form a present tensein
the auxiliaryetre + the
iary etre + a past participleto form
a past
eaten)
is a
instance,\"est voice, \"est aile\"
(is
mange\"
but
(went)
is a
passive
voice
a
past
and the
par-
auxil-
active voice. For in the passive tense present tense
in the
past tense in the active voice.)))
WHAT
IS
BY ACTIVE AND
MEANT
\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037
\037\037\037\037\037\037.\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037REVIEW
Underline \302\267 Circle \302\267
Identify
\302\267
Identify
in the below. sentences subjects performer of the action. each sentence as active (Ac) or passive (Pa). the tense of the verb: past (PP),present
the
the
(P),
over the moon.
1. The
cow jumped
2. The
bill was paid by
Bob's
parents.
3. The bank
is
4. Everyone
will be goingaway
transferring
the money.
spring break will be enjoyed
by
(F).
PA
PP
P
F
Ac
PA
PP
P
F
Ac
PA
PP
P
F
PA
PP
P
F
PA
PP
P
F)))
the
during
future
Ac
vacation.
Ac 5. The
89)
VOICE?
PASSIVE
all.
Ac
WHAT IS
90
SUBJUNCTIVE?)
THE
The
is
subjunctive
SUBJUNCTIVE?)
used to express a wish, hope,uncertainty toward a fact or an idea. Since it stresses
a mood
attitude
similar
other
IS THE
WHAT
27.
speaker's feelings about the fact or idea,it
is
usually
subjective
or
the about
them.) IN
ENGLISH
The
constructions.
few
very
The
subjunc-
likeother is difficult to recognizebecauseit is spelled
tive verb form
verb.)
of the
tenses
used in
is only
subjunctive
I am in Paris right now. I
indicative
present
to be)
I wish
I were in
Paris
I
He
like a past tense
spelled
subjunctive
a book
reads
now.
right
of to be)
form
a week.
I
indicative
present
The course
to read)
requires that
a book
a week.
I
like the dictionary form of
spelled
subjunctive
read
he
to
read)
IN FRENCH
is used will usage rarely help you
The subjunctive
frequently,
very
but unfortunately and how to use
English
it in French. Therefore,we referyou to your French textbook. First, learn how to in the present tense of the subverbs conjugateregularand irregular of the are rarely used, particuother tenses (The junctive. subjunctive decide
where
the verbs and expressions that larly in conversation.)Then,learn the verb which the to followsin subjunctive. require you put 1. Example of a verb of desire that is followed by a verb in the subjunctive: vouloir (to want) Je
veux
que tu sois
I
I
vouloir
J want
subjunctive
you to
(word-for-word:
sage. @tre
be good. \"I want
that you
be good\))
WHAT
2. Example of
tive:il
faut
an
que
II faut que
(it is necessary Paul
sache
must know
(word-for-word:
by a
SUBJUNCTIVE?
91)
verb in the subjunc-
that)
parler
fran\037ais.
I
subjunctive
Paul
is followed
that
expression
IS THE
savoir
how to speak French. \"it is
necessary
that Paul
know
how
to speak
French \ emotion 3. Example of an adjectiveexpressing an in the etre heureux a verb (to by subjunctive:
Je suis
heureux que vous veniez
which be
ce soir.
I
subjunctive
I am
happy that you are
venir
coming this
evening.)))
happy)
is followed
WHAT IS AN
92
ADJECTIVE?)
An
IN
word
is a
adjective
IS
WHAT
28.
AN
describes
that
ADJECTIVE?)
a noun
or a
pronoun.)
ENGLISH
according to the way they
are classified
Adjectives
describe a noun or
pronoun.
tells
what
See p. 93.
kind it is.
Sheread
an
adjective indicates a quality,
it
book.
interesting
brown eyes.
He has POSSESSIVE
ADJECTIVE
tells
it is.
whose
- A descriptive
ADJECfIVE
DESCRIPTIVE
- A
See p.
possessive
adjective shows possession,it
96.
His book is lost. Our
are
parents
away. -
INTERROGATIVEADJECTIVE
about someoneor something. What book is lost? Which
parents
DEMONSTRATIVE
someoneor That
question
adjective asks a question
you speak to? - A demonstrative ADJECTIVE did
See
something.
This teacher
An interrogative See p. 101.
p.
adjective points out
103.
is excellent. is very
appropriate.
ormodifies, In all these casesthe adjective describes, noun.) IN
the
noun
or pro-
FRENCH
in the same way as in English.Theprincipal in English and French adjectives is that English
Adjectives
are classified
difference
between
adjectives
in gender
in French do not change their form,while and number with the noun or pronoun they
adjectives modify.)))
agree
IS A
WHAT
WHAT IS
29.
name
the
As
word that
ENGLISH
IN
The
it modifies.
or pronoun
of a
noun or
the noun or pronoun.)
does not change form,regardless ofthe
adjective
descriptive
noun
a quality
indicates
it describes
implies,
93)
ADJECTIVE?
ADJECTIVE?)
DESCRIPTIVE
A
adjective is a
A descriptive
pronoun.
DESCRIPTIVE
The students are intelligent. is an
She
person.
intelligent
The adjective intelligentis the same although are different in number (studentsis plural and
adjectives are divided into two groupsdependingon how to the noun they modify.
Descriptive
connected
are
they
1. Predicate
- A
adjective
it describes
(the
The
are
children
The
sentence) by
linking
predicate
subject
verb
adjective)
I
a
I
noun
linking
predicate
subject
verb
adjective)
-
adjective
attributive
An
to the noun it describes and I
usually
looks small.
I
The good
verb,
I
noun
house
2. Attributive
connected to the noun
a linking
good.
I
I
adjective is
predicate
subject of the
form of to be.
is connected
adjective precedes
always
directly
it.
children were praised. I
attributive
noun
adjective
described)
The family lives
IN
the persons described is singular).
person
in
house.
a small I
I
attributive
noun
adjective
described)
FRENCH
The
most and
French
adjective,
noun
it
difference
important English
predicate modifies;
between descriptive adjectives in an they change forms.In French,
is that in French
or attributive, always agreeswith the noun or prois, it must correspond in gender and numberto)))
that
94
WHAT IS A
ADJECTIVE?)
DESCRIPTIVE
Thus, before writing an adjectiveyou if the noun or,pronounit modifiesis masculine or plural.
its noun.
Most adjectives add an nine
and
form
blue
the
an \"-s\"
\"-e\"
to the
masc. .
sing.
sing.)
la robe blene
dress)
I
I
feln. .
fern.
.
sing.)
sing.
les Iivres
the blue books)
biens
I
blue
singular
I
masc.
.
the
to determine
feminine,
bien
I
the blue
or
to the masculine form to make the femifeminine ormasculineto makeit plural.)
Ie livre
book)
have
will
I
masc.
masc.
pI.
pI.)
bleues
les robes
dresses
I
I
fern.
fern.
pI.
pI.
the adjective \"blue\" As you can see in the examples above,in English, \"bleu\" after the comes before the noun it modifies,whereas goes some French the noun in French. This is not always case, adjectives Refer to your textbook to also come before the noun they modify. is placed before or after the noun it learn whethera Frenchadjective
modifies.)
Nouns Used as IN
Adjectives)
ENGLISH
also be able to recognizenouns noun. When another a noun usedto modify You should
another
the
noun,
tive)
+ the
noun
structure
is as
follows: the
The
French
I
I
noun)
I
noun)
that is,
is used to describe
describing noun (adjec-
described.)
French is difficult.
Chemistry
as adjectives;
used
a noun
The
I
interesting.
noun described)
adjective
is difficult.
class is
chemistry I
adjective
books are I
noun
expensive.
described)))
IS A
WHAT
ADJECTIVE?
DESCRIPTIVE
95)
IN FRENCH
noun is usedas an
When a
the structureis noun
as
the French class I
I
I\037fran\037ais
I\037
sing.
sing.)
the chemistry
la
classe
the
les livres)
adjectives
masc.
the
in
I
pI.
fern.
\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037
you
to the
circled
noun or pronoun
described.)
1. The young
man
was
2. Shelookedpretty
in
reading her
long
a French
newspaper.
red dress.
3. It is interesting.
4.
The
5.
Paul
old was
piano tired
could after
still produce his long
sing.)
below.
sentences
from the adjective
an arrow
de chimie
I
\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037REVIEW
Circle
I
masc.)
les livres
I
la chimie
de fran\037ais
classe fern.
books
another noun,
the describing noun remainsa describing
I
I
\302\267 Draw
The
an article. its fonn.)
not change
does
noun
the
without
(adjective) and
noun
is, to describe + de + described
that
adjective,
follows:
walk.)))
good music.
WHAT IS A
96
ADJECTIVE?)
POSSESSIVE
WHAT IS
30.
and the noun modifiedis calledthe
the \"possessor\" \"possessed.\"
thing
Whose house My is
is that?
It's
an adjective that
\"house.\ IN
ADJECTIVE?)
POSSESSIVE
adjective is a word which describesa noun by The the thing or person beingdiscussed.
A possessive who possesses called
A
showing owner
is
person
or
my house.
tells us
who
is
the
possessor
of the
noun
ENGLISH
Here
is a
list of the
Singular
possessor
1 st
possessive adjectives:
person
my
2nd person)
your
3rd person) Plural
{
masculine
his
feminine
her
neuter)
its)
possessor
1 st
our
person 2nd person 3rd
your
their)
person)
Possessive
of the adjectives never changetheir form,regardless only refer to the possessor.
thing
they
possessed;
Is
that
your
house?
Are those your
keys?
house.
Yes, it is my Yes,
they
are my keys.
the objects The same possessive adjective(my) is used, although in is is are different number (house keys singular, plural). possessed color is John's What car? His car is blue. What color is Mary's car? Her car is blue. the
Although tive singular,
is
different Mary
possessed because the
object
feminine
same (car), the possessive adjecis different masculine (John possessor is the
singular).)))
WHAT IS A
and
97)
ADJECTIVE?
FRENCH
IN
Like but
POSSESSIVE
a French possessive adjective refersto the possessor, it must agree, like all French adjectives,in gender English, number with the noun it modifies, that is, the personor English,
unlike
object
possessed. For
example,
the
possessive
my, while which is
in the
mon frere (my brother) the first letterof to the 1st personsingular possessor
phrase
m- refers
adjective
the ending -on is masculine singular.
my brother
masculinesingularto agree Let us see when happens
with
what
plural.
[love
brothers.
my
mes freres.
J'aime
endings
\037asc.pl.
1 st
pers. sing.
possessor)
Let us look at the Frenchpossessive adjectives formed. Because the rulesfor the selection from the for a singular possessoraredifferent
possessiveadjectives Frenchpossessive
for
plural
adjectives
Singular In French,
Possessor:
3. the
into
possessors, these two
my, your (tu
each of these possessive
depending on the gender and 1. the mascul ine singular 2. the feminine singular plural
(the
Here are the stepsyou
of the
same for both
genders)
follow
of possessive rules for the we
1. Indicatethe possessor
with
adjective. my
m-)
your
t-)
(tn fonn)
his
her
s-)))
}
the
they are
how
see
adjectives
selection of have the divided the
groups.)
form),
his,
her,
Its
ves has three noun possessed:
adjecti
number
should
to
in choosing
the correct
sive adjective.
its)
frere,
we make
first
letter
of the
forms
posses-
possessive
WHA T IS A POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVE?)
98
2.
according to
the ending
Choose
the genderand
of the
number
possessed.
.
noun
is masculine
possessed
beginning Helene
with
a vowel
lit mon
livre. I
masc.
Helene
lit
Helene
lit son
ton
singular
or feminine
Helen reads my
book. I
. noun
sing.
livre.)
Helenreads
her
Paul meetsmy
mon arnie.
friend. I
noun possessed
fern.
sing. with vowel begins
rencontre
.
noun
consonant
\037
lit ma
Paul
ton arnie.
Paulmeets
Paul meetshis (her)friend.
friend.
your
beginning
singular
lettre.
Paul
reads my letter.
I
lit ta
Paul
Paull it . noun
sa
I
noun
sing.
your letter.
Paul reads
lettre.)
Paul reads
his
Helen
my books.
reads
I
masc.
lit tes
Paul
letter.)
(her)
-es)
add
livres.
lit mes
singular
possessed
lettre.
possessed is plural \037
Helene
a
with
-8)
add
fern.
singular
son arnie. is feminine
possessed
book.)
(his)
I
Paul
singular
possessed
your book.
Helen reads
Paul rencontre
singular
-on)
add
livre.
rencontre
Paul
\037
I
noun
pI.)
lettres.
Paul
reads
possessed
your
plural)
letters.)
I
fern.
Elle
lit ses
pI.
She is reading her (his)
livres. I
masc.
the proper
3. Select
Let us
apply the is
Paul
looking
books.)
pI.)
form accordingto the two
steps
above.
above steps to someexamples: at his
mother.
1. Possessor:s-
2.
Noun
possessed:
3. Selection:sa
Paul regardesa mere.)))
La mere
(mother) is feminine singular.
noun
IS A POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVE?
WHAT
99)
Paul is lookingat hisfather.
1.
: s-
Possessor
possessed: Le pere (father)
2. Noun
is masculine
singular.
son
3. Selection:
Paul regardeson pere.) Possessor:
Plural
In French,
depending same
for
. noun
possessed is singular\037
lis
fille.
Pierre et Mariesont
daufhter. noun possessed
\037
nos
or leurs)
vos,
nos,
Peter
enfants.
and Mary
are our children. I
noun
Helene lit vos
singular
Paul reads your letter. They read their letter.
is plural
possessed
genders).
our
is
Mary
both
or leur
votre,
notre,
lettre
leur
lisent
two forms 1. the singular(the
has only
plural (the samefor
lettre.
lit votre
Paul
noun
and 2. the
genders),
Marie est notre
.
adjectives possessive of the noun possessed:
number
the
both
these
of
each
on
their
(vous form),
your
our,
livres.
Helen reads
Elles lisent leurs lettres.)
plural
your books.
their
read
They
possessed
letters.)
Careful
the subjectand the not necessarily match. It all dependson what In French
and in English,
Avez-vous moo livre? I
Also, decide
I
Do you
have
you
1st
2Ad
st \037
pers.
pers.)
pers.
pers.)
whether
you write a sentence it is appropriate to
with the possessiveadjectiveyour, use the tu form or the vous form in
French. Then makesurethat every right form, including the verb. \"You
either \"1\\1 lis 18lettre\"
or
\"Vous
to say.)
want book?
my
2nd
before
do
adjective
possessive
lisez
word
that
are
reading
votre
refers your
lettre.\)
to
\"you\"
is
in the
letter\" would
be
1 00
IS A POSSESSIVE
WHAT
ADJECTIVE?)
Summary
is a
Here
chart you can useas a reference.) Noun
Possessor
possessed
Singular
Plural
mon
mes
mon
mes
ma
mes
ton
tes
ton
tes
fern.
ta
tes
masc.
son
ses
fem.+ vowel
son
ses
fern.)
sa
ses)
our
notre
nos
your
votre
vos
leur
leurs)
Singular
masc. fern. + vowel fern.
my)
your
masc.
(Iu form))
fern.
his, her,
its)
+ vowel
Plural
(vous
form)
the ir
\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037REVIEW
\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037
below. possessive adjectives in the sentences arrow from the possessive adjectiveto the noun it modifies. of the possessive number adjective: singular (8) or plural (P). in this section, fill in the French possessive adjective in the charts French sentences below. the
Circle
. Draw an . Circlethe
.
Using
the
1. I took my
home.
books
POSSESSIVE ADJECfIVE J'ai
2.
IN
livres a la
pris borrowed
Mary
(familiar)
your
IN FRENCH:
ADJECfIVE
POSSESSIVE
Marie a
our
4. Your
clothes
p)
s)
p)
s)
p)
s)
p)))
maison. car. feminine
mother.)
POSSESSIVE ADJECfIVE
ressemble
s)
voiture.
emprunte
3. Paul lookslike Paul
masculine
FRENCH:
IN
mere.
a are
feminine
FRENCH:
expensive.
POSSESSIVEADJECfIVE vetements
IN FRENCH:
masculine
sont chers.)
IS AN INTERROGATIVE
WHAT
WHAT IS AN
31.
An Interrogative about a noun.) IN
ADJECTIVE?
101)
ADJECTIVE?)
INTERROGATIVE
is a word that asks for moreinformation
adjective
ENGLISH
The
words come
they
are called interrogativeadjectiveswhen and areusedto ask a questionabout that
which and what in front of a noun
noun.
are
courses
What
IN
is teaching the course?
teacher
Which
you taking?)
FRENCH
one interrogative adjective quel which to agree changes and number with the noun it modifies. Therefore, in order to book\" or \"what dress\" in French, you start by determining say \"which the genderand number of the word book or dress.
There
is only
in gender
Noun
is masculine
modified
Livre
(book)
so the
word
What
Noun
Iivres
Quels
Oil
sont
Livres
(books)
so the
word
What
singular, must be masculinesingular.
table?
the
is masculine
modified
plural \037 sur la table?
plural, must be masculineplural.
table?
Noun modifiedis femininesingular Quelle
robe
word for
Which dress Noun
modified Quelles
quelle
are you
singular.
plural
\037
queUes
voulez-vous?
word for
Which dresses
be feminine
wearing?
is feminine robes
singular, must
\"which\"
Robes (dresses)is feminine
so the
\037
portez-vous?
Robe (dress) is feminine
so the
quels
is masculine for \"what\"
are on the
books
quel
is masculine for \"what\"
is
book
\037
sur la table?
vre est
Quelli
singular
\"which\"
do you
plural, must
want?)))
be feminine
plural.
WHAT IS AN
102
ADJECTIVE?)
INTERROGATIVE
above, the interrogativeadjectiveimmediately preThis is not always the case. As you will from the noun it can be separate see below, the interrogative adjective because the interrogative modifies. You must learn to find that noun, adjective agrees with it no matter where it is placed in the sentence.
In the
sentences
cedes
the noun
it modifies.
address?
is your
What
To establish Quelle
which
can
sentence
the
est votre
word the interrogative be restructured to read:
adjective modifies, \"What
is yours?\"
address
adresse?
I
I I
fern.
sing.)
are his favorite
What
To establish
which
can
sentence
the
programs?
the interrogative adjective modifies, be 'restructured to read: \"What are his programs word
favorites?\"
ses programmespreferes?
Quels soot I
I I
masc.
pI.)
Careful
The
word
tence
what is
not
on
the
is
\"What
that
important
are used
an Interrogative
and
Pronoun?, p. 138.))
\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037REVIEW
interrogative
an arrow
\302\267 Indicate \302\267 Fill
\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037
below. adjectives in the sentences from the interrogative adjective to the noun it modifies. if the noun modified is singular (8) or plural (P). the French interrogative adjective in the French sentences below.
the
Circle \302\267 Draw
is
table?\"
distinguish
you
words
different
In the seninterrogative adjective. it is an interrogative pronoun. It one from the other, becausein French rules. is What (See they follow different an
always
in
1. Which NOUN
courses are you
MODIFIED IN cours
2. What NOUN
is your
FRENCH:
masculine)
s)
p)
s)
p)))
suivez-vous?
favorite
MODIFIED IN
taking?
city? FRENCH:
est ta
feminh,e
ville preferee?)
WHAT
32.
ADJECTIVE?)
DEMONSTRATIVE
A
IS
WHAT
adjective is a word usedto point out
A demonstrative
103)
ADJECTIVE?
IS A DEMONSTRATIVE
or an
a person
object. IN
ENGLISH
demonstrative
The
are this
adjectives
the plural. They in noun number with the agreeing and those in
these
that
and
to those
changes
cat
that man)
and
singular
of adjectives
they modify: this changes to when they modify a plural noun.)
these
cats
those
men)
This and these referto a personor objectnear from and those refer to a personor objectaway IN
the
in
examples
these
Plural
Singular
this
and that rare
are
the
the
speaker,
and
that
speaker.)
FRENCH
in gender
say the
to agree one demonstrative adjective ce which changes and number with the noun it modifies. Therefore, in order to or \"this dress\" in French, you start by determining book\" and number of the word bookor dress.
is only
There
\"that
gender
Noun
is masculine
modified
livre
Ce
Livre
est sur (book)
singular
is masculine
modified Cet
with
begins
is feminine
modified Cette
robe
singular.
table.
singular and starts with is masculine
is
word
\"this\" must
cette
est jolie.
word for
This (or that)
a vowel
\037
singular. for
large.
singular \037
Robe (dress)is feminine so the
be masculine
a vowel, the
This (or that) apartment Noun
\037
est grand.
appartement it
a consonant
singular,
Appartement (apartment) Since
with
la table. is masculine
so the word for \"this\" must This (or that) bookis on the Noun
and starts
\"this\"
singular, must
dress is pretty.)))
be feminine
singular.
be cet.
cet
ce
WHAT IS A
104
ADJECTIVE?)
DEMONSTRATIVE
Cette Am\037ricaioe \037tudie Ie fran\037ais. Americaine (American girl) is feminine must be feminine so the word for \"this\"
girl is studying
This (or that) American is plural
modified
Noun
soot sur
livres
Ces
Livres
so
ces
la table. must be plural.
for \"those\"
word
These (or those)booksareon To distinguish
what is far
after the noun: noun
the
that
French.
is plural,
(books)
the
\037
singular,
singular.
the
table.
between what is closeto the from the speaker(that, those), from the
these)
-Ia can
from
be added
is close to the speaker;-Ia
speaker.
Ces livres-cisoot These books (here)are chers;
and
-ci
the noun
that
indicates
-ci
is far
(this,
speaker
ces
livres-Ia
expensive;
oe soot those
books
pas chers. (there)
are not
expensive.) \037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037REVIEW
Circle
demonstrative
an arrow
\302\267 Circle \302\267 Fill
below. adjectives in the sentences from the demonstrative adjectiveto the noun it modifies. if the noun modified is singular (8) or plural (P). sentences below.) the French demonstrative adjective in the French
the
\302\267 Draw
\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037
in
1. They NOUN
prefer that
restaurant.
MODIFIED
IN
FRENCH:
masculine
s)
p)
s)
p)
s)
p)
restaurant.
Ils preferent
2. This testis toohard. NOUN
IN FRENCH:
MODIFIED
examen est
3.Thesehouses
are
NOUN
MODIFIED maisons
masculine
trop difficile.
expensive. IN
FRENCH:
sont
feminine)
cheres.)))
WHAT IS MEANT
33. We
I
quality.
105)
nouns have the same and we want to indi-
of these nounshas a greater,lesser,orequaldegreeof
that one
cate this
color,
size,
(height,
quality
two or more characteristic), any
when
adjectives
compare
OF ADJECTIVES?
OF ADJECTIVES?)
BY COMPARISON
MEANT
IS
WHAT
BY COMPARISON
comparison of adjectives I I
I
but Mary
is tall
Paul
I
is taller. I
adjective
adjective
modifies
modifies
Paul
Mary)
and in French there are two superlative.)
in English and comparative Both
types
of
comparison:
Comparative
The comparative same
quality
one or
that
person or
in another person or thing.Thecomparison the otherhas more,less,or the same amount
thing with
the
indicate
can
of the quality.)
ENGLISH
IN
Let's
the three
go over
Greaterdegree-
The
short
is prettier
. more
of the
the length
+ than
Paul is tallerthan Mary
degree (more) is formed adjective beingcompared:
of greater
comparison
+ -er
adjective
degrees of comparison:
on
depending
differently
.
of one
a quality
compares
Mary. than
sister.
her
+ longer adjective+ than is more
Paul
My car
intelligent
than Mary.
is more expensivethan
car.
your
lesserdegree(less)is
-
The comparisonof degree not as + adjective as, or less+ adjective
Lesser follows:
Paul My
is not as tall car
is less
Equal degree follows: as + Paul
formed
as
formed
as
+ than
as Mary.
expensive
than
your
car.
- The comparisonof equaldegree(same)
is
adjective+ as
is as
tall as
Mary.
My car is as expensiveas your for conlparing Iln English and in French, the structure same as the structure for comparing adjectives.)))
car.)
adverbs
(see What Is an Adverb?,
p.
109) is the
WHAT IS MEANT
106
OF ADJECTIVES?)
BY COMPARISON
FRENCH
IN
are
There
English. and tive
and
as in the same three degrees of comparisonof adjectives Remember that, in French, agreement betweenthe adjective
required. However, since a comparativeadjecthan one noun, it always agreesin gender
is always
noun
the
more
always
describes
number
with the
subject.
Greater degree - Thecomparison
lows:plus
+
(more)
Paul est
Lesserdegree-
moins(less)+
adjective
The
+
adjective
is
degree
is formed
as follows:
que
active que Paul. I with Marie
comparison
adjective
as
of equal degreeis formedas follows:
+ que
active que Paul.
est aussi
Marie
as fol-
less active than Paul. - The
Mary
of lesser
comparison
agrees
degree
is formed
with Paul
est moins
Mary is Equal
degree
que Marie. plus actif I agrees
aussi(as)+
greater
mOTeactive than Mary.
Paul is
Marie
of
+ que
active
as Paul.)
Superlative
The superlativeis usedto stressthe quality. go over
the two
Greatestdegreeently the
depending + short
the
The
lowest
degrees
of a
adjective
of highest
superlative
of the
My most
+ long
cheapest on the market. adjective
Mary is the most most
intelligent. expensive
of
degree
adjective:
+ -est
smartest.
car is the
His caris the
degrees of the superlative.
the length
on
Mary is the
.
and
ENGLISH
IN
Let's
.
highest
all.)))
is formed
differ-
IS MEANT BY COMPARISON
WHAT
Lowest
- The superlativeof lowest
degree
is the leastexpensiveof all.)
His car IN
as fol-
active.
least
the
is
Paul
is formed
degree
lows: the least+ adjective
107)
OF ADJECTIVES?
FRENCH
same two degrees of the superlative.
are the
There
Greatestdegreelows:Ie,la, les described)
The
(depending
on the
+ plus
(most) +
adjective.
Marieest la plus active I
de
degree is formed as foland number of the noun gender
of highest
superlative
or
la famille.
I
I
feln.
sing.
is the
Mary
est Ie
Paul I
most active
in
the
family.)
plus grand.
I I
masc.
sing.
tallest.)
is the
Paul
Marieet Paul
sont
I
les I
plus
intelligents
de la classe.
I
Inasc.
Mary Lowest lows:
pI.
and Paul
degree Ie, la, or
are the most intelligentin
est
I
class.
- The superlativeoflowestdegreeis formed
les (dependingon
described)+ moins(less)+ Paul
the
Ie moins
the
and
gender
number
as
of the
fol-
noun
adjective.
actif de la classe.
I I
Inasc.
Paul
SlOg.
is the
least active
in
the
classe.)
Careful
In English comparison adjective
and in French, a few adjectiveshave irregular which you will have to memorizeindividually. Cette
pomme
est bonne.
pomme
est meilleure.
This apple is good. comparative
Cette
This apple superlative
Cette
pomme
is better. est la
meilleure.
This apple is the best.)))
forms
of
WHAT IS MEANT
108
BY COMPARISON
OF ADJECTIVES?)
\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037REVIEW
the superlative
I. Underline
\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037
and comparativeadjectives in
the
sentences
below.
from the adjective to the noun it modifies. of degrees comparison: superlative (8), comparative degree (C+), comparative of equal degree(C=),or comparative degree (C-).
an arrow
\302\267 Draw \302\267 Circle
the
greater lesser
1. The 2.
He
3.
Mary
various
teacher is olderthan
is less is
the
intelligent than I
as tall
students.)
am.
c+
S
c+ c=
S c+
as Paul.
c=
S
c-
5.
S
c+ c=
student
than
Mary.)))
c-
c=
c+
a better
c-
c-
S
is
of
c=
4. That boy is the worst in the school. Paul
of
c-)
WHAT
WHAT IS
34.
AN
ADVERB?)
is a word that describes a verb, an It indicates quantity, time, place, intensity,
adverb
An
adverb.
109)
IS AN ADVERB?
or
another
or
adjective,
1
manner.
drives well.
Mary
I
I
adverb)
verb
The house
is very big. I
I
adverb
The girl ran
adjective)
too quickly. I
I
adverb)
adverb
IN ENGLISH
are different
There
.
adverbs and
common with
answer
of manner
verbs
ad
types of adverbs: the question
usually easy
to
how? They
are
they end
because
recognize
most
the
-ly.
beautifully.
sings
Mary
the verb
describes
Beautifully
They parked the
you
how
Mary
tells
you
how
the car
car carefully. the verb
describes
Carefully
sings-it tells
parked-it
sings.)
was
parked.)
.
of
adverbs
of
adverbs
He will . adverbs The IN
well
does
Paul
.
quantity
time come
or degree enough
answer
answer the
in class.
the question
when?
soon.
of place answerthe question old were left behind.)
where?
FRENCH
memorize most adverbs can be recognized the by ending to the English ending-lYe) You
question how much?
will
have to
of manner
as
vocabulary.
which
-ment
11n English and in French, the structure for con1paring adverbs is the same adjectives (see What L4iMeant by Comparison of Adjectives?, p. 105).)))
as
Most
adverbs
corresponds
the structure for comparing
WHAT IS AN
110
The
ADVERB?)
joliment
beautifully
generalement
generally
heureusement
happily
fact important this means that
most
invariable:
for you to rememberis that adverbs they never becomeplural,nor dothey
are have
gender.)
or AdJective?
Adverb
must Because adverbs are invariableand adjectives agree with the noun they modify, you must be able to distinguish one from the other. make sure that adjecWhen you write a sentence in French, always and that adverbs tives agree with the nounsor pronouns they modify remain unchanged.
The tall girltalked modifies
Tall
verb talked; I
it is an
girl;
boy talked
Le grand
Rapidly
modifies
the
modifies
the
adverb.
is an
rapidly.
gar\037on
boy; it is an adjective. how he talked; it
adverb.
I adverb)
sing.
in English
that
Rapidly is an
rapidement.
parlait
I
Remember
it
adverb)
the noun Tall modifies verb talked; it describes
masc.
adjective.
she talked;
how
describes
sing.
tall
The
noun
fille parlait rapidement. I
La grande fern.
it
rapidly.
the
good is
an
well
adjective;
is an
adverb.
The student writes goodEnglish. modifies
Good
The student
English;
the verb
writes;
in French bon is an adverb meaningwell.
Likewise,
The
students
good
speak
French
well. I
bons etudiants I
pI.
adverb)
Ie fran\037ais. parlent bien I adverb)))
an adverb.)
meaning
adjective
adjective
masc.
an adjective.)
is therefore
is therefore
it
I
Les
it
writes well.
modifies
Well
the noun
good;
bien
is the
WHAT
IS AN ADVERB?
\037\037\037\037\037\037..\037.\037\037.\037.\037.\037 \037..\037.\037..\037\037\037\037\037\037\037.REVIEW
Circle
the
adverbs
in
the
sentences
below.
\302\267 Draw
an arrow
from the adverb to the word
1. The
students
arrived early.
2. Paul learnedthe 3. The 4.
He
5.
Mary
lesson
really
it
modifies.)
quickly.
students were tootiredto study. has a is
reasonably secure
a good
student
income.
who speaks
French very
well.)))
111)
WHAT IS A
112
CONJUNCTION?)
is a
A conjunction IN
IS
WHAT
35.
word
CONJUNCTION?)
A
words
links
that
or groups
of words.)
ENGLISH
There
and kinds of conjunctions:coordinating
are two
join words, phrases, and clausesthat elements of equal rank.The majorcoordinating but, or, nor, for, and yet.
coordinate
they
are
conjunctions
and,
or evil
good
over the river and through They invited us, but we
woods
the
couldn't
go.
conjunctions join a dependent clauseto a main introduced one clause to another. A clause
Subordinating subordinate
they
clause. ordinating conjunction is called subordinate are before, after,since, nating conjunctions a
Typical
although,
while,
so that,
unless,
are
conjunctions
Coordinating equal;
subordinating.
sub-
subordi-
because,
if,
beginning
of
invited, we didn't go.
we were
Although
by a
when.
and
that,
clause;
I
I
I
subordinating
m \037 in
conjunction
clause)
They left
because
they
were
bored.
YI main
subordinating
clause
conjunction)
he was tired.
He said that
I..
Y
main
subordinatIng
clause
conj
the subordinate
that
Notice
the sentence IN
unction)
or
after
the
main
clause may come
either at
the
clause.)
FRENCH
must
Conjunctions that,
like
they
never
adverbs change
be memorized and their
prepositions, fonn).)))
as vocabulary items. Remember conjunctions are invariable (Le.,
WHAT
\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037.\037\037.\037\037\037\037REVIEW
Circle
the
coordinating
and
subordinating
IS A CoNJUNCTION?
\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037
in the
conjunctions
sentences
below. \302\267 Underline
the
words
each conjunction serves to
coordinateor to
subordinate.)
1. Mary
and Paul
were going to study
2. She
did not study because she was
3. Not
only had
or Spanish.
French too
he forgottenhis ticket,but
passport as well.)))
113)
tired. he
had
forgotten
his
WHAT IS A
114
PREPOSITION?)
PREPOSITION?)
A
the relationship of one word (usuword in the sentence.The noun or the preposition is calledthe objectof the preposifollowing phrase.) preposition plus its objectis calleda prepositional
a noun
ally
word
is a
A preposition
pronoun tion. The
IS
WHAT
36.
shows
that
to another
or pronoun)
IN ENGLISH
Prepositions .
normally indicate
Paul was in Mary
.
car.
the
put the
books on the table. direction
showing
prepositions
Mary
went to
The students
school. came
. prepositionshowing French
people
class.
go on
vacation in August. to eat.
went
prepositions are singlewords:
because
of
due to IN
from
directly time
Beforeclass,they Not all
position
showing
prepositions
position, direction,ortime.
in front
of
in
of
spite
instead of on account
of)
FRENCH
will have and use must
You
to memorize prepositionsas vocabulary. be carefully studied.Thereare two
Their
meaning
things
important
to
remember:
1. Prepositions areinvariable.Thismeansthat form. (They never becomeplural,nordo they 2. Prepositions ently. Do not
are tricky. Every assume that the
in English,or even
oneis used
in
English
that
a preposition (and
uses
language
same
vice
preposition
will be
versa).)))
never
they have
their
change
a gender.
prepositions
is used in
) differ-
French as
used in French when
IS A PREPOSITION?
WHAT
French
English
Change to be
angry
of
preposition etre
with
ition
No
to wait/or
(in)
preposition
regarder)
No Preposition
Preposition
to telephone
t\037l\037phoner
to ask
will
a
demander a
(someone)
dictionary
(against)
I 'avion)
attendre
to look at)
A
fach\037 contre
etredans
to be on the plane Prepos
115)
give you
usually
the verb plus the preposition when
is required.)
one
Careful
Do not translate an Englishverb French equivalent. (Seep. 24.))
+
\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037REVIEW
Circle
the
1. The
prepositions
The
had
teacher to
Contrary
The
the
following
students didn't understand
2. His family
3. 4. 5.
in
garden
come
from
with
preposition
a word-for-word
\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037
sentences.) what
Paris the
the
lesson
was about.
year before we had.
walked
around
the room
as she talked.
popular
opinion
he was
a good student.
between
the two
houses was
very
small.)))
WHAT ARE
116
OBJECTS?)
Every sentenceconsists,at is calledthe sentence base. Children
ARE OBJECTS?)
WHAT
37.
the
very
of a
least,
subject and a verb.This
play.
Work stopped.
The subjectof the
or pronouns
or pronoun.Many which are relatedto the
to a preposition. These nouns
verb or
of the
action
nouns
other
a noun
is usually
base
sentence
contain
sentences
or
are
pronouns
called objects.
Paul writes a letter. I
I
He
I
verb
subject
to Mary.
speaks I
object)
I
I
verb
subject Paul
out with
goes
I
object)
I
Mary.
I
verb
subject
I
preposition
object
study the threetypes of objects rect object,and object of a preposition.) We will
direct object,
separately:
indi-
Direct Object) ENGLISH
IN
A direct
is a
object
noun or pronoun
verb directly, without
lowing what?
Paul
or
noun
the verb.
writes a letter. Paul writes what? A letter is the direct
They They
see Paul see
this section,
Voice?,p. 85.))))
we will
the
receives
It answers
the verb
of the and the fol-
action
the question whom?or
1)
A letter.
object.)
and Mary.
whom?
Paul and Mary
1In
object.
pronoun
after
asked
or
that
between
a preposition
consider
Paul and Mary. the two direct
are
objects.)
active sentences only (see What is Meant
by
Active
and Passive
WHAT
Paul sees
well.
sees
what?
Paul
Paul sees
117)
No answer. answer.)
No
whom?
which comesright the direct It the matically object. must answer Do not
ARE OBJECTS?
assume that any word
after
a verb
question
is autowhat? or
whom?
There is no directobjectin the sentence. Well is an adverb; it answers the question:Paul sees how? Verbs can be classified as to whether or not they take a direct object. . a transitive verb is a verb which takes a direct object.It is indicated V.t. (verb
abbreviation
the
by
The boy
ball.
the
threw I
I
direct
transitive \302\267 an
is a
verb
Intransitive
is indicatedby
transitive) in dictionaries.
object)
verb that
does
not
v.i. (verb
abbreviation
the
require
a direct
intransitive)
object. It
in the
dictio-
nary.
is
Paul
sleerillg. intransitive)
IN
FRENCH
As in
English,
action of the verb tion qui? (wIuJm?)
lis
a direct object is a without
directly,
rencontrent
or
or pronoun a preposition. It
noun
asked after
(what?)
quoi?
that receives the answers the ques-
the verb.
et Marie.
Paul
No preposition separates\"Paul from the verb \"rencontrent.\" meet Paul and Mary. They
et Marie\"
Paul prend Ie livre. No
from
separates
preposition
the verb
\"Ie
livre\"
\"prend.\"
Paul takes the book. As
with
depending
verbs, English on whether
French verbs can be transitiveor intransitive or not they are followedby a direct object.)))
WHAT ARE
118
OBJECTS?)
Indirect
IN
ENGLISH
indirect
An
the verb
indirectly,
the
with
indirect
painting
after
the
verb.
object.) museum.
the
to
The museum. object.)
what?
to
painting
The museum
indirect
is the
FRENCH
an indirect
in English,
As
the action of
the verb
the
Paul parlefA son Paul
fA
receives
relating it
a qui?
are always
(to whom?) or a quoi(to indirect objectsareeasy to preceded
by. the
preposi-
brother.
)'examen.
about the exam.)
is thinking
Sentences sentence
which
a (to)
or
frere.
speaks to his
II pense He
pronoun
the preposition
Nouns that are
because they
in French
identify . , tlon a.
with
question
the verb.
after
asked
what?)
object is a noun
indirectly,
to the verb. It answers
IN
what? asked
of
the verb. It
Her friends.
to whom?
Her friends is the
A
it to
her friends.
She spoke to
He gave the He gave a
or to
action
the
receives
to relating
preposition
whom?
to
question
Shespoke
or pronounwhich
is a noun
object
answersthe
IN
Object)
both a
contain
may
a
With
Direct
and
Indirect
direct object and
an
Object indirect
object.)
ENGLISH
a sentence has both a direct and an indirect object, the following two word ordersarepossible: 1.subject (S) + verb (V) + indirect object (10)+ directobject(DO) When
Paul
Who gave
Paul is the Paul
DO
10
v
A gift
a gift.
his sister
gave
S
a gift? Paul. subject.
gave what?
is
the
direct
A
gift.
object.)))
WHAT ARE
Paul gave a gift H is sisteris the 2. subject
+ verb
Paul
S
to whom? indirect
there
identify its function questions
IN
than
the
establish
to
object
sister 10
first structure, under is no \"to\" preceding
The
His sister.
+ directobject+ to+ indirect DO
V
119)
object.)
a gift to his
gave
OBJECTS?
1, is the mostcommon. However,
because
more difficult to in the second structure. Be sure to ask the function of words in a sentence.) the
indirect
object,
it is
FRENCH
There
one word
is only
direct and an word
indirect
Paul a
donne un
S Paul
+ verb
subject
order):
gave his
+ direct a sa
contains both a objects follow a different
a sentence
(pronoun
object + it
+ indirect
object
soeur. 10
sister a gift.
a gift
gave
cadeau
noun
DO
V
Paul
order possiblewhen
object
to his
sister.)
Object of a Preposition) IN
ENGLISH
of a preposition is a noun or pronounthat receives the the verb through a preposition otherthan to. (Objects of the indirect It answers above.) preposition to are discussedunder objects An
object action of
the question whom? or what? Paul works for Paul Mary
asked
after
the preposition.
Mary.
for whom? For Mary. the object of the preposition
works is
for.)
The baby eats with a spoon. The baby eats with what? With a spoon. A spoon is the object of the preposition IN
with.)
FRENCH
or pronoun that receives the object of a preposition is a noun action of the verb througha preposition other than a (to). It answers the question qui? (whom?) or quoi? asked after the preposi(what?)
An
tion.)))
WHAT ARE
120
OBJECTS?)
travaille
Paul
Marie.
pour
Paul worksfor Mary. Le
eats with
a
spoon.)
Careful
a verb and its object is often
The relationship between and French. For English
example, a verb may
preposition in English but in
that
French when
some of the
1. objectof I am
a
that
differences
in English
preposition
object
of a
or a direct object
you \037
are likely
direct
object
indicate
p. 24).
to encounter. in French
lookingfor the book.
I am
Object of a preposition The book. of the preposition for.)
in English:
Function
what?
looking/or
The book is the Je
an
take
in French,
object
Your textbook, as well as dictionaries,will verb needs a preposition beforean object (see
verbs. a French
Here are
close
pay
you
a direct
in
different
object in French. For this reason,it is imporattention to such differenceswhen learn you
an indirect
but
English
tant
cuillere.
une
avec
b\037b\037 mange
The baby
object
cherche IeIivre. Direct
in French:
Function
object
J e cherche quo;?Le livre. Le livre is a direct object since chercheris not
by a
followed
preposition.)
Many common verbs require an indirect object in English but a direct objectin French. preposition
ecouter
to
to listen
to lookat
regarder
to wait
for
attendre
for
payer
to pay
2. directobjectin
\037 indirect
English
She phones herfriendsevery Function
Shephones
or
in English:
Her friends
whom?
is the
object day.
Direct object
Her direct
friends. object.)))
in French
an
object
of
a
WHAT ARE
ses amis tous
t\037lephone a
Elle
Indirect
in French:
Function
les jours.
object
Elle telephonea qui? A ses amis. The verb is telephoner a and takes
an indirect
object.
common verbs requirea directobjectin rect object in French. A few
to obey
obeir
to resemble
ressembler a
3. directobjectin
of a
the Mary'sparentsremember
in English:
Function
Mary'sparents
Function
direct
in
is se
verb
prepos iti Here
is another
lish and
an
la guerre.
de
souvenir
de and it
De la guerre. for the
an object
requires
common verb whichrequiresa of a
preposition
direct
in Eng-
object
in French.
entrer
dans)
the function
identify
Always
se souviennent
de.)
on
object
to enter
The war.
what?
of preposition Object se souviennent de quoi?
French:
Les parents de Marie The
war.
object.)
de Marie
Les parents
preposition in French
Direct object
remember
The war is the
an indi-
and
English
a
\037 object
English
121)
OBJECTS?
you are working; do not
mix
of a
word within patterns
English
the
language
in which
into French.)
Summary
The different types of objectsin looking to seeif they are introduced
by a
can
be identified
preposition
and, if so,
by by
one.
which
Direct
object without
directly,
- An object which receivesthe actionoftheverb a preposition.
Indirect object - An through
rectly,
Object verb
a sentence
the
a preposition
receives
the action
of the verb indi-
to.
preposition
of a preposition -
through
which
object
object
which
other than
to.)))
An
receives
the action
of the
WHAT ARE
122
OBJECTS?)
to recognize the three types Your ability French pronouns, for instance, a different
lish
him
pronoun
indirect
an
depending
Find
the
objects
\302\267 Next \302\267 Circle
the
objectof
is used
for the
Engdirect object(Ie) or
(Iui).)
object
to Q, to A,
With
is essential.
objects
him is a
on whether
\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037REVIEW
\302\267 Next
of
pronoun
in
the
sentences
below:
write the question you write the answer to the kind of object it is: direct
a preposition
\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037.\037
need
to ask
question
object
to
find
the
object.
asked. (DO), indirect object (10)or you just
(OP).
children took a shower.)
1. The Q:
A:
2. They
ate the
meal with
their
DO)
10)
OP)
DO)
10)
OP)
DO)
10)
OP)
DO)
10)
OP)
DO)
10)
OP)))
friends.
Q:
A:
Q: A:)
3. He
sent a present to his brother.)
Q:
A:
Q:
A:)
WHAT
WHAT IS AN
38.
123)
PRONOUN?)
OBJECT
pronoun is a pronoun usedas an
An object
PRONOUN?
IS AN OBJECT
of a
object
verb or
a prepo-
sition.)
IN
ENGLISH
Pronouns
used as We
Verb noun tion. The
use
according to their
change
subjects are studiedin
Conjugation?, is either a direct
What
is a
the
Subject
we conjugate
when
pronouns
subject
in
function
sentence.
Pronouns
p. 32.
Pronoun?,
verbs (see What
is
p. 36). Object pronounsareusedwhen
a pro-
object,indirectobject,or object a preposiObjects?, p. 116.) the object pronoun is different from the form of subbut the same form pronoun is usedas direct object, of
(See What are of
form
the
a
pronoun, indirect object,
ject
or an object of a preposition.) Subject)
Object)
Singular 1 st person 2nd person) 3rd
person)
{
I
me
you
you
he
him
she
her
it)
it)
Plural 1 st person 2nd person 3rd
person)
She
saw
we
us
you
you
they)
them)
me. I
direct
I lent
Iny
object car
\037
object
pronoun)
to him. I
indirect
They
object
went out
\037
with
pronoun)
object her. I
object
In English,
of a preposition
the object
\037
object
pronoun is always
pronoun) placed
after
the verb.)))
a
124
IS AN OBJECT
WHAT
PRONOUN?)
IN FRENCH
As in English, the pronouns used as ones used as objects. Unlike English,however,
subjects
ferent object pronounis used
and object of a preposition. of analyze the function
each
You
will
object
in
pronoun
have
you
that
Remember type
of
objects
can choosethe
placed
the
before
verb.
French DirectObjectPronouns to establish that the French verb takesa directobject. and French verbs don't always takethe same English and
the type of
establish
direct, indirect, to learn how to
so that you
In French, the object pronouns are usually Consult your textbook for the rules.)
First,
a dif-
cases
many
of object: therefore have kind
form.
French
correct
an
for
the
from
different
are
working in French
that when
object taken by
French
the
verb
you
have
will
(see p.
to
120).
Let us look at the Frenchdirectobjectpronouns to see how they are selected. Since the rulesfor the selection of 1 st and 2nd persondirect are different from the rules for the selectionof 3rd objectpronouns direct we have divided the Frenchdirect object person pronouns,
object
pronouns
into
these
two
categories:
1 st and 2nd PersonsSingular and Plural (me, you, and us) 1 st or 2nd person are merely The direct objectpronoun of the a question of memorization. Select the form need from the chart below you and place it beforethe verb.)
Direct
Subject
object
je
me
tu
te)
DOUS
nons
VOUS)
vons)
Si ngular
1 st
person
2nd person
PIural 1 st
person
2nd person)
our examples, we have chosena verb which in English and in French, the verb to see (voir).))) object both
To simplify
takes
a direct
WHAT
Paul sees
1.Identify 2. What
IS AN OBJECT
125)
PRONOUN?
you. to see
verb:
the
French
is the
3. Doesthe
French
4. Function
of pronoun
equivalent: voir require a preposition before an in French: direct object
verb
No.
object:
5. Selection:te or vous te voit.
Paul
Paul vons
voit.
in a nous and vous can be either the subject or the object and is sometimes confusing, particularly since both subject before the verb in are French. It is object pronouns placed important that you do not think of nous and vous only as subjects. In case of look at the verb. Remember that verbs agree with their doubt, subject. If nous is the subject, the verb will end in .ons; if it doesn't, nous is an object of somekind.Thesame is true with vous. If it is the subject of the verb, the ending of regular verbs will be.ez.)
The fact that sentence
nons
Vous
Nous cannot
voyez be
tous
les jours. because the verb voir
the subject
of voyez can only object pronoun.
The
subject
3rd Person
Therefore,
doesn't end in DOUS
must
-ODS.
be an
us everyday.
see
You
vous.
be
Singular and Plural
(him,
The French directobjectsof the
depending on the genderand
3rd
number
her,
It and
them)
have a different person of the pronoun.)
form
Direct
Subject
object
masculine
iI
Ie
feminine)
elle
la)
masculine
ils
les
feminine)
elles)
les)
Singular
Plural
following sentences, in which we have usedeachof object pronouns, will enable us to selectthe form from the chart above. We have used the proper again verb to see (voir)becauseboth the English and the French verbs take An
analysis
the
3rd
person French
a directobject.)))
of the
direct
WHAT IS AN
126
HIM -
Always
Do you Voyez-vo'us
-
HER
PRONOUN?)
OBJECT
masculine singular. see Paul? Yes, I see him. Paul? Qui, je Ie vois. feminine
Always
singular.
I see her. Do you see Mary? Yes, Marie? Qui,je la vois. Voyez-vous IT
-
noun
gender will dependon the genderof the antecedent). but the
singular, Always it refers to (its
Do you
livre?
Ie
Voyez-vous
1. Antecedent: 2. Gender:
Le masculine
3. Selection:' Do
Ie)
table? Yes,I see it. table? Qui, je la vois. La table (the table) is feminine.
see the
you
Yes, I see it. Qui, je Ie vois. livre (the book) is masculine.
book?
the
see
la
Voyez-vous
1. Antecedent: 2. Gender:feminine
3.
THEM
-
Selection:
Always
la)
plural
and the
same form
is
used
for both
genders.
Do you see the girls? Yes, I see them. Voyez-vous les jeunes filles? Qui,je lesvois. Doyou see the boys? Yes, I see them. les gar\037ons? Qui, je les vois.) Voyez-vous
French Indirect ObjectPronouns
First,
you
object.
have
Remember
that the
establish
to
that English
objects and that to establishthe type of object same type of
French verb takes an
and French verbs when
working
don't
in French
always
indirect
take
the
you will have
French verb (see p. 120). In French it is easier to distinguish between direct and indirect objects with nouns rather than with pronouns because nounsthat are indirect indirect are always preceded by the prepositiona whereas objects object
pronouns
are
not.)))
taken
by the
WHAT
IS AN OBJECT
PRONOUN?
127)
look at the French indirectobjectpronouns to see how they are selected. Since the rulesforthe selectionof 1stand 2nd persons indirect object pronouns are differentfromthe rulesfor the selection of divided the French indi3rd person indirect object pronouns, we have rect object pronouns into thesetwo categories: 1 st and 2nd Persons Singularand Plural (me, you, and us) The indirect object pronoun of the 1stand 2nd persons is the same as Select the form you need from the chart the direct objectpronoun. Let us
below.)
and
Direct
indirect
objects)
Subject)
Singular 1st person
je
me
2nd
tu)
te)
nous
noDs
vous)
vons)
person
Plural 1 st
perso
2 nd To
n
person)
we have
our examples,
simplify
rect object both in
English
and
in
chosen a verb
French,
the verb
which
takes
to speak to
an indi-
(parler
it).)
Paul
to us.
speaks
1. Identify 2. What
the is the
to speak
verb:
French
equivalent: parler
3. Is the French verb followed by a: Yes. in French: indirect object 4. Function of the pronoun Paul nons parle. I
indirect
Person
3rd
Since are
object
and Plural (him, her, It and them) for the selectionof 3rd personindirectobjectpronouns for pronouns referring to a \"person\" (this category and pronouns referring to a and live animals) beings includes category objects and ideas), we have divided
Singular
the rules
different
includes
human
\"thing\"
pronoun)
(this
3rd personpronouns
into
these
two
categories.)))
128
IS AN OBJECT
WHAT
PRONOUN?)
- antecedent is a person(him, her, and them) are two forms of the indirectobjectpronoun, plural form.) \"Person\"
There
Direct
Indirect
object
object
Ie la
lui)
masculine
les
leur
feminine)
les)
leur)
and a
a singular
Singular masculine
feminine)
lui
Plural
HIM
-
OR HER Are
Always singular. to Paul? Yes, I to speak the French equivalent:
speaking
you
1.
Identify
2.
What
is
3. Doesthe
verb
French
5. Function of the 6. Selection:lui
Qui, je lui
Are you speaking to Mary?
The only
THEM
refers
you
way
-
Always
to (its
Are
you
1-
tell if
You will
plural.
indirect
to Paul
speaking of
antecedent:
to her.
is
have to determine whetherthe thing.
If it
from
and Mary? Yes,I am
person
(Paul
fa
Paul
et a
Marie?
refers
noun
and
speaking
Mary)
Qui, je
leur parle.)))
it
to a person,
leur.
leur
7. Selection:
Parlez-vous
speaking
lui refers to a male or female
object pronoun
5. See above.
6. Type
object
parle.
antecedent) is a personor a
the
use
always
can
Yes.
object?
said before.)
has been
what
J am
Qui, je lui
a Marie?
before an
parle.
Yes,
1 - 6. Seeabove.
Parlez-vous
parler
in French: indirect
pronoun
fa Paul?
Parlez-vous
to him.
speaking
a preposition
require
preposition? a
4. What
am
verb:
the
to them.
WHAT
\"Thing\"
- antecedentis
There is only
one
(it and them) indirect object
a thing
of the
form
Direct
pronoun y.
Indirect
Object
Object
Person
Antecedent:
129)
PRONOUN?
IS AN OBJECT
Thing)
Singular
masculine
Ie
lui
y
feminine)
la)
lui)
y)
masculine
les
leur
y
feminine)
les)
leur)
y)
Plural
Are
the letter? Yes,I am answering you answering 1. Identify the verb: to answer 2. What is the French equivalent: repondre
3. Doesthe 4. What
French
verb
5. Function of pronoun 6. Type of antecedent: 7. Selection:y a la
Repondez-vous
Do 1.
you
obey
is the
3. Doesthe 4. What
the the
Identify
2. What
in French:
lettre?
before an
object?
Yes
object:
Yes
indirect object letter)
reponds. Yes, I obey them.
laws?
Qui, j'y
to obey
verb:
French
French
a preposition
thing (the
equivalent: obeir require a preposition
verb
before an
preposition: a
of pronoun 5. Function 6. Type of antecedent: 7. Selection:y Qbeissez-vous
require
preposition? a
it.
aux I
lois?
in French: thing (the
Qui, j 'y
indirect object laws)
obeis.
a + les)
of a
Preposition First, you have to establish that the French verb takes an object of a Remember that English and Frenchverbs don't always preposition. take the same you type of objects and that when workingin French verb (see will have to establish the type of objecttaken by the French p. 120). Pronounsthat are objects of prepositions other than to (a in French) which have certain forms are different from the forms usedas direct))) French
Pronouns
as
Objects
WHAT IS AN
130
OBJECT
objects
and indirect
usually
placed
PRONOUN?)
objects. Unlike other objectpronouns
which
are
are before the verb, pronounsas objectsof prepositions In like the verb. this are with after the they usually placed, preposition, en is an exception nounsusedas objectsofprepositions. (The pronoun
under to this rule, seebelow 2.) Let us look at the Frenchpronouns they
of a preposition to see how for the selectionof objectsof a
objects
the rules
Because
selected.
are
1st and 2nd personsaredifferent the from of of the 3rd the objectof a preposition rules for the selection pronoun ofa preposition pronouns person, we have divided the Frenchobject into these two categories: 1st and 2nd Person Singular and Plural (me, you, and us) are a The 1st and 2nd person object of a preposition merely pronouns form need from the chart of memorization. Selectthe you question after the verb. below and place it, with the preposition, of the
pronouns
preposition
Direct & of
ind irect
Object
Subject)
object
preposition)
Singular 1st person
je
me
prep.
2nd
tu)
te)
prep. + toi)
nous
nous
prep. + nons
vous)
vous)
prep.
person
+ moi
Plural 1 st person 2nd person) Here
is an
vons)
example.
No,it'sfor
Is the bookfor Paul?
No,
1.
Identify
2.
+
What
3. Is the 4. What
it's for
No, it's for the is the
verb:
French verb
French preposition?
5. Function of
pronoun
me.
you.
us.
to be
equivalent: etre by a preposition? Yes.
followed pour
(for)
in French:
toi (vous), nous 6. Selectit>n: moi, Est-ce que Ie livre est pour Paul?
object of
preposition
il est pour moi. Non, il est pour toi (or vous). Non, Non,
il est
pour
nons.)))
WHAT
PRONOUN?
IS AN OBJECT
131)
her, It and them) (him, Singular and Plural Since the rules for the selectionof 3rdpersonobjectofa preposition are different for pronouns referring to a \"person\" (this catepronouns live includes human and and animals) gory beings pronouns referring to a \"thing\" includes (this category objects and ideas), we have divided 3rd into these two categories.) person pronouns
3rd Person
\"Person\"- antecedent
person (him, her and them) the object of prepositionpronouns referring number of the on the and gender pronoun. person depending Indirect Objectof Direct are
There
a
is a
forms of
four
object
Subject
Person &
Antecedent
Thing
object
preposition
Person
Person
to
Singular
masculine
il
Ie
lui
prep. + lui
feminine
elle
la
lui
prep.
masculine
ils
les
leur
prep.+
feminine)
elles
les
leur
prep. + eux)
+ elle
PI ural
An
analysis
the
3rd
enable
HIM
-
masculine
Always
Is the 1.
following sentences, in which we have usedeachof object of a preposition referringto persons, pronouns to select the proper French form from the chart above.
of the
person us
will
book
for the
Identify
2. What
is the
3. Is the 4. What 5.
singular.
Paul?
Yes,
verb:
to be
French verb
French
(for) in French:
of antecedent:
HER
Always
Is the 1-
Ie livre
feminine
book
for
5. See above.
6. Gender 7. Selection:
Est-ce que
him.
equivalent: etre by a preposition? Yes.
of pronoun
que
is for
followed
lui 7. Selection:
Est-ce
it
pour
preposition?
Function
6. Gender
-
eux
object of preposition masculine (Paul)
est pour Paul?
\037ui,
il est
pour
lui.
singular.
Mary?
Yes,
of antecedent: elle
Ie livre est pour
it
is for
feminine Marie?
her. (Mary)
Qui,
il est
pour
elle.)))
WHAT IS AN
132
OBJECT
PRONOUN?)
-
Always plural. You will refers to is a personor a thing. THEM
antecedentis
have
a
Is
the
1-
If the
or thing.
person
the gender of the
to determine
the
bookfor
5. See above.
6. Gender
Yes
girls?
7. Selection:elles
Est-ce
que
Ie
est pour
livre
is used if the antecedent is a person,you will them.
is for
it
whether the noun it
object pronoun
antecedent.
feminine
antecedent:
of
to determine
have
A different
(the girls)
les filles?
Qui, il est pour
elles.
bookfor the boys? Yes it is for them. 1 - 5. Seeabove. of antecedent: masculine (the boys) 6. Gender
Is the
7. Selection: eux Est-ce
que
Ie livre
- antecedent
\"Thing\"
In French,
est pour
is a
les gar\037ons?
(it and
thing
a noun referring to a
when it is the objectof preceded by any other
the
Qui,
pour eux.)
il est
them) is only
thing
de.
preposition
replaced by (A noun referring
a pronoun to a thing
is not replaced. For instance, in to the table; book is on it\" referring When it or them is the instead one says \"Thebookis onthe table.\") and the pronoun are object of the prepositionde,both the preposition l) the en is before verb. which placed replaced by
French
you
preposition
say \"The
cannot
Antecedent
Person
Object of
Ind irect
Direct
object
Subject objects & Thing
Person
Thing
preposition
Person Thing
Singular
masculine
il
Ie
lui
y
lui
en
feminine
elle
la
lui
y
elle
en
masculi ne
ils
les
leur
y
eux
en
feminine
elles
les
leur
y
elles
en)
Plural
1Your
textbook
may cover
the few
cases in
which the
pronoun
en can be used to
refer
to persons.)))
(after
dt)
WHAT
Here are
PRONOUN?
133)
some examples:
[liked
the
1.
2. What
3. Is the 4. Function
speak about it.
to speak
verb:
the is the
French
French
followed by de: Yes in French: object of preposition pronoun
of
de
(book)
thing
en je vais
alors
livre
Ie
equivalent: parler
verb
antecedent:
5. Type of 6. Selection: aim\037
going to
so I am
book
Identify
J'ai
IS AN OBJECT
[likedthesebookssoI 1 - 6. See
am
en parler.
going
to speak
about
them.
above.
]'ai
alors je
Iivres
aim\037 ces
vais en parler.)
(Stressed)
Disjunctive
Pronouns
The set of pronouns usedas objectsof another has tion. These pronouns, without the preposition, are In this function, they are calleddisjunctive or contrast. emphasis
prepositions
stressed
Disjunctive
pronouns. Who
Him.
there?
is
pronouns often
Her. I
standing alone)
pronoun
personal
Qui est lh?
Lui.
Elle. I
pronoun)
disjunctive
Me.
Who called?
I
personal
Qui a
pronoun
tel\037phone?
standing alone) Moi. I
disjunctive
pronoun)))
func-
alsoused
stand alone.
for
or
WHAT IS AN
134
PRONOUN?)
OBJECT
Summary
is ,a flow
Below
French
equivalent
you.
do
the
steps
chart of of
each
the
steps
you
have
to follow
to find the
object pronoun. It is important
English
because each step dependsonthe
in sequence,
that
pre-
VIOUS one.
DO
\037
Direct
10
\037
Indirect
OP
\037
Object
in the
object
in the
French sentence
preposition
or disjunctive
object of a
French sentence
pronoun in the French
sentence)
.
mOl)
me)
vous)
toi)
Ie)
la)
lui)
lui)
elle)))
WHAT
What is gender
135)
PRONOUN?
IS AN OBJECT
the
of its
antecedent?)
Ifno
If yes
\037
If masculine
If feminine
+
noun
+ la)
Ie)
y)
is not
1
replaced
en
pronoun)
by
\037
nous)
Is the
If a person \037
les)
leur)
Is the
antecedent
a person
de?)
preposition
or a thing?) If a thing
Ifno)
I f yes)
\037
Is
y)
Is
the
a person
a personor
or
a thing?)
a thing?) If a
What
of its
is the
gender
antecedent?)
If masculine en)
If a thing)
If a person)
thing)
the
antecedent
antecedent
If feminine
+
+
eux)
elles)
noun is
not
replaced
by
pronoun)))
WHAT IS AN
136
PRONOUN?)
OBJECT
\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037REVIEW
below. object pronoun in the sentences French direct chart on pp. 134-35, circle the correct equivalent: or of a indirect object (OP),person(P), (DO), object (10) preposition the
Underline \302\267
the
Using
object
or thing
(T)
likes the
1. Mary
to take
\037
FUNCfION
OF
PRONOUN
IN ENGLISH:
00
10
OP
FUNCfION
OF
PRONOUN
IN FRENCH:
00)
10)
OP)
GENDER
to
ENGLISH:
spoke to
to
speak
FRENCH:
Ie livre et elle)
teacher
The
IN
OF ANTECEDENT IN
Marie aime
\037
masculine) prend.)
them aboutthe examyesterday. a)
parler
FUNCfION
OF
PRONOUN
IN ENGLISH:
00
10
OP
FUNCfION
OF
PRONOUN
IN FRENCH:
00
10
OP)
p)
T)
TYPE Le
book and she takes it.
prendre)
ANTECEDENT
2.
\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037
OF
ANTECEDENT:)
a parle
professeur
3. Go with
to go with
de I' examen hier.)
her. \037
avec)
aller
FUNCfION
OF
PRONOUN
IN ENGLISH:
00
10
OP
FUNCfION
OF
PRONOUN
IN FRENCH:
00)
10)
OP)
Va avec) 4. Is
the present for your
to be
for
\037
etre
parents? Yes, it's forthem.
pour)
FUNCfION
OF
PRONOUN
IN ENGLISH:
00
10
OP
FUNCfION
OF
PRONOUN
IN FRENCH:)
00)
10)
OP)))
WHAT
Is
IT
OBJECT OF
THE
ANTECEDENTIN
DE:
PREPOSITION
Le cadeau
est-il pourtesparents?
5. Did you
answerhis letters?No,we
to answer
\037
No
P
T
masculine
IN FRENCH:
ANTECEDENT
GENDER
YES
PRONOUN?
ENGLISH:
OF ANTECEDENT:
TYPE
IS AN OBJECT
Oui,
il est will
pour
answer
them
today.
a)
repondre
FUNCflON
OF
PRONOUN
IN ENGLISH:
DO
10
OP
FUNCTION
OF
PRONOUN
IN FRENCH:
DO
10
OP
P
T
IN ENGUSH:
ANTECEDENT
TYPE
OF
ANTECEDENT:
repondu a ses lettres?Non,nous
Avez-vous aujourd
'hui.
6. Paul
doesn't like exams.Heis afraid
to be
afraid of
\037
avoir
of
repondrons
them.
de
peur
FUNCTION
OF PRONOUN
IN
ENGLISH:
DO
10
OP
FUNCTION
OF PRONOUN
IN
FRENCH:
DO
10
OP
YES
No
P
T
Is
IT
THE
OBJECT OF
ANTECEDENTIN TYPE OF
DE:
PREPOSITION
ENGLISH:
ANTECEDENT:
Paul n'aime pas lesexamens.
II
a
peur.)))
137)
WHAT IS AN
138
INTERROGATIVE
PRONOUN?)
INTERROGATIVE
pronoun
Interrogative duces a question.
intro-
ENGLISH
IN
Different
interrogative
live Also,
pronouns
to a
are used dependingon
whether
you
and \"person\"(this category beings and animals) or a \"thing\" (this categoryincludesobjects ideas). the form of the interrogative pronoun referringto persons
are referring
includes
to its
according
changes
function
in the
human
sentence.)
FRENCH
A different
interrogative pronoun is used dependingon whether a person or a thing. Also,the interrogative pronoun to its function in the sentence. according
the
replaces
pronoun changes
In
AN
is a word that replaces a noun and Interrogative comes from interrogate,to question.)
An
IN
IS
WHAT
39.
PRONOUN?)
in French, an indirect
and
English
direct
object,
study eachtype
an interrogative
object, or
an
object
pronoun can be a subject,a of a preposition. We shall
separately.)
Subject) IN ENGLISH
subject pronoun is always
An interrogative
verb.
different
A
interrogative
the subjectinterrogative
pronoun
pronoun refers
\"Person\"
Who
for the
is used Who
speaks I
subject of the sentence.
French?
I
verb)
subject
\"Thing\"
What is
used for the subject of the sentence.
What I
subject
is
on
I verb)))
the table?
followed
directly
is used depending to a person or a thing.)
by the
on whether
WHAT
IN
IS
AN
INTERROGATIVE
PRONOUN?
139)
FRENCH
As
an interrogative
in English,
subject pronoun is always
followed
Also, a different interrogativepronoun is used whether the subject interrogative pronoun refers to a
by a verb.
directly
on
depending
personor
a
thing.
\"Person\"
Qui
+ verb
or Qui est.ce qui + verb
Qui
parle
Qui
est-ce
are
interchangeable.
fran\037ais?
qui parle
I
I
fran\037ais?
I
I
verb
subject
speaks French?
Who I
of
su bject
speaks)
\"Th I ng\"
qui +
Qu'est-ce
verb is the only qui est
Qu'est-ce
I
I
form.
sur la table?
I
I
verb
subject
is on
What
the table?
I
of
subject
is)
Direct
Object)
IN ENGLISH
A different interrogative direct object interrogative
on pronoun is useddepending refersto a or pronoun person a
whether
the
thing.
\"Person\"
is used
Whom
do
Whom
for the object of the sentence. know
you
here?
I
direct
object
(You is the Because (ex:
\"Who
subject.))
English who is often usedinsteadof whom know here?\,") it is difficult to recognizethe interas a direct object. Make sure that the analyze you
in conversational do you
rogative
adjective
sentence
to establish the
function
of
the
interrogative
pronoun.)))
140
IS AN INTERROGATIVE
WHAT
PRONOUN?)
\"Thing\"
for the objectof the
is used
What
do you
What I
direct
sentence.
want?
object)
IN FRENCH
a different interrogativepronoun direct objectinterrogative pronoun
As in English,
whether the
is
used
refers
depending to a person
on
or a
thing.)
\"Person\"
are intersubject + verb or Qui + verb + subject Notice that form the with \"est-ce takes the normal que\" changeable. word order,subject+ verb, whereas the other form takes an inversion, Qui
que +
est-ce
namely, verb + subject.(SeeWhat tive Sentences?, p. 46.)
Qui est-ce
v
que
are
Declarative
and
Interroga-
ez?
9us \037o(
+
subject
us?
v0
Qui
verb)
1ez;v\037 + subject
verb
do you see?
Who(m) I
direct
of see
object
(You is
the
subject.))
\"Thing\"
are intersubject + verb or Que + verb + subject Notice form that the with \"est-ce takes the normal changeable. que\" word order,subject+ verb, whereas the other form takes an inversion,
que +
Qu'est-ce
namely, verb
+
Qu'est-ce
)
subject.
que vous voulez? I
I
I
subject
voulez-vous?
Que
I
I I
verb
What do I
direct
object
(You is
the
+ subject
you want? of want subject.))))
+
verb)
WHAT IS
Indirect IN
INTERROGATIVE
and Object of a
Object
141)
PRONOUN?
Preposition
ENGLISH
is no difference between the form of the interrogative indirect object or as an objectof a preposition. However,
There as an
ferent
pronoun is used dependingon
interrogative
a person by
AN
the
or a thing.When an
considered
It is often difficult to identify
rated
the
from
tion
of
I
interr.
I
interr.
you get the
of the sentenceso will This that
restructuring
pronoun,
the
not
indirect
identify
will
you
object pronouns and to change the structure
is placed before the pronoun. make it easier for you to identify the
preposition
only
but it will
The following sentenceshave
also establish the word restructured
been
preposition. are
giving
you
the book
to? I
preposition
pronoun
To whom I
indirect
are you giving the
book?
object)
are you
What I
contributing to? I preposi tion
pronoun
To what are I
indirect
have
order
for
sentence.
the French
Who I
preposition.
preposition)
easier for you to of a object prepositionpronouns, the
is linked. This separa-
bookfrom? I
To make it
of
to which it
object is calleda dangling
preposition)
pronoun
function
of a pronoun because, in end of the sentence, sepa-
I
pronoun
Who did
to
speak to?
did you
Who
placed
from its
a preposition
at the
pronoun
interrogative
it refers
whether
indirect object, it is preceded by any other preposition,it is
function
the
English, a prepositionis often
a dif-
as an
serves
it
to; if it is preceded of a preposition. object
preposition
pronoun
object)))
you contributing?
to avoid
a dangling
WHAT IS AN
142
are you
Who I
going out with? I
preposition
pronoun
With
PRONOUN?)
INTERROGATIVE
of the
object
What
are
going out?
are you
wh,ot;n
preposition
with)
with?
you writing
I
I
preposition
pronoun
are you writing?
With what I
of the
object
preposition
with)
\"Person\"
Who
is used
(whom)
Who did you I
indirect
speak to? (To
did
whom
of a
objects
preposition.
you speak?)
object)
Who did you I
object
for indirect objectsand
get the book from? (From whom
did
you
get the
book?)
of preposition from)
\"Thing\"
What is used for indirectobjectsand What do I
object
IN
you cook with?
of preposition
(With
of a
objects
what
do you
preposition.
cook?)
with)
FRENCH
between the form of the interrogaAs in English, there is no difference or as an object of a preposition. tive pronoun as an indirect object
Also, as in English,
a
different
interrogative
depending on whether it refersto a personor a rogative pronoun serves as an indirect object,
preposition a (to);if it is sidered an
object
of a
preceded
preposition.)))
by
any
other
pronoun
is used
When
the inter-
thing.
it is
preceded
preposition,
by the it is
con-
WHAT
IS AN INTERROGATIVE
PRONOUN?
143)
\"Person\"
The preposition + qui + est-ceque + subject+ verb qui + verb + subjectareinterchangeable. A
preposition
+
preposition
+
donnez Ie livre?
que vous
est-ce
qui
or
I
I I
+ verb
subject
donnez-vous Ie livre?
A qui
I
I I
+ subject
verb
are
To whom
book?
the
giving
you
I
indirect
object
(Book is the Avec
direct
object.))
sortez? que vous I I
qui est-ce
I
+ verb
subject
sortez-vous?
Avec qui
I
I I
+ subject
verb
are you going out?
With whom I
of preposition
object
\"Thing\"
The
with)
+ quoi + est-ce que + subject+ verb + subjectareinterchangeable.
preposition
quoi + verb A
que vous
est-ce
quoi
contribuez? I
I
I
subject
+ verb
contribuez-vous?
A quoi
I
I I
+ subject
verb
To what are
you contributing?
I
indirect
Avec
object)
quoi est-ce
ecrivez? que vous I I I
subject
Avec quoi
+ verb
ecrivez-vous? I
I I
verb
With what are I
object
of the
+ subject
you writing?
preposition
with)))
or
WHAT IS AN
144
INTERROGATIVE
PRONOUN?)
remind you that
some
Careful
Once
again we
verbs
French
while the equivalentEnglish verbs takean indirect versa (see p. 120).Makesure that you determine
pronoun
in
take direct
objects, vice-
and
object
of the
the function
French.)
Summary
the correct form,
To choose
1. Determine
proceed with
the functionof the
the
interrogative
sentence (subject, directobject,indirect
three
following
object,
in pronoun or object
steps: the French of a prepo-
sition).
2. Establish
the
whether
3.
Refer
to
the
chart
to a
refers
pronoun
below.)
Indirectobjectand of a prepositon
Direct
person
thing
person or a thing.
Subject
object
object
who
who(m)
preposition
+ who(m)
prep. + qui
est-ce
qui
est-ce
qui
qui est-ce
que
qUI
qui (+ inversion)
prep.
what
what
preposition
qu'
est-ce
qui
qu' est-ce que
+ qui
prep.+ quoi (+ inversion) prep. + quoi que
que
(+ inversion) + what est-ce-que (+ inversion))))
WHAT IS AN
There is interrogative pronoun separately becauseit doesnot
we will
which
another
the
follow
145)
ones\"
one, which
\"Which
PRONOUN?
INTERROGATIVE
same
pattern
now examine as the ones
above.)
IN
ENGLISH
and things; one, which ones can referto both persons they are used in questions that request the selectionof one(which sinone, or more than one (whichones,plural) from a group that has gular) one and ones are often omitted. already been mentioned.Thewords be These interrogativepronouns used as a subject, direct object, may
Which
indirectobject,
and
of a
object
preposition.
teachers are here.Which
All the
I have
I
mentioned
group
singular subject) Which
cars.
two
one do
I
The
I
books.
has many
library
their
do you
ones
Which
want to
read?
I
mentioned
plural direct
object)
FRENCH
These tion.
object)
I
group
IN
you want to take?
singular direct
mentioned
group
French?
teaches
one
I
pronouns do not change accordingto theirfuncto the gender of theirantecedent,and change according one on whether you want to say which (sindepends
interrogative They number
gular) or
which ones (plural). Singular
Plural
masculine
lequel
lesquels
feminine
laquelle
lesquelles
To choosethe proper form, follow these steps: 1. Determinethe antecedent.
2.
the
Determine
3. Do you ones 4. Select
wish
\037
gender to say
of the antecedent. which one \037 singular
or which
plural?
the correct
French
form
from
the
above
chart.)))
146
Let US apply
Tous
these steps to someexamples. are here. Which one soot ici. Lequel
teachers
the
All
PRONOUN?)
IS AN INTERROGATIVE
WHAT
les
professeurs 1. Antecedent: the
teaches French? enseigne Ie fran\037ais?
teachers
2. Gender:Un professeur(aprofessor) 3. Number: One is singular. Selection:
4.
I have two
is masculine.
lequel)
cars.
do you
one
Which
want to
J'ai deux voitures.Laquelleveux-tu
take?
prendre?
the cars
1. Antecedent:
2. Gender:Une voiture
is feminine.
car)
(a
3. Number: One is singular. Selection:
4.
laquelle)
has
The library
Which
books.
many
La bibliothequea beaucoup 1. Antecedent:
do you want to read? veux-tu lire? Lesquels
ones
livres.
de
books
Les livres (the books)is masculine. Ones is plural.
2. Gender: 3. Number:
4. Selection:lesquels)
Here arefour girls;which
do you
ones
before
the preposition
Place
RESTRUCTURE:
want to
speak to?
interrogative
pronoun. to speak?
the
girls; to which ones do you Voici quatre filles; voulez-vous aux\037uelles are four
Here
a + lesquelles 1. Antecedent:
Selection:
There are two
girls
There II y
books.
Iivres. de
1. Antecedent:
one
Which
the preposition
are two books.
a deux
Selection:
are
before
you speaking the
interrogative
About which one are you
DU1ueiparlez-vous?
+ lequel
\037
duquel
books
2. Gender:Un livre (a book) 3. Number: One is singular. 4.
is feminine.
lesquelles)
Place
RESTRUCTURE:
parler?
auxquelles
\037
2. Gender:Unefille (a girl) 3. Number: Ones is plural. 4.
want
lequel)))
is masculine.
about? pronoun.
speaking?
IS
WHAT
the
Underline
interrogative pronouns chart on p. 144, circlethe
the
Using
direct object (DO),indirect
1.
PRONOUN?
in
the
correct
(10)
questions French
or object of
subject (8)
a preposition(OP).
FUNCTION
OF PRONOUN
IN
ENGLISH:
S
DO
10
OP
FUNCTION
OF PRONOUN
IN
FRENCH:
S
DO
10
OP
S
DO
10
OP
S
DO
10
OP
S
DO
10
OP
S
DO
10
OP
S
DO
10
OP
S
DO
10
OP
est entre dans la piece?
2.
did
Who
speak
you
to?
RESTRUCTURE:
to
to
speak
\037
a
parler
FUNCTION
OF
FUNCTION
OF PRONOUN
PRONOUN
IN ENGLISH: IN
est-ce que vous is she
3. What
to do \037
FRENCH: avez
parle?
doing tonight?
faire
FUNCTION
OF
FUNCTION
OF PRONOUN
PRONOUN
IN ENGLISH: IN
FRENCH:
fait-elle ce soir?
4.
Who
are
you
calling?
RESTRUCTURE:
to call
\037
telephoner
FUNCTION
OF
FUNCTION
OF PRONOUN
PRONOUN
a IN ENGLISH: IN
147)
below. equivalent:
the room?
into
came
Who
object
INTERROGATIVE
\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037.\037
.\037...\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037REVIEW
\302\267
AN
FRENCH:
telephonez-vous?)))
148
IS A POSSESSIVE
WHAT
IS
WHAT
40.
PRONOUN?)
pronoun is a word that
A possessive
possessor of that
Mine is a pronounthat
possesses
the
It's mine.
is that?
house
Whose
a noun and indicates from possess, to own.
replaces
comes
Possessive
noun.
PRONOUN?)
POSSESSIVE
A
the
replaces
words
my house
and shows who
house.)
the
IN ENGLISH
Here is
a list of the possessivepronouns: possessor
Singular
1 st
mine
person
2nd person)
yours
3rd person) Plural
1 st
masculine
his
feminine
hers
neuter)
its)
{
possessor
ours yours the irs)
person
2nd person
3rd person) Possessive
never
pronouns
possessed;
only
they
Is that your house? Are those your keys?
Yes, it Yes,
The same possessivepronoun
sessedare
in
different
John's
car
blue.
is
their form, possessor. is mine. they are mine.
change
regardless of the thing
to the
refer
number
His is
(mine)
although the objects is singular, keys is plural).
is used,
(house
pos-
blue.
Mary's car is blue.Hersisblue. the
Although
is
noun
Mary
singular,
IN
different
possessed the because
object
feminine
same (car), the possessive propossessor is different (John masculine is the
singular).
FRENCH
but pronoun refersto the possessor, in all French and English, pronouns, gender number with its antecedent, that is, with the personor objectposIn sessed. the possessive addition, pronoun is preceded by a definite in article which also agrees gender and number with the objectpos-)))
Like
unlike
English,
a French possessive it must agree, like
IS A POSSESSIVE PRONOUN?
WHAT
sessed.
there are
Therefore, the
and
singular
In the
149)
masculine and feminine forms in both the
plural.
example below, in the phraselesmiens
the possessive pronounm- refersto the (mine), while the ending-iensand the which the noun possessed livres (books) Where are your
fIrst
1st person singular les definite article
is masculine
books?Mine are in masc. pi
the
(mine),
the
living
letter of
possessor
agree with
plural. room.
endings
\037
Ou sont
vos livres? Lesmienssont
dans
Ie salon.
I
1 st
pers. sing.
possessor)
Let us look at the Frenchpossessive pronounsto seehow they Since the rules for the selectionof a singular formed. possessor we different from the rules for the selectionof a plural possessor, two groups:) divided the French possessive pronounsinto these Possessor:
Singular
mine, yours
(tu
his,
form),
hers,
are
are have
its
hasfour forms each of these possessivepronouns number of the noun and gender possessed:the masdepending the the feminine masculineplural culine form, form, singular singular To the and feminine form. choose the form, properformfollow plural In French,
on the
these
steps.
1. Indicate
the possessor.
This will be shown
possessive pronoun.(They
siveadjectives, see
What
mine yours (tu
the
are is a
same
Possessive
by
the
first
initial letters Adjective?,
letter
of the
as the possesp. 96).)
mt-)
fonn)
his
hers its }
s-)))
2. Establish the genderand
the definite articleand
numberof
that
noun.)
number the
ending
of the
object
according
possessed. Choose to the gender and
150
WHAT IS A
Noun
possessed
POSSESSIVE
. sessor+ -Ien book
Whose
PRONOUN?)
is masculine
singular
is that?)
It is
of the
+ first
letter
+ first
letter of
Ie
\037
pos-
mine. It is yours
It is his/hers. A qui est
ce livre? I
noun masc.
sing.)
sessor +
feminine
mien.
Ie tien.
C' est p\037ssessed
is Noun possessed .
C'estIe
C'est Ie sien.) \037 la
singular
the pos-
-Jenne
Whose
is that?)
house
It is mine. It is yours.
It is his/hers.
A
qui
est
cette
mai,son\037 I
noun
I?ossessed fern. sing.)
C'est
mienne.
la
la tienne.
C' est
C'est la sienne.)
Noun plural . possessedis masculine
les
\037
+ fIrst
letter of
+ -lens Whose
are
books
those?)
mine.
They are are
They
yours.
his/hers.
They are
A qui sootceslivres? I
noun
p
.) -)
-)
.
.)
..)
.) The Study Guide For Those Learning
Third
..)
French
Edition)
-)))
English
Grammar
Students
for
French)
of
The
for
Study
Those
Guide
Learning
French)
l1Jird
edition)
Jacqueline
Morton)
The
Olivia
and
Hill Press@)))
ENGLISH
series)
GRAMMAR
for Students
Grammar
English
of Spanish
English
for
English Grammar
for StudentsofItalian
Gramnzar
Grammar
English
Students
Students
for
English Grammarfor Students for Students
Grammar
English
Gramdtica
para
espaflola
@
1993,
any
of Latin of
Russian
of Japanese
estudiantes
de ingles)
Morton)
Jacqueline
All rights
of German
reserved.No
fonn of
by
any
or transmitted be reproduced part of this work may means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopying any infonnation storage retrieval system, without
and recording, or by in writing from
pennission
Printed
in the U.S .A.)
Library
of Congress
ISB N 0-934034-18-4)))
the
publisher.)
Catalog Card Number:
87-7889)
in
CONTENTS)
1
Introduction
1.
What
is
a Noun?
2.
What
is
Meant
by Gender?
6
3.
What
is
Meant
by Number?
9
4.
What
are
4
12
Articles?
12
Articles
Defmite
14
IndefmiteArticles
15
Articles
Partitive
the Possessive?
18
is
a Verb?
21
What
is
an Infinitive?
23
8.
What
are
9.
What
is
a Subject?
28
10.
What
is
a Pronoun?
30
11.
What
is
a Subject
12.
What
is
a Verb
13.
What
are
Affirmative
and Negative
What
are
Declarative
and Interrogative
What
is
Meant
by Mood?
50
16.
What
is
Meant
by Tense?
52
17.
What
is
the
Present
18.
What
is
the
Imperative?
19.
What
is
a Participle?
5.
What is
6.
What
7.
14. 15.
25
Verbs?
Auxiliary
Pronoun?
32
Conjugation?
36 Sentences? Sentences?
56 59
59
60
Past Participle What
is the
Past
63
Tense?
63
Present Perfect (passecompose) Imperfect
Selection
65
(imparfait)
of the
46
54
Tense?
Present Participle
20.
43
passe compose or
ii i)))
the
imparfait
66)
21.
What
22.
What
is the is
the
Past Perfect
69
Tense?
72
Tense?
Future
73
Immediate Future
23.
What
24.
What
Perfect
is
the
Future
is
the
Conditional?
75
Tense?
77
Present Conditional
77
PastConditional
79
Sequenceof
80
25.
What
is a
26.
What
is
Tenses
82 85 by Active and Passive Voice? an Active Sentence to a Passive Sentence 86
Reflexive Verb?
Meant
Changing
Passive
the
Avoiding
Voice
in French
27.
What
28.
What is
an
29.
What is
a DescriptiveAdjective?
30.
What
is
is
the
90
Subjunctive?
92
Adjective?
a Possessive
What is an
32.
What
is
a Demonstrative
33.
What
is
Meant
93
Adjective?
Singular Possessor: my, your, Plural Possessor: our, your, 31.
87
his,
her, its
their
Interrogative Adjective? Adjective?
by Comparison
of Adjectives?
96 97 99
101 103
105
Comparative
105
Superlative
106
34.
What
is an Adverb?
35.
What
is
36.
What is a Preposition?
37.
What
109 112
a Conjunction?
are
Direct
114 116
Objects?
116
Object
118
Indirect Object
Objectof
a
119)
Preposition
iv)))
38.
is an
What
123
Object Pronoun?
DirectObject
124
Pronouns
Indirect
126
Pronouns
Object
129
Pronouns as Objectsof a Preposition 39.
What is
an
133
Pronouns
(Stressed)
Disjunctive
138
Pronoun?
Interrogative
138
Subject
139
Direct Object
IndirectObject
and
\"Which
Object
145
148
40.
What
41.
Singular Possessor: mine,yours, Plural Possessor: ours, yours, What is'a Relative Pronoun?
is
Pronoun?
a Possessive
Subjectof
the
Direct Object
his,
hers,
Object
of a
154 155
Preposition
Relative Clause
Possessive is
What
without
Antecedents
Pronoun?
a Demonstrative
\"Thisone, that one\" and \"these, those\" \"Theone, the ones\"(celuiqui) de to Show Possession Celui Answer
157 in a
159 163
\"whose\"
Modifier
Pronouns
149 151
theirs
of the Relative Clause and
42.
its
Clause
Relative
IndirectObject Relative
141
Preposition
ones\"
which
One,
of a
166 169 169 170
172 175
Key
179)
Index
v)))
STUDENT)
THE
To
for Students ofFrench explains the grammatical terms that are in your French textbookand shows you how they relate to English grammar.Onceyou have understood the terms and concepts in your own it will be easier for language, to With undertand textbook. and you your simple explanations numerous examples this handbookcompares and French English grammar, pointing out the similarities and differences. English
Grammar
Grammar into the class sylyou pages to read before doing an in If you are selectingthe pages French textbook. assignment your check the detailed index for the terms and concepts yourself, you will need to understand for your When assignment. you finish a chapter in the handbook, you can test your comprehension by and doing the short Reviews checking against the your answers Most
teachers
English
incorporate
labus so
which
know
will
Answer Key.)
for
Tips
1. RULES
-
Make sure you on to the next one.Language
each brickis only 2.
a Foreign
Studying
as
each
understand
secure
Language
learning
as its
rule
is like
you move building a house; before
foundation.
-
in lanMemorization plays an important part guage learning. For instance, you will have to memorize vocabrules. To memorize, here ulary, verb conjugations, and grammar are the steps you should follow: MEMORIZATION
you can easily 2 sentences or 5 words). retnember(for instance, \302\267 Read the first section aloud several times. \302\267 Write down the first section as you repeat it aloudto \302\267 Divide
the
into sections
passage
yourself. \302\267
what
Compare
\302\267
what \302\267
Repeat
said
you
these
\302\267 Continue
reciting
steps
metnorizing frotn
wrote
with the
original. is no differencebetween the original. to metnorize the second section. each section in the same way,
until there or wrote and
above
the
Repeat
you
the
each
beginning vi)))
time.)
3.
-
Use any trick remember new words.Hereare VOCABULARY
or some
that
gimmick that
students
helps
you
have found
useful:) \302\267 Write
word
each
oneside,
on a on
English
separate index card, Frenchon
the
other.
or pens of different colors.Thiscan other useful information about the help you remember word:using blue for masculine nouns and red for femwill inine nouns you remember genders. (You help can also usegreen for for verbs, orange adjectives,
\302\267 Use
index
cards
etc. to relnelnber parts of speech.) the French words, look at the English learning words.Say the French word that corresponds aloud,
\302\267 When
and flip the cardto check answer. Shuffle the your so you see the English word cold (i.e., without relnemberingthe word order).
deck often
4.
- Read the Frenchwords sentences out and write them.That are seeing, way you practicing you them. saying, and hearing the words.It will help you remember to 5. DAILY PRACTICE - Don't get behind.It's almost impossible need catch up in language learning because you daily practice and time to absorbthe material. WRITTEN
EXERCISES
loud as
6.
LANGUAGE
TAPES
- It is betterto listen
several times duringthe one long session.)
week
rather
Bonnechance, Jacqueline
Morton)
vii)))
to
than
for short
periods doing everything in
tapes
1)
INTRODUCTION
INTRODUCTION)
When
1. The
language, in this
a foreign
you learn
word in threeways:
at each
male
a young
Boy,
word
you
must look
English word must be connected equivalent meaning. has the same meaningas the French
that has an
word
a French
French,
word-An
of the
meaning
with
case
child,
gar\037on.
Words
with
easy
words
These
and
same
the
are
words
two
course,
by memorizing vocabor very similar in both are called cognates and are, of
are learned
meanings
equivalent
ulary. Sometimes French. English learn.
to
French
English
intelligent
intelligent
gouvernement
government
continuer
continue)
knowing one French word will help you learn another. that etudiant is a male student shouldhelp you learn that Knowing is a female student; or knowingthat vendeur is a etudiante vendeuse salesman should help you remember that is a salesOccasionally
woman.
Usually there is littlesimilarity French word will not help you must memorizeeachvocabulary Knowing girl.
In addition,
that
is
gar\037on
boy
between
item
will
there are times when
words,
As a
another.
learn
and
one
knowing
general rule, you
separately.
not help
words
you learn
in combination
that
fille
is
take on
a
special meaning. French
The
However,
word
faire
faire means to make; la queuemeansthe la queue means to line up, to stand in line.
tail.
as a whole (faire la queue)is difindividual words (faire and la queue)is calledan Idiom. You will need to be aware of these in order to recognize them and use them idiomaticexpressions
An
whose
expression from
ferent
the
meaning
meaning
of the
correctly.
2.The sified
classification in
eight
of
categories
the
word-English called parts
and French words are clasof speech. Here is a list of the)))
2
INTRODUC\037ON)
of speech:
parts
article
noun
verb
adverb
pronoun
preposition
adjective
conjunction
Each part of speech has its own rules for spelling, pronunciation, and use. You must learn to identify the part of speech of each word in order to choose the correct French equivalentand to know what rules to apply.
Look at
a.
the
word
What
do
in the
what
following sentences:
want?
you
b. What mov.ie do you want c. I'll do what want. 1 you
to see?
in French is the same in all three sentences; but words will be used and three different sets of rules will apply becauseeachwhat to a different belongs part of speech. 3. The use ofthe word-A word must also be identified accordingto the roleit plays in the sentence. Each word, whether English or will French,plays a specific role. Determining this role or function also help you to choose the correctFrenchequivalent and to know what rules to apply. Hereis a listof functions: The
word
English
different
three
subject
direct
object
indirect object
object of a preposition
Let
us
go
back
to the
again
a.
What
is on
b.
What
is she
the table? doing?
c. What are you
1
talking
about?2)
a. Interrogative pronoun, see p. 138. b. Interrogative adjective, see p. 101. Relative pronoun without antecedent, see p. 166.
c. 2
word what.
Subject, see p. 28. b. Direct object, see p. 116. c. Object of a preposition, see p. 119.))) a.
3)
INTRODUCTION
sentences; English word is the same in all three three different words will be used becauseeach what
but in French a different
The
has
function.)
Careful As a student of Frenchyou
speech
the
and
essential because one
The small petites
black shoes are on chaussures I
I
the
big
I
noires sont I
I
I
IN
word in a
another.)
I
Les
both the part of given sentence. This is sentence have a great deal of to recognize
learn
a French
in
words
on
influence
must
of each
function
II
round
table.
sur la grande table ronde. I I I I)
I
I
I
ENGLISH
is shoes, only word that affects another word in the sentence which forces us to say are. If the word were shoe, we would haveto .
The
say
IS.)
IN FRENCH
for shoes (chaussures) not only (soot), but also the spellingand pronunciation
The word
the, small, and and
black.
The of the
pronunciation
word
French
for table
affects
of the
the
word
French
for are words for
(table) affects the spelling
words for
the, big, and
round.
The
means on. affected by another word is sur, which in the same are determined Since parts of speech and function usually in in this will show handbook way English and French, you how to identify them in English. You will then learn to compare English and Frenchconstructions. Thiswill give you a better understanding of the
only word not
explanationsin
your
French
textbook.)))
4
IS A NOUN?)
WHAT
word
is a
A noun thing,
NOUN?)
A
of a person,
the name
be
can
that
an animal,place,
idea.)
or an
event,
IS
WHAT
1.
ENGLISH
IN
types of words which are nouns: professor, clown, student,girl
some different
us look at
Let
. a
person
Professor
animal
an
dog,
Paul,
Bozo,
Smith,
.
Mary
bear, snake
bird,
Heidi, Tweetie,Teddy . a
city, state,
place
.a
thing
continent
country,
Paris,
Michigan,
lamp,
airplane,
France, Europe book, dress
Perrier, Eiffel
Tower,Arch graduation, marriage,birth,
. an event or activity . an idea
As
a noun is not only
can see,
you
tangible, i.e., it can
House,
Triumph football
death,
robbery, rest, growth mathematics poverty, democracy, humor, addition, strength, elegance, virtue,
or concept
that is
of
that
also be
you
can
which
a word
such as
touch,
the nameof things
are
that
increase
names
something
table, dog, and abstract,
White
i.e., that you
and honor. cannot touch, suchasjustice,jealousy, A noun that does not state the nameof a specific person,place,thing, noun does not begin with a a common noun. A common etc. is called capital letter, unlessit is the first word of a sentence. All the words are common nouns. above that are not capitalized A
noun.
words
above
the
The
girl I
proper
that are
is made
cream or a propernoun, the
begins
always
with a
capitalized are propernouns.
etc.
is called
capital letter. All
I
noun can
compound
where
specific person,place,thing,
noun)
that
To help
noun
proper
noun noun
A
is Mary.
cotntnon
A
name of a
is the
that
noun
a proper
you
learn
nouns
up of two wordsis calleda
be a commonnoun, such
as Western
nouns,
to recognize are in italics.
The best purchasesfroln gloves and other luxury
France items.
such
as comic
strip
A
and ice
America.
Europe
and North
look at
the paragraphbelow
include Today,
noun.
compound
wines, perfumes, scarves, French workers make excel-)))
5)
IS A NOUN?
WHAT
lent skis and tennis racketswhich sold the world over. Thanks are to the Common Market, Germany, Italy, you can find goods from and their commercial partners in all large French stores. England, and Thus, Italian sportscars, English leather,German glassware, in lace can be bought at prices to the those Belgian comparable of origin.)
country FRENCH
IN
in the
are identified
Nouns
same way as they
Used to
Terms
are
in English.)
Talk About Nouns
noun has a gender; that is, it can be classified according to whether it is masculine,feminine,or neuter What is Meant (see by Gender?, p. 6). - A noun has a NUMBER number; that is, it can be identified according to whether it is singularor plural What is Meant (see by Number?, p. 9). - A noun can be classifiedas to whetherit is a OR NON-COUNT COUNT count noun or non-count noun; that is, whether it refersto something can be counted are Articles?). that or not (see p. 15 in What - A
GENDER
A noun can have a is, it can be the subjectof the -
FUNCTION
p. 28) or an
(see
object
sentence
(see
are Objects?,
What
in a
functions
of
variety
sentence;
is a
What
that
Subject?,
p. 116).)
................REVIEW.................. Circle
the
nouns
in the
sentences:
following
into the classroom and
1. The
boy came
2. The
textbookhas a painting on its cover.
3.
Mary
Evans
Paris
visited
4. Thelionroaredand 5. Truth is 6. His
stranger
kindness
than
the
with her children
spoke
to the
teacher.
class.
screamed.
fiction.
and understanding
were known
throughout
the
world.)))
WHAT IS MEANT
6
BY GENDER?)
IS MEANT BY
2. WHAT
in the grammatical sense means that as masculine, feminine,or neuter. Gender
in English;
is not
Gender
very important French language
of the
heart
GENDER?) a word
be classified
can
however, it is at the very
where the gender of a
in the way the word is spelledand pronounced. in English. Parts speech have a gender in Frenchthan
is often
word
More parts of of speech that
reflected
indicate gender: French nouns
English
pronouns
articles
adjectives)
possessive
pronouns
adjectives
Sinceeach
of
part
fmd
will
gender
look at IN
the
speech
in the
discussed
types of
various
its own rules to indicate gender,you sections dealing with articles and the In this section we shall only adjectives.
follows
pronouns and of nouns.)
gender
ENGLISH
their do not have a gender, but sometimes themselves meaning or will indicate a gender based on the biologicalsex the person or the noun stands for. When we a common animal proper replace noun with he or she, we automatically use he for malesand she for All the nouns which name things that do not have a sex are females.
Nouns
of
replaced
it.
by
Nouns
came
Paul
indicate the masculinegender.
to males
referring
home;
1
tired, and I was glad to
he was 1
.
see
him. 1
.
masculIne
mascu Ine
noun
I
male)
Nouns
to females
referring
The
girl 1
came
indicate the feminine gender. she was
home; \037
.1.
tired, and I was glad to
see \037
lemlnlne
noun
her. .1.
lemlnlne
female)
All
ered
which
nouns
other
do not
indicate a biologicalgenderare
neuter.
The
of ci1ty noun
Washington
is lovely. I
enjoyed visiting if. neuter)))
consid-
WHAT
to
referred The IN
United States sailed
S/S
for
BY GENDER?
MEANT
such as ship, which
well-known exceptions, as she. It is custom, not logic,which a few
are
There
IS
7)
is
decides.
She
Europe.
was a
beautiful ship.)
FRENCH
nouns and proper nouns-have a gender;they or feminine. Do not confusethe grammatical \"masculine\" and \"feminine\" with the meaning of \"male\" and a few French nouns have a grammatical gendertiedto Only of the male or femalesex,most refer to someone nouns they
All
nouns-common
are
either
terms
\"female.\" whether
masculine
which must be
a gender
have
The genderof
mine.These
are
the
of
other
Males
based
nouns
\037
on
whose
nouns
biological
memorized. biological meaning
or female.
sexes, male Females
masculine
Paul
\037ary
is easy to detertied to one or the
gender is always
\037
boy
girl
brother
sister
son
daughter
feminine
The gender of all othernouns, common and explained or figured out. Thesenouns only gender which is unrelated to biologicalsex.Here of English nouns classified underthe gender of
cannot
proper, have are
their
be
a grammatical some
French
examples
equiva-
lent.)
Masculine
Feminine
boat
car
suicide
death
Japan
France
blackboard
chalk
government)
democracy)
Gender is important not only and
pronunciation
rize
the
noun
does you
does
not will
indicates
for
words
the
noun
it influences.
but for the spelling You will have to memo-
itself,
French noun you learn. Sincea indicate its gender, when memorizing usually have to learn a noun with its articlebecausethe gender (see What are Articles?,p. 12).))) gender
grammatical alone
vocabulary
article
of the
of every
WHAT IS
8
MEANT
BY GENDER?)
Careful
of French rely on biological genderto indicatethe gender of nouns such as professorwhich refer can to a female or equivalents male. Such nouns have a grammatical gender which must be only
You cannot
memorized.
TTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTREVIEW
TTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTT
Circle can up
or F (feminine) (?) next to the
M (masculine)
and identify, in a dictionary.)
GENDER
IN
next
to the
nouns whose
nouns whosegenderyou
FRENCH
1. boys
M
F
?
2. chair
M
F
?
3. Jane
M
F
?
4. classroom
M
F
?
5. visitor
M
F
?
6. sisters
M
F
?
7. houses
M
F
?)))
would
gender you have
to look
IS
WHAT
IS MEANT BY
WHAT
3.
MEANT
BY NUMBER?
9)
NUMBER?)
Numberin the grammaticalsensemeans that is singular or a word When a word refers to one or it is saidto besInplural. person thing, when it refers more than it is to one, gular; plural. Moreparts of speech indicate number in French, and there are more in French than in English. Parts of and spelling pronunciation changes number:
indicate
that
spe\037ch
French nouns
English
nouns
verbs
articles
pronouns
verbs
demonstrative
only
pronouns
adjectives
adjectives
Since each part of speech follows will find number discussed you the various types of adjectives
and
tenses. In this
section weshallonly
look
at the
ENGLISH
made plural in oneof two or \"-es\" singular noun can add an \"-s\" noun is
A singular 1. A
2. A
A
own
of nouns.)
number IN
and their
verbs
on
tions
rules to indicate number, sections dealing with articles, as well as in all the secpronouns, its
in the
book
books
kiss
kisses
singular
plural
noun
can change
man
men
mouse
mice
leaf
leaves
child)
children)
noun
is usually
ways: .
its spelling.)
spelled and pronounceddifferently
from
the
singular.
nouns, called collective nouns, referto a things, but the noun itself is consideredsingular. A football team has eleven players. Some
well.
Thefamity
is
The crowd
was under
control.)))
group
of persons
or
WHAT IS MEANT
1 0
NUMBER?)
By
IN FRENCH spelled differently plural form of a noun is usually The most commonchangeis the same as the one made in English; that is, an \".s\" is added to the singular noun.
As in English, the from the singular. livre
livres
book
books
table
tables
table
tables
Thereis gular
an
and
to .aux
change
words that end in
of French
group
important which
.al in the sin-
in the plural.)
Singular
Plural
Iejournal
les journaux
newspaper
newspapers
les
animal)
animals)
I
'animal)
animaux)
of a noun doesnot change
The gender
What is Meant by
Hearing
The main difference betweenthe
that in French, even though
reading
the
word,
can
you
when
it becomes
plural
(see
p. 6).)
Gender?,
Plural
the
forms
plural
in English
and French
is
you plural ending if you are the final \"s\" is never hear because it, rarely
see the
can
pronounced.) same
on
unciati pro\037
I
I
Ii vre
Ii vres
table
tables)
You will usually
have
to listen
to the
word
that
comes
The whether the noun is singularor plural. show you that in English you hear the plural in the in French you hear it in the word that precedes it.)
to know
English
French
Singular
Plural
the book
the books
the table
the tables
livre
les livres
la table
les tables)))
Ie
before
the noun
examples noun itself,
below
while
WHAT
.....\037...\037......REVIEW
IS MEANT
By
NUMBER?
11)
.\037..\037.\037\037\037\037\037\037\037.\037\037..
Indicate under COLUMN A if English and French wordsbelow. is singular (S) or plural (P). \302\267 the B if you under COLUMN English and French words aloud.Indicate Say if can hear if the word is singular (S) or plural or can't tell.) (?) you (P), Look
the
at the
word
Column
A
B
Column
1. desks
S
p
S
P
?
2. maisons
S
p
S
P
?
3. tooth
S
p
S
P
?
4.
S
p
S
P
?
5. feet
S
p
S
P
?
6. etudiantes
s
p
s
P
?)))
cheval
WHAT ARE
12
ARTICLES?)
ARE ARTICLES?)
WHAT
4.
the noun word placed before a noun to show whether or or idea, event, particular person, animal,place,thing, or idea. whether the noun refers to an unspecified thing, person, An
is a
article
to a
refers
I saw the boy
spoke
you
about.
I
a particular
boy)
a boy
I saw
street.
the
in
I
an unspecified
boy)
Articles)
Definite
IN ENGLISH
article is used beforea
A definite
particular person,place,
animal,
thing,
article,the.
I
the
read
noun
when
we are
or idea.
speaking about a is one definite
There
you recommended.
book
I
a particular
book)
the apple
I ate
I
a particular
becomes
remains
the when the noun which
follows
plural.
I read
I ate IN
me.
apple)
article
definite
The
you gave
the books the
apples
you recommended. you
gave
me.)
FRENCH
article is used beforea noun when referring in person, place, animal,thing,or idea.However, the article works hand in hand with the noun it belongs to in French, that it matches the noun'sgenderand number. This is \"matching\" called agreement. (One says that \"the article agrees with the noun.\") A different article is used, therefore,depending on whether the noun is masculine or feminine (gender)and depending on whether the noun is are both singular or plural (number).Becausethesearticles pronounced and spelled differently, they indicate the genderand number of the noun to the ear as wellasto the eye.))) As
in English,
to a
particular
a definite
13)
WHAT ARE ARTICLES?
forms of the definitearticle:three
There are four one plural.
Le indicates that
noun
the
is masculine
Ie livre
the
book
Ie
the
boy
gar\037on
la table
the table
la porn me
the
singular.
apple
L' is used instead of Ie and la before does not tell us, therefore,if the noun I
and
noun is femininesingular.
that the
La indicates
forms
singular
'etudiant
the
student)
the
school)
a word
beginning
is masculine
with
It
a vowel.
or feminine.)
I
Inasculine)
I' ecole I
felninine)
in writing. It is never pronounced.When exists only with the letter \"h\",the word is usually considered with vowel: I'herbe a (the grass); (the hotel). beginning Your textbook will go into the few exceptions to this rule.
The letter
a
\"h\"
starts
word
as
l'h6tel
The
of a
dropping
is called an
final vowel beforea word
elision. You
will
have
to rely
dictionary or your
word is masculineor feminine. Les is used to indicate that the noun is plural.Sincethere form, it does not tell us if the noun is masculineor feminine. to know
memory
Masculine
les les
Ii
les
the
gar\037ons)
only
one
books
plural
tables
the tables
the apples)
Vowels are the sounds associated with the other letlers of the alphabet.)))
with
is
the boys)
les pOlnlnes) I
if the
plural
vres
Feminine
a vowell
with
starting
on the
the letters 0, e, i, 0 and u; consonants are
the sounds associated
WHAT ARE
14
ARTICLES?)
Articles)
Indefinite
IN ENGLISH An Indefinite
article is usedbeforea noun an unspecified person,animal,place,thing, two indefinite articles,a and an. a word beginningwith
used before
A is
a boy
I saw
speaking about There are
or idea.
event,
a consonant.
street.
the
in
we are
when
I
a particular
not
a word
before
is used
An
boy)
beginningwith
a vowel.
an apple.
I ate
I
a particular
not
article is used only
The indefinite
when the noun but
it,
replace
apple)
becomes
it is
noun;
a singular
the word
it is
dropped
some is usedto
usually omitted.
I saw
boys
I saw
(some)boys
I ate
plural.
with
At times,
street.
in the
the
in
street.
apples.
I ate (some)apples.) IN
FRENCH
in English, an indefinite article is used when referring to an unspecified animal, person,
As in
idea. Just as with
definite
the noun's genderand
indefinite
the indefinitearticle:two
one plural.
Un indicates that
Une
the
noun
un
livre
a book
un
gar\037on
a boy
indicates une
that the
table
une pomtne
before
a noun
place, thing, event, or articles must agree with
number.
forms of
are three
There
articles,
French
singular.
noun is feminine singular.
a table
an
is masculine
apple)))
singular
forms
and
WHAT
Des is form,
ARE ARTICLES?
used to indicatethat the noun is plural. Since there is only not tell us if the noun is masculineor feminine.
15)
one
it does Masculine
plural
des
Ii
des
gar\037ons
boo ks
vres
Feminine
boys
plural
des tables
tables
des pOlnmes
apples)
Articles
Partitive
French also has another set of articlescalledpartitive articles because are used before certain nouns they refer to \"part of the whole.\"They called non-count nouns. As the name implies, a non-count noun dessinignatesan object that cannot be counted. It is, therefore, always the For noun water is a non-count n oun because it is a gular. example,
cannot be precededby
such as 1, 2, 3, etc. (You The waters...) opposite of non-count is count noun can be singular nouns or plural because an object that can be counted.Forexample, the noun it designates pen can be preceded by numbers suchas 1,2,3 etc.(one pen,two pens...). in French, partitive articles agree with Like the all articles noun's form and number. Since non-count nounsdon't have a plural gender and are always singular, partitive have forms. articles only singular As you will see in the examples below, French partitive articles can be translated some or any, but they are often left out in Engby the words
noun which
numbers
water, two A count nouns.
one
count
cannot
lish. In French,
the
however,
partitive
article
expressed.
Thereare
Du indicates
of the
forms
three that
the
partitive. is masculine
noun
J'achete du beurre.
I
am
buying
(some)
butter.
Voulez-vous
du beurre?
Do you
(any)
want
butter?)))
singular.
must
always
be
16
ARE ARTICLES?)
WHAT
indicates that the noun
De la
de
J'achete
I am
vowel.
la viande. meat.
(some)
buying
Voulez-vous
de la
Do you
(any)
De I'
. nme.)
is femininesingular.
want
viande? meat?
is used instead of du and de la before a word beginning with a It does not tell us, therefore,if the noun is masculine or femi-
Je bois de I'eau. I
felnin
I am
ine
drinking (some)
water.
Devez-vousde I'argenta Marie? I
masculine
Do you This
owe (any) money to
Mary?
you the genderbecausedeI' isused with both singular nouns. of the different forms of the partitive summary textbook for the rules regarding their usage.)
does not tell and feminine
form
masculine
The aboveis
articles.
Refer
brief
a
to
your
Hearing the Genderand In
spoken
French
the singular form
the gender
of a noun can usually
of articles. When
article,the femininegender
can
Number
be
a noun
heard
be
is preceded
in the
\"a\"
sound
heard
only
in
by a definite at the
end of
la. The masculinegenderis harder to identify because the final \"e\" of Ie is not pronounced. When a noun is precededby a definite article, will un and have to train ear to the difference between hear you your une. The number of a noun will in often be heard the article only
which precedesit, lesor des.)))
WHAT
....\037............\037
................REVIEW is a
Below \302\267 Circle count \302\267 Write
list of
English
which
of the
nouns
(N).
French
the
feminine
nouns
by a definite
preceded
are count
nouns below
article for each
ENTRY
DICTIONARY
shows
on
noun
you
if
nouns
the
the noun
entry
C
N
livre
C
N
ami
C
N
chaise
C
N
idee
C
N
argent
(n.m.)
C
N
temps
(n.m.)
C
N
cours
luck
C
N
chance
dinner
C
N
diner
(n.m.)
C
N
glace
(n.f.))))
friend
3. some
7. a
chairs
idea
5. some 6. the
money
weather
course
8. some 9. the
article.
which are
non-
(f.).)
1. the books
4. an
or indefinite
(C) and
line provided. The French (n.) is masculine (m.) or
Dictionary
2. the
17)
ARE ARTICLES?
10. some
ice-cream
(n.m.) (n.m.) (n.f.) (n.f.)
(n.m.) (n.f.)
French article
WHAT IS THE
18
POSSESSIVE?)
IS THE
WHAT
5.
The term possessivemeans
one
that
POSSESSIVE?) owns or
noun
possesses another
noun.)
are torn.
The
b\037Ok'S payes
possessor possessed plural)
singular
IN ENGLISH
show possession in oneof two An apostrophe can be used. In this comes before the noun possessed.
You can 1.
A
\"s\"
the
noun possessor
or proper
common
singular
ways. construction,
noun
adds an
possessor +
apostrophe
.)
dress
Mary's I
possessor)
singular
book
the professor's
a tree's branches
A
plural the
possessor
ending
students'
teacher
with
\"s\"
adds
an apostrophe
after the
\"s\".
I
possessor)
plural
club
the girls' A
plural the
possessor
not ending
children's
playground
with
\"s\"
adds
an apostrophe
+
\"s\".
I
possessor)
plural
the men's
department
2. The word of can
comes
the
before
A singular
or of a. the
be
noun
In this
used.
of the
the noun possessed
possessor
is preceded
possessor.
or plural commonnoun
book
structure,
professor I
singular
common
noun possessor)))
by of
the
IS THE
WHAT
of the
teacher
19)
of a tree
the branches the
POSSESSIVE?
students I
common
plural
noun possessor)
noun possessor is precededby
A proper
the
dress
of
of Mary I
noun possessor)
proper
IN
FRENCH
The
structure
apostrophe
( 1 above) does not
way to express possessionand tion
(2
above).
a noun possesses another noun the noun possessed + de + definiteor indefinite sessor) When
dress Mary's I I possessor
of Mary
I
book)
follows: the noun pos-
+ the
article
I
noun
possessor
possessed
la robe professor's
is as
structure
the dress
noun
possessed)
the
one
\"of' (de) construc-
using the
is by
that
is only
There
exist.
de
the book
Ie
of the professor du
livre
Marie)
professeur
I
de + Ie)
a tree's
branches)
the branches
les
branches
the lady's
handbag)
the handbag of the Ie sac
the students' teacher)
of a tree d'un
arbre) lady
de la dame)
the teacher of the Ie professeur
des
students \037tudiants
I
de + les)
Careful
confuse du, de la, de I', and des meaning of and of the with words of the samespellingwhich are articles (see p. 15) and partitive the plural indefinitearticle(p. 15)meaning some or any. When they indicate possession, they usually come between two nouns (the book of the teacher).))) Do not
WHAT IS
20
THE
POSSESSIVE?)
REVIEW \037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037
are
Below
structure
possessives which
is the
using the apostrophe. Write the alternate English equivalent of the French structure.
word-far-word
1. somechildren'sparents 2.
the
3. the
4.
a
dress's
5. the
color
school's entrance
car's
speed
books'
covers)))
\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037)
WHAT
6. is a word that
A verb
IN
of the sentence. The word necessarilyphysical action.)
action
the
indicates
broadest sense, not
in its
used
is
\"action\"
A VERB?)
IS
WHAT
21)
IS A VERB?
ENGLISH
Let us
.
look at different a
mental
to
to run,
activity
physical
.a
types of words which areverbs: to hope, to think
activity
. a condition
to
be,
\"action\" of the
imagine, to
of the
one
into
neatly
because
they
sentence.)
The book costsonly
box dream,
to have
nevertheless
verbs
to walk, to
talk,
to believe, to
to sit,
Many verbs, however,donot fall
gories. They are
to
hit,
above catethe
represent
$5.00.
I
to cost)
seem tired.
The students
I
to seem)
you learn to recognize where the verbs are in italics.
To help
The
verbs, look
at
the
below
paragraph
selected a table, looked at the menu and the waitress asked what she recommended. She advised the beef stew. It was not expensive. They chose daily special, a bottle of red wine and ordered a salad.The servicewas but the food tasted very good. Good cooking,they slow, takes time. They ate pastry for dessert and finished decided, three
hung up
meal
the
The verb
entered
students
and
their
coats
with
coffee.
the restaurant, sat down. They
is one of the mostimportant
words
write a completesentence,i.e.,express verb. It is important that you learn to tion
of
many
words
in a
sentence
the verb. For instance,the
actionof
the
verb
p. 116)
the
(see .)))
verb,
What
and
is a
object
Subject?,
sentence;
a complete
identify
often
subject
the
in a
depends
of a
sentence
is the
thought,
you cannot without a
verbs because on their
is the
the func-
relationship
to
word doingthe
word receivingthe actionof
p. 28, and
What
are
Objects?,
WHAT IS A VERB?)
22
IN FRENCH
identified the same way
Verbs are
- The
INFINITIVE
its subject:
verb is
conjugated or changesin
I do, he does(seeWhat
an
form
the
an
is called
verb is
Infinitive?,
to agree
with
Conjugation?, p. 36). or indicates tense, that is, the time (present, is Meant by be (see What action: I am, I was, I will Verb
is a
past,
A verb of
future)
English.)
Verbs Terms Used to TalkAbout verb form which is the nameof the
- A
CONJUGATION
-
are in
they
to eat, to sleep, to drink (seeWhat
infinitive: p. 23).
TENSE
as
Tense?, p. 52). - A
VOICE
verb shows
and the actionof the
voice,
verb
(see
that
the
is,
relation
is Meant
What
Voice?,p. 85). -
MOOD
shows mood, that
A verb
between the subject by Active and Passive
is, the speakers'attitude
toward
(see What is Meant by Mood?, p. 50). they form PARTICIPLE - A verb be used to a also participle: writing, may written, (see What is a Participle?, p. 59). sung singing, - A verb can be classifiedas transitive or OR INTRANSITIVE TRANSITIVE or the verb can a direct on whether not take intransitive depending are Objects?, p. 116).) object (see What are saying
what
\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037
\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037REVIEW
the
Circle
1. The 2. Paul
verbs
They
dinner,
6. I
the
sentences.
following
students purchase their lunch at and Mary were happy.
3. enjoyed 4. Paulate sad to 5. It was
in
the
movie,
fmished
see the
but they his
novel,
little dog
school.
preferred the book. and then went to bed.
struggle to get out
attended a concertto celebratethe
New
Year.)))
of
the
lake.
WHAT IS AN
An IN
is the
Infinitive
IS
WHAT
7.
name of the
23)
INFINITIVE?
INFINITIVE?)
AN
verb.)
ENGLISH
infinitive is composed of two words:to + the dictionary the verb (to speak, to dance). By dictionary we mean the form,
The
the verb that is listedas the be used in
most basic form of the another verb which Conjugation?, p. 36).
of
form of
(speak, dance). verb, it can never
is conjugated(see
is exciting.
learn
To
dictionary
without
a sentence
a Verb
is
What
in the
is the
infmitive
the
Although
entry
form
y
\037ain
verb
infinitive)
It's
(it
on time.
important \037s)
\037 . . .. In f Inlhve)
verb
main
.
main
It has
I.
ver
ce
f
together.
\037ar
b
infinitive)
I. Y
main
L ver
b s)
infinitive
\037
form
dictionary
used after a verb
of the
verb, Le., the infinitive
such as must
must be
Paul
I
started to rain.
auxlhary
The
I
and Mary want
Paul
I
without
the
to, is
let.)
and
home by noon.
infinitive)
Her
parents
watch television.
let Mary
I
infinitive)
IN FRENCH
The infmitive
form is shown by
calledthe ending;the
English
the word
last
or three letters of the verb the infinitive has no French
two
to in
equivalent.
danser
to dance
finir
to finish
vendre
to sell
These endings,called group each belongs la
verb
termlnalson to:)))
in French,
also tell
you which
WHAT IS AN
24
belong to the 1st group
verbs
-er
INFINITIVE?)
-ir verbs belongto the 2nd group -re verbs belong to the 3rd group It is important for you to identify the group to which a verb that you will know what pattern to follow when conjugating
belongs
so
verb.)
Careful
When
equivalent of a verb
up the
looking
an English-French of the English
in
nary, be sure to lookfor the specificmeaning English it is possibleto changethe meaning
words (prepositionsor adverbs) in ColumnA below changes
lows
a verb
of
depending
meaning
by placing
For example,
them.
after
dictioverb. In
on the
the verb
word that
short
look fol-
it:)
Column
A
Column
to look
for
I am
after
look
to
out
look
for a book.
looking
to take careof
\037)
I to
B
to search for
\037)
am
to beware of
\037)
Lookout for it is
In French,
the children.
after
looking
lions.
impossible to change the meaning
of
a verb
by adding
A above. An entirely a preposition or adverb as in Column different When verb would be used for each of the above. various meanings A will under Column above consulting a dictionary, all the examples look (regarder), but you will have be found under the dictionary entry to searchunder that entry for the expression look for (chercher) or lookafter (surveiller) to find the correct French equivalent. Don't selectthe fIrst entry under look and then add on the Frenchequivalent for the result will be meaninglessin French.) after; \037\037\037\037.\037.\037\037\037\037\037..\037\037REVIEW
words
Circle the
1. Mary 2.
The
4. They
5. Paul
you
would
replace
with
an
infinitive
has nothingmoretodotoday. must study
students
3. Paul
that
\037\037...\037..\037..\037\037\037\037\037.\037
wants
to
learn
their lessons.
French.
can leave on Tuesday. and
Mary
hope
to travel
this summer.)))
in French.
WHAT
8. is called an
A verb main
AUXILIARY
25)
VERBS?
VERBS?)
verb when it helps another is used alone,it functions as a
or helping
verb
auxiliary
tenses. When it
of its
one
form
verb
ARE
WHAT
ARE AUXILIARY
verb.)
Mary is a girl. a headache.
has
Paul
He has
been gonetwo
weeks.)
is
main
verb
has
main
verb
has
auxiliary verb
been
auxiliary
main
gone)
verb
verb)
ENGLISH
IN
auxiliary verbs: to
are three
There
series of auxiliary are
which \302\267 An
words
to change
used
is used
auxiliary
verb
past,
(present,
have, to be, and
to
do,
as well
as a
must, can, could
as will,
would, may, the meaning of the main verb. such
primarily future -
to indicate the tense of the
see
What
is
Meant-by
main
Tense?,
p. 52.))
Mary is readinga book. I to
auxiliary
Mary
read a
has
present)
be)
book.
past)
I
to
auxiliary
Mary
have)
will read
a book.
future)
I
will)
auxiliary \302\267
The tomake
verb to do auxiliary sentences negative Sentences?,
rogative tive
Sentences?,
Does Mary Mary
does
p.
is used to help formulatequestions and What are Declarative and Inter(see 46 and What are Affirmative and Nega-
p. 43)
read a book? not read
a book.
interrogative
negative
sentence sentence)
IN FRENCH
are only two auxiliary verbs:avoir (to have) and etre (to be). The other English auxiliary verbs such as do, does, did, will or would do not exist as separate words. In Frenchtheirmeaning is conveyed either a different structure or the form of the main verb. You by by will find more on this subject under the different tenses.))) There
WHAT ARE
26
The
AUXILIARY
are irregularverbs
and etre
avoir
verbs
VERBS?)
They are importantverbs auxiliary verbs and main verbs. avoir J'ai un livre.
be memorized.
whose because
must
conjugations they
both as
serve
main
verb
a book.)
I have
J'ai pris un
avoir
livre.
taken a
I have
book.
auxiliary
prendre
(to
\"
Je suis fatigu\037.
take)
verb
main verb)
etre)
main verb)
etre
auxiliary
aller
main
tired.
I am
Je suis
a la
all\037
maison.
gone home.
I have
(to
go)
verb
verb
in different the tenses verbs avoir and etre conjugated is a of main verb the the What (see by past participle the to form the tenses of main are used various Participle?, p. 59) verb.A verb tense composed of an auxiliary verb plus a main verb is tense which is a to a simple called a compoundtense,as opposed
The auxiliary and followed
tense composedof only
the
main
verb.)
Je mange. I
\"
sunp
Ie
tense
present of manger I eat.)
manee.
J'ai
I \" \"
I auxl1ary
verb
compound
r\"
maIn verb
tense
past tense of manger I have eaten.
look at some examplesofthe compound tensesyou will in your study of French. (The firstsentenceof each pair uses a fonn of avoir as an auxiliary, and the second, a fonn of etre.) PASSE COMPOSE of avoir or etre + past par(PREsENT PERFEcr)-Present is verb Past of main What the (see Tense?, p. 63) ticiple Let us encounter
Le
gar\037on
a mange
la pommel
The boy ate (has eaten)the apple. La fille est allee au cin\037ma. The girl went (has gone) to the movies.)))
WHAT
participle
gar\037on avait mange the had eaten boy
Le The
La fi The
lle
allee had gone
etait
girl
ANTERIEUR
FUTUR
participleof p.
au
69)
la pommel apple.
cin\037ma.
to the movies. PERFECT)-Future is the What
(FUTURE verb
main
or etre + past
Tense?,p.
verb
main
27)
VERBS?
AUXILIARY
of avoir (PAST PERFECT)-Imperfect is the Past Perfect What (see
PLUS-QUE-PARFAIT of
ARE
(see
of avoir or etre + past Future Perfect Tense?,
75)
Le The
mange gar\037on aura will have eaten boy
La fille sera alleeau The
girl will have
la pommel the apple.
cinema.
gone
to
movies.
the
of avoir or etre What is the Conditional?, p.77)
CONDITIONNEL PASSE(PAST CONOITIONAL)-Conditional
+
of main
participle
past
Le The
verb (see
gar\037on aurait mange la pommel would have eaten the apple. boy
La fille serait allee au cinema. The girl would have gone to the You
other
wilileam
compound
movies.
tenses as your
study
of French
pro-
gresses.)
\037............\037..REVIEW Cross
out the
English
auxiliary
\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037..
verbs
which
are not
French.)
1. Did
2.
the children
They
3. Do you
do
will
want
4. Have the
their
do their homework? homework
to study
tomorrow.
now?
children donetheirhomework?)))
used as
auxiliaries
in
WHAT IS A SUBJECT?)
28
IS A
9. WHAT In
subject. When for
is called
action
the
performs
of a sentence,always
the subject
ask, who?or what?
I will be the subject.
Paul
to find
wish
you
fIrst; then
the verb
or thing that
the person
a sentence
SUBJECT?)
the
before
verb.
the look
The answer
French.
speaks
Who speaks French? Answer: Paul is the subject.
The subject is singular.
Paul.
to one
It refers
person.)
Are the keys on the table? W
hat
Keys
is on the table? is the subject.
The subject is plural. Train
to ask
yourself
Answer:
is in boldface
subject
(the
Didthe game
on
start
After
playing for two in the
Looking
Some sentences
have
the subject. Never assume a sentence. Subjects can
in the
fIrst
as you can see in the following and the verb italicized):
time?
hours, Paul becameexhausted. was a little girl. than
more
The boys were doingthe
one
main verb; while
cooking,
Mary
table. Boys
is the
(Note
that
Mary
is the
(Note that In
both
verb to choose
English
thing.)
you have to find
the
verb.
of each
subject
mirror
one
than
to fmd
question
word is the subjectbecauseit comes be locatedin several different places, examples
keys.
to more
It refers
that
the
was setting
the
of were doing. and verb are plural.)
subject
the subject
subject the
subject
of was setting. and verb are
and French it
make surethat the the form of the verb
singular.))
is important to find the and the verb agree;
subject that
goes
VerbConjugation?, p.
with
subject that
the subject.
is,
of each you
must
(See What is a
36.))
IThe subject performs by Active
is Meant
the action in an active
sentence,
and Passive Voice?,p. 85).)))
but
is acted upon
in a passive
sentence
(see What
WHAT
..................
.\037..............REVIEW Find
the
\302\267 Next
in the sentences subjects to Q, write the question you
\302\267 Circle
to A, write the if the subject
the bell
1. When
below. need
to
to ask
find
the
subject
of the
below.
sentences \302\267 Next
29)
IS A SUBJECT?
answer to the question you is singular (8) or plural (P).)
rang, all the childrenran
just
asked.
out.
Q:
A:
S
p
S
P
S
p
S
P
S
P
S
p
S
p)))
Q:
A:
2. One
waiter
the
took
order
and another
brought the food.
Q: A:
Q:
A:
3. The fIrst-year
students
voted
for the
class president.
Q: A:
4. Frenchis a
beautiful
language,
but
it is
difficult to
learn.
Q: A:
Q:
A:
WHAT IS A
30
PRONOUN?)
A
pronoun
therefore,
IS A PRONOUN?)
WHAT
10.
It is a word used in place of one or morenouns. for a person, animal,place,thing, or idea. event,
For instance, rather than lowing two sentences,
the
repeating
proper
it is betterto usea
noun
pronoun
\"Paul\"
in the
stand,
may
in
the
second
fol-
sen-
tence.
Paul likesto swim. Paul practices every day. Paul likes to swim. He practices every day. a pronoun can only be usedto referto someone(or someGenerally been mentioned. The word that the pronoun that has already thing) or refers to is called the antecedentof the pronoun.In the replaces the pronoun he refers to the propernoun Paul. Paul is above, example the antecedent of the pronoun he.) ENGLISH
IN
are different types of pronouns,eachserving funca different tion and following different rules. Listed belowarethe more important in detail. are discussed types and the sections where they
There
PRoNouNs-These
PERSONAL
the
function
pronouns
they
change
their form
according to
sentence.
in the
have
. as subject(seep. 32) I
.
as
go;
direct
(see
object
she sings.
he runs;
read;
they
p. 123)
Paul loves it. Janemethim. . as
indirect
object (see
Jane . as objectof
us
gave
a
the
Speak to them.
book.
p. 129)
(see
preposition
Paul is going out . as
p. 126)
with
her.
a disjunctive (seep. 133) Who
is
there?
Me.
PRONOuNs-These
REFLEXIVE
sentence(seep.82). I
cut
myself.
We washed
pronouns
refer
ourselves.)))
back to
the subject of the
WHAT
PRONoUNs-These
INTERROGATIVE
are used in
pronouns
31)
IS A PRONOUN?
questions
(see p. 138). do you
What
that?
is
Who
want?
PRONouNs-These
DEMONSTRATIVE
persons or
is expensive.That
This (one)
to point out
169).
p.
(see
things
are used
pronouns
is cheap.
(one)
pronouns are usedto show
POSSESSIVEPRONouNs-These
possession
p. 148).
(see
is that?
Whose book
PRONoUNs-These
RELATIVE
Yours
Mine.
the table.
is on
to introduce
are used
pronouns
relative
subordinateclauses(seep. 154). The
man
That
is
the
PRONoUNs-These
INDEFINITE
personsor
are used
pronouns
to refer to
unidentified
things.
do that.
doesn't
One
nice. read last summer.
is very book which you came
who
Something is wrong.
The French equivalents.
indefinite They
in usage
correspond
pronouns
in your
be studied
can
to their
textbook.)
English
FRENCH
IN
same way as in English.The most with the noun it agrees in and gender, correspond usually in number, in the
identified
are
Pronouns
importantdifferenceis
replaces;
that
a pronoun
antecedent.)
its
with
it must
is,
that
\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037REVIEW
Circle \302\267 Draw
the
pronouns
an arrow
is more
in
below.
sentences
the
\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037
from the pronoun to
its
or antecedents
antecedent,
than one.)
1. Did Mary
2.The coat 3. baked
and
Mary
4. Paul and
Yes, she
Peter?
call
are
dress
the
cookies
I are very
5. If the bookis not
tired. on
the
called him last but they
elegant,
night.
are expensive.
herself. We
bed,
went
out last
look under
night.
it.)))
if
there
WHAT IS A SUBJECT
32
is a
pronoun
subject
while
worked
He
pronoun used she read.
subject of
Who read? Answer:
Sheis the
She. verb read.)
Subject pronouns are divided
speaking (the and
the
first
into
the
into
the
person),
about
spoken
person divided
further
worked.
verb
the
of the
subject
as a subjectof a verb.
He.
Answer:
worked?
Who
He is the
PRONOUN?)
IS A SUBJECT
WHAT
11. A
PRONOUN?)
singular
categories:
following
the person
second person), spoken person third These (the person). categoriesare to (the
and plural.
Let us comparethe personalsubject
and French.)
in English
pronouns
English)
French)
I)
je)
you
to
Singular
1st person the
speaking)
person
2nd person
the person spokento
3rd
person
or objectspokenabout)
the person
he
it
she
elle
it
it or
we
noos)
you)
vous)
elle
Plural 1 st
person
the person Paul
speakingplusothers
and I speak
I
French.
I I
we)
2nd
person
the person(s) Paul
and you
I
spoken to
speak French.
I I
you)
3rd person
the persons Paul and I I
they)
Mary I
or objectsspoken speak
French.
they) about
ils elles)))
WHAT IS A
are three
There
English subjectpronouns
than one
more
have
which
33)
PRONOUN?
SUBJECT
equivalent in French: you, it and they. Let us look at each one so that can learn how to choose the correct fonn.) you
IN
OR VOUS
\037 TU
\"You\"
ENGLISH
You
used to
is always
The same or
States
you asked: \"Are
there weremany
IN
with
coming
you
talking
to.
of the United
singular and standing
people
me?\" the
in the
you
in a
room and
you could referto one
than one.
to more
or
are
President.
between you in the
difference
plural. For example, if person
you
the President
to address
Mr. have any questions, a good dog,Heidi.
is no
there
used
is
dog.
your
Do you You are Also,
addressthe personor persons
pronoun you
FRENCH
sets of pronouns for you.'
are two
There
1. The
form-tu
familiar
when
with
anyone
2. The called do
child, family singular is used to
form,
polite
very well.
know
not
to a
form-vous
formal the
This form is used
plural).
(vous
member, a friend, an whom you are not on formal terms.
speak
you
singular
When in doubt, always
use
the
animal,
or
(vous plural). This form, also address one or morepersons you
polite
form, unless
speaking to a child
or animal,because are likely to offend French speakers by with to when it is not appropriate. addressing Seep. and p. 39 for a more detailed of these forms.) you
them
37
\"IT\" IN
\037
study
IL OR
ELLE
ENGLISH
or idea,you Where is the book?It is on the table.
Whenever
you refer
Hereis
IN
the
chair.
to one thing It is
use
the
pronoun
it.
comfortable.)
FRENCH
The noun
singular it replaces
subject pronoun (see What is
you use dependson the genderof the Meant by Gender?, p. 6); that is, the
-pronoun must correspond in genderwith
its
antecedent.)))
WHAT IS A
34
SUBJECT
antecedent
Masculine
est Ie
Ou
masc.
livre? II est sur la table.
.
I
I
masc.
sing.
pronoun
Elle est
\"THEY\"
fern. sing.
sing.
antecedent pronoun is the chair. It is
Here
\037
confortable.
I
I
fern.
table.
elle
\037
la chaise.
Voici
. sing
book? It is on the
is the antecedent
Feminine
it
\037
antecedent
Where
IN
PRONOUN?)
ILS
OR ELLES
you
refer to
comfortable.)
ENGLISH
Whenever
more
one
than
or more
person
than one
you use the plural pronoun they. Paul
and
Here IN
The
books?
the
are the
lot.
are students; they study a They are on the table.
Henry
are
Where
object
chairs. They are comfortable.)
FRENCH
pronoun you use dependson that is, the pronoun must correspond
subject
plural
it replaces,
antecedent.
Masculine antecedents\037 Paul
sont
et Henri
I
the
ils
\037tudient
ils
\037tudiants;
I
beaucoup.
I
I
masc. pI.
masc. pI. t teceden
an
Paul
pronoun
and Henry
Ou sont
are students. They
les livres? lis sont t an
Where
are the
les chaises; I
feln. pI. antecedent
Here
are the
a lot.
la table.
masc. pI. pronoun
books?
Feminine antecedents Voici
sur
study
I
masc. pI. t teceden
They
are
on
the table.
elles
\037
of gender in gender
elles sont
confortables.
I
fern.
pI.
pronoun
chairs; they are comfortable.)))
the noun with the
IS A SUBJECT
WHAT
Two
masculine antecedents
or more
Ie livre
soot
Ou
masc.
I
la
Ou soot
fern.
notebook?
the
et
I
sing.
fern. sing.
fern. pI. pronoun
watch?
the
fern.
I
I
sing.
rnasc. sing.
the key
are
masc. pI. pronoun
and the notebook. They are on the
\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037REVIEW
Write
French
the
table.
I
Lantecedents--.J Here
la
table.
\037 ils
genders
et Ie cahier.lIs sootsur
la cle
are on the
They
Two or moreantecedentsof different Voici
the table.
I
\037
key and
are the
are on
sur la table.
Elles soot
la mootre?
I antecedents
They
\037 elles
antecedents
cl\037
L Where
pronoun
book and
Two or morefeminine
table.
masc.pI.
antecedentW
are the
Where
la
I
masc. sing.
sing.
L
subject pronoun
that
you
table.)
\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037
would
use to
replace the words in
italics. \302\267 Write
the
person and number of each
corresponding
pronoun.
French
subject
pronoun 1.
I invited?
Am
2. Come on children, you go to bed now.
must
3. Paul and I are goingout.
4.
have
you
Mommy,
to give
me a kiss.
5.
Mary
and
are home.
Helen
6. Do you and your
wife
likesports?
7.
My
brother
French.)))
and
sister
35)
ils
\037
et Ie cahier?lIs sootsur
I
PRONOUN?
speak
Person
Number)
36
IS A VERB CONJUGATION?)
WHAT
WHAT
12.
A verb
conjugation
IS
CONJUGATION?)
VERB
A
forms is a list of the sixpossible
particular tense. For eachtense,
six persons usedas the
Pronoun?,p. 32.) IN
of
verb
the
for a
each of the
form for
(See What
verb.
the
of
subject
verb
one
is
there
is a Subject
ENGLISH
verbs
Most
change
sing when eachof the
verb to
Let us lookat the
very little.
is the
pronouns
possible
of the
forms
various
subject.
1
Singular)
1 st
I sing
person
2nd person)
You sing
with
the
music.)
He
with
the
music.
sings
She sings
3rd person)
{
music.
the
with
It sings
music.)
the
with
music.
the
with
Plural 1 st
person
We
the music.
with
sing
2nd person
You sing
3rd person
They sing
music.
the
with with
the
music.
English verbs change so little, you do verbs.\" It is much simplerto say that verbs
Because
to \"conjugate an \"-s\" in the 3rd
need
not
add
person
singular.
The
verb
English
verb forms in
three different
the most is the verb
that changes
the
I am,
present:
to
has
which
be
are,
you/we/they
he/she/it is.) IN
FRENCH
forms change constantly, and it is thereforenecessary for each the form of the verb for each of the six persons Verb
forms of all the verbs that exist endless task. Fortunately, mostFrenchverbs following two categories:
rizing
all the
Regularverbswhoseformsfollow a
example must be memorizedand
other verbs 1In
tJ1is section
in
the
we will
same
the
would belong
pattern
tense.
be an to the
can
Memo-
impossible, first of the
pattern.
regular
know
to
then be
Only
one
applied to
group.)
speak only about
the present
tense (seeWhat
is the
Present Tense?,p. 54).)))
WHAT
Irregular verbs whose formsdonotfollow must be
37)
IS A VERB CoNJUGATION?
regular
any
and
pattern
memorizedindividually.
you memorize,
verb
Whatever
conjugation made always
regular or irregular,a con-
is up of a pronoun subject and the verb form is a conjugation that goes with that subject. The orderused then the and 3rd the same: the singular 1st, persons, always
jugation
2nd,
2nd, and 3rd persons.)
pluralIst,
to list
Subject Pay
chanter
verb
subject pronoun in
to the
attention
special
French
(to
this conjugationof the
sing).
Singular 1st person
je chante
2nd person)
tu
chantes
it chante
3rd
person)
{
elle chante)
Plural 1 st
nous chantons vous chantez
person
2nd person) 3rd Each 1 ST
ils person)))
PERSON SINGULAR-The\"
the person
whenever Le
matin
In the 2ND \"tu
form\")
je chante
SINGULAR-The
form\")
is used
\"you familiar
the person
terms, see p. 33) is the tn
John,
you sing well.
is
I form\" of the verb
chantes
when
(the \"jeform\")
used
is
action.
doer
singular form\" of the verb
spoken to (with
of the
whom
you
(the are
action.
bien.
elle is
\"he, she, it form\" of the verb (the \"ii, the person, thing, or idea spokenabout the)
SINGULAR-The used
verb.
well.
whenever
Jean, PERSON
doer of the actionof the
bien.
I sing
morning
chantent
speaking is the doerof the
PERSON
on familiar
3RD
{ elles represents the
subject
chantent
WHAT IS A
38
doer one
of the
3rd
The
\037ction.
of three
CONJUGATION?)
VERB
person
singular
subject can
be expressedin
ways:
person singularmasculine pronoun elle (she, person singular femininepronoun
1. the third
il (he,
it) and
the third
it)
bien.
II chante
He singswell. II est
livre.
ce
Regardez
interessante
Look at this book.It is interesting. bien.
chante
Elle
She sings
well.
la chaise.
Voici
Here is the
chair.
Elle est confortable. It is comfortable.
2. a proper noun
Marie chantebien. I
elle
well.
sings
Mary
Paul chante
bien.
I il
Paul
sings
In both pronoun singular
well.
these sentencesthe proper he (iI) or she (elle),so that form
of the
noun you
could be replaced by the must use the 3rd person
verb.)
3. a singular commonnoun La
title
chante
bien.
I
elle
The
girl
sings well.)
L'oiseau chante bien. I
i}
bird
The In
both
pronoun singular
sings well.) sentences the common noun could be replaced by the (iI) or she (elle), so that you must use the 3rd person form of the verb.)
these he
- The \"we form\" of the verb 1STPERSON PLURAL \"nous (the form\") is used whenever \"I\"(the speaker)is one of the doers of the action; that is, whenever the speaker is includedin a plural or multiple subject.)))
bien.
Nous chantons We
39)
CONJUGATION?
IS A VERB
WHAT
well.
sing
moi chantons bien.
Paul et
Marie, I
I I
nous)
sentence, the by the pronoun
last
this
In
sing well.
and I
Paul
Mary,
replaced
nous fonn of the PLURAL
PERSON
2ND form\")
1. The plural of tu tu individually et
Paul
verb.)
is used the
Dupont, sing
you
form\"
\"they
things,
persons,
vous chantez
bien.
well. of the
or ideas
of the action. The 3rd personplural of three ways:
verb (the \"ils, elles form\ are which are spokenabout subject
plural masculine pronoun i1s(they) feminine person plural pronoun elles(they) The
third
lis
person
bien.
chantent
They sing well.
RegardezcesIivres. lis sont interessants. these books.They are interesting.
Look at Elles
bien.
chantent
They sing well. Voici
les
chaises.
Here are the
chairs.
more persons
action.
bien.
doers
in one 1.
the
when
chantez
one or
doers of the
sing well.
et Madame
- The
- When
are the
vous
Dupont,
PLURAL
use
well.
formally
Mr. andMrs.Dupont, 3RD PERSON
you
bien. sing
you
Mrs. Dupont,you Monsieur
whom
bien.
tu chantes
address
Madame
form\" of the verb (the \"vous
bien.
vous chantez
chantes
singular and plural politeform
whom you
be
use the
instances:
Paul and Mary, 2. The
must
you
two or more persons with are the doers of the action.
tu
Marie,
in French
- When
Marie,
Paul,
that
we J so
- The \"you plural
in two
is used
subject, Mary, Paul and /, could
Elles
sont confortables. are comfortable.)))
They
can
be expressed
and
the
third
40
2.
IS A VERB CoNJUGATION?)
WHAT
proper or commonnouns
or more
two
Marie et
bien.
chantent
Paul I
I I
ils
Paul sing
and
Mary
La tille et Iegar\037on I
well. bien.
chantent
I I
ils
The
3.
a
and the
girl
boy sing well.
noun.
plural
Les rilles
bien.
chantent
I
elles
The
girls
sing well.)
Verb Form
Let
at again attention
look
us
special
paying
of the verb chanter the conjugation each to the verb forms. Notice that
persons has a different verb form.However, one belong to the same person thereis only the 3rd person singularhas two pronouns,
have the sameverb
chante
tu
chantes)
iI
verb
il and
form.
two
six
of the
pronouns
For instance,
elle, but
they both
chante.
form:
je
when
(to sing),
chante) })
elle nous)
chantons
vous
chantez)
ils chantent)))
elles }
TheFrench is composed 1. The stem (alsocalled verb
the
by
dropping
What
is the
of two root),
parts:
ilia racine\"
in French,
the last two or three letters fromthe Infinitive?, p. 23).)
which is found infinitive
(see
WHAT
Infinitive
Stem
chanter
chant
finir
fin-
vendre)
vend-)
In regular
IS A VERB CONJUGATION?
41)
-
verbs the stem rarely
a conjugation.
throughout
changes
for each endlng,\"laterminaison\"in French,which changes in the of and verbs. You will person conjugation regular irregular know which endings to add when you have established which group the verb belongs to.)
2. The
Regular verbs are divided based on the infinitive
Eachof
verb
three
pattern
like
verbs
verb
-+ 1st
aiIner) 2.
Find
the verb
own set of verb
Tense?,
sample
belonging
at regular
(to speak) and
above.
of the verb by its infmitive
infmitive
aim-) agrees
with
the subject.
je parle
j'aime
tu
tn aimes
paries
it parle
il aime
elle parle
elleaime
nons
nons
parlons
vons parlez ils
parlent
elles parlent
ending.
conjugation or group)
stem by removing the
the ending that
for
each
first group (-er verbs), aimer (to love) that follow the
of the
verbs
parl-
3. Add
endings
p. 52). You will have to memoverb from each group in order to to that group. As an example, let
(to sing),conjugated
the group
parler
one
only
parler
of chanter
1. Identify
3rd group has its
groups
more
is,
conJugations,
-re)
What is Meant by
any
also called
ending.)
2nd group
rizeallthe tensesof conjugate regular us look closely that
groups,
-ir)
the
tense (see
three
into
-er)
1st group
Verbs
of Regular
Conjugation
aimons
vons aimez ils aiment
elles aiment)))
ending.
WHAT IS A VERB CoNJUGATION?)
42
The
belonging to the other groupswill of conjugation will always be the same
for verbs
endings
the process
but
verbs:
1. Identify
the
2. Find
the verb
group
3. According
to
verb by its
of the
infinitive
be
different,
for regular
ending.
stem. the
group,
add the ending
that
with
agrees
the subject. in your As irregular verbs are introduced the entire conjugatextbook, tion will be given so that memorize them can you individually. Be sure to dosobecause common verbs are irregular (avoir, to have, many
etre, to be,
and
to make,
faire,
Careful A
special
Although
word
must
you can
be said
for example).)
about the verbs of the
among easily see the differences
the
forms when they are written (parle,paries,parlent),they nounced in the same way (parle). In orderto write them will have to identify the subject.) \037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037REVIEW
Write
the
stem
and conjugate the
first
group.
verb
various are
all
pro-
correctly
you
\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037
regular verb
Stem:
.
Je
nous
tu
vous
il/elle
ils/elles)))
porter
(to carry,
to wear).)
ARE AFFIRMATIVE AND
WHAT
WHAT
13.
AND
AFFIRMATIVE
ARE
NEGATIVE
43)
SENTENCES?
NEGATIVE
SENTENCES?) it is expressing can be classifiedasto whether a fact or situation that is not. affirmative sentence expresses a fact or situation that
a fact
A sentence uation
An
or sit-
is or
that
is;
it affirms
the information.
France is a country Paul
in
will work at the
They liked to travel. A
sentence
negative
Europe.
university. a fact
expresses
the information. It includesa word
a country
France is not Paul will not
IN
is
not;
it negates
negation.
Asia.
work at the university.
They did not An
in
or situation that
of
to travel.)
like
ENGLISH
can become a negative sentencein
sentence
affIrmative
of two
one
ways:
1. add the
word not after
verbs)
some
Affirmative
Negative
Paul is a student.
Paul
Mary can do it. They
travel.
will
is not
a student.
Mary
cannot
They
will not
do it.
travel.
Frequently, the word not is attachedto the verb and replaced by an apostrophe; this is calleda contraction. tracted fonn of \"will not\" is \"won't.\ Paul
isn't a
the
\"0\" is
letter The
con-
student.
I
is not)
Mary
can't do
it.
I
cannot)
They
won't
travel.
I
will
not)
the auxiliary of the main verb
2. add
verb do, does,or did+ not
(do or doesis
used
for
+ the
negatives
dictionary in the
form
present)))
44
ARE AFFIRMATIVE AND
WHAT
SENTENCES?)
NEGATIVE
tense and did for negatives in the past tense-see What is the Past Tense?, p. 63) sent Tense?, p. 54 and What Affirmative
We
Pre-
the
is
Negative
a lot.
study
We
Mary writes well. The train arrived.
Mary
The
do
not does
study a lot. not write well.
train did not
Frequently, do, does, or didiscontracted
arrive.
with
not:
doesn't,
don't,
didn't.) IN
FRENCH
The
basic
tence
is
(If
the
rule for turning an ne before the
to put
conjugated verb and pas after that verb. with a vowel, ne dropsthee and
verb starts
conjugated
becomes
affirmative sentence into a negativesen-
n'.)) Affirmative
Nous
Negative
Nous
beaucoup.)
mangeons
ne
pas beaucoup.
manfeons
verb
conjugated
We eat
a
not eat
We do
lot.)
Marie n'\037crit
Marie ecrit bien.)
a
lot.)
bien.
pas
conjukated verb
Mary does not write
well.)
writes
Mary
Le train est
Le
arrive.)
n 'est
train
.
The
placement
negated
of ne
and when
to consultyour
and pas
there is an
The train
arriv\037.
pas
I
conjugated
The train has arrived.)
verb
has not
varies somewhatwhen object
pronoun
well.
in the
arrived.)
an
is
infinitive
sentence. Be
sure
textbook.)
Careful
Remember that there did in French; do not
is no equivalent for the auxiliary to include them in a negative try
words sentence.)))
do,
does,
WHAT
ARE
\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037REVIEW
Write
the
\302\267 Circle
negative words
the
AND NEGATIVE
AFFIRMATIVE
SENTENCES?
45)
\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037
of each sentence. which indicate the negative in
the
sentences
you have just
written. \302\267 Box
in the
English words around
1. We want
2. He
to speak Englishin
does his
3. Helenwas
4. Paul
which
you
sentence.)
French
class.)
homework.)
home
this
morning.)
can go to the restaurant
with
us.)))
would
place
the ne
. . . pas in
a
WHAT ARE
46
SENTENCES?)
AND INTERROGATIVE
DECLARATIVE
WHAT ARE DECLARATIVE AND
14.
INTERROGATIVE
SENTENCES?) whether can be classified according to its purpose, or asks a question.
A sentence
A
it
a statement
makes
is a
sentence
declarative
sentence that is a statement;it
the
declares
information.
discovered America
Columbus An
sentence
Interrogative
written
IN
a
ENGLISH
one of
can be
sentence
A declarative
1.
a question.
asks
sentence always ends with
an interrogative
language, mark.)
question
is a sentence that
Columbus discover America?
When did In
1492.
in
changed to an
in
sentence
interrogative
two ways:
or did before the subjectand the change dictionary form of the verb (do and tense and did to does are used to introducea questionin the present What is the Present introduce a question in the past tense-see Tense?,p. 54 and What is the Past Tense?, p. 63).) the
Add
do, does,
verb to
likes
Does Philip like the
the class.
I
I
3rd pers. sing.)
present
and Mary
Paul
Alice
went
3 rd pers.
I
3rd
present
pl.)
to Paris.
Did
Alice
I
I
past)
past
sing. + dictionary
and Mary
Paul
Do
I
class?
I
present
sing together.
3rd pers.
present
sentence
Interrogative
sentence
Declarative
Philip
verb
auxiliary the main
pi ers.
form)
together? sing I
pI. + dictionary
fonn)
go to Paris? I
+ di \037 tionary
form)
word orderof subject+ verb to verb + subject. This Inversion process can only be used with verbs that can be used are as auxiliaries(seeWhat Verbs?, Auxiliary p. 25).) Declarativesentence sentence Interrogative the normal
2. Invert
Paulis home.
Is Paul
I
subject
+
I am
late.
verb)
verb
+ subject) I late?
Am
I
subject
home?
I
I
+
verb)
verb
+
subject)))
ARE DECLARATIVE AND
WHAT
She will come
tomorrow.
she
Will
I
+ will +
subject
IN
will
+ subject +
maio verb)
FRENCH
sentence can
A declarative
one of
1.
maio verb)
tomorrow?
come
I
47)
SENTENCES?
INTERROGATIVE
two ways: the
Add
a la
mangez
Est-ce quevous are
Are
you eating
eating
soir?
evening.
at home this evening?
a la
mange
the statement.
maison ce
a la this
in
sentence
interrogative
soir.
maison ce
mangez
at home
You
Paul
que before
est-ce
expression
Vous
be changedto an
maison.
Est-ce que Paul mange Paul eats at home.
maison?
a la
DoesPauleat at home?
Je
I can
maintenant.
manger
peux
Est-ce
que je peux manger maintenant? eat now.
Can I eat now?
2. Usethe verb.
inversion
that
form,
is, put any subject,
subject, use the est-ce the subject is a pronoun,simply
(If je
When
is the
que invert
except je,
after
the
form.) the
verb
and pronoun
subject. Vous
a la
mangez
maison ce
Mangez-vousa la maison eating at home you eating at home
soir. soir?
ce
You are
this
evening.
Are
this
evening?
is a noun, follow thesesteps:
the subject
When
1.
State
the
noun
subject.
the verb and, when add writing, 3. State the subjectpronoun that corresponds number of the subject (seep. 32).
2. State
Paul
est
a la
maison.
Paul est-it a la maison? (word-for-word:
Paul
Paul is home.
Is Paulhome?)))
is he
home?)
a hyphen. to the gender
and
WHAT ARE
48
DECLARATIVE
et la cl6 sont sur la table. et la cle sont-elles sur la table?
La montre
La
montre
Since both
and the
watch
The
(word-for-word:
(18 montre
subjects
will be feminine
pronoun
plural;
they on the
are
table?) the
feminine,
watch
the
Paul et Mariechantent Since one pronoun
Paul and
Do
do they
together?)
sing
(Paul) and the other feminine plural; i.e., Us (see p. 35).
is masculine
subject
will
be masculine
the
(Marie),
Mary sing together. and
Paul
and Mary
Paul
(word-for-word:
ensemble.
chantent-ils ensemble?
et Marie
Paul
key
and 18 cle) are i.e., elles.
and the key are on the table. and the key on the table?
The watch Are
SENTENCES?)
INTERROGATIVE
AND
sing
Mary
together?)
Tag Questions
In both Englishand at the
French
when
a statement
transform
also
can
you
expect
a yes-or-no
into a question by
end of the statement.Thisshort
phrase
adding
answer, you
a short
is sometimes
phrase called a
tag. IN
ENGLISH
The
tag repeats and
Paul
The watch IN
the idea Mary and
sing the
of the statementas a negativequestion. together, don't they? key are on the table, aren'tthey?)
FRENCH
words n'est.ce pas? turn it into a question. The
can be addedto a
declarative
sentence
to
Paul et Mary chantent n'est-ce ensemble, pas? Paul and Mary singtogether, don't they? La montre et la cl6 sont sur la table, n'est-ce pas? The watch and the key are on the table, aren't they? Notice
that
although
the English
n'est.cepasdoesn't
change.)))
tag changes, the Frenchexpression
ARE DECLARATIVE AND
WHAT
INTERROGATIVE
SENTENCES?
49)
Careful
Make sure that you do not use the auxiliaries do, does and did when like est.ce que, they signal a you are asking a question in French.Just Also, use only one interrogativeform question and are not translated. or the other, either est.ce que with no inversion of the verb and subject, or the inversion form.) \037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037
\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037REVIEW
the interrogative form for the words which indicate
I. Write \302\267 Circle
each of the sentences in the the interrogative
below. you have
sentences
written.
just
studied all evening.)
and Mary
1. Paul
2. His brother eatsa lot.) 3.
The
II. Let
parents
girl's
us
changed
the different
see
4. In
word
the
2. Circlethe 3. To
space
in
can
French.
and father went to the movies. before after
word
use the
the
ways the declarative sentence below
to an interrogative sentence My mother
1. Box in
speak French.)
inversion
which
you
which you form,
provided,
fill
fill
would would
in the
in the
\302\267 State
the
noun subject:
\302\267 State
the
verb:
\302\267 State
the
pronoun
place place
answers
answer
in
est-ce n'est.ce
que? pas?
to the steps
below.
French.
that
corresponds to the subject:)
\037
In French:)))
be
WHAT IS MEANT
50
BY MooD?)
WHAT IS
15.
one or
into moods which,in
are divided
forms
Verb
MEANT BY
more tenses. Theword
MOOD?)
turn,
are
subdivided
into
of the word mode,
mood is a variation The various grammatical moods indicatethe if For of the speaker toward what he or sheis saying. attitude instance, if are use one but an are a statement mood, giving you making you you use another. As a beginning student of French, order you only you so that you will know what have to recognize the names of the moods will it uses these terms. You to when your Frenchtextbookis referring verbs and their learn when learn to use the various moods as you
or
manner
meaning
way.
tenses.) IN
ENGLISH
can be in
Verbs
-The
INDICATIVE
that
one of three moods:
the verb
facts. This
forms that
you
indicativemood. of the indicativemood: Most
the
p. 63),
future
the
and
used to state the actionofthe verb, and most of is the mostcommon mood, in everyday conversation use belong to the studied in this handbook belong to the tenses tense (see p. 54), the past tense (see present mood is
indicative
is, to indicate
tense
(p. 72).
Paul studies French. I
indicative)
present
Mary
was here. I
past
They
indicative)
will come
tomorrow.
\037 future
indicative)
IMPERATIVE-The (see
What
is the
imperative
mood
Imperative?,
tenses.
Paul, study French
Mary, be homeon
now! time!)))
give commandsor orders moodis not divided into This 56). p. is used to
WHAT IS
MEANT
BY MooD?
SUBJUNCTIVE-The subjunctive mood is usedto expressan toward the action of the verb. Sinceit feeling the fact or idea, it is \"subjective\" about them. (SeeWhat
51)
or
attitude
stressesfeelings
junctive?, p. 90.) In English, this moodis not divided The school requires that students French. study I wish
that
Mary
IN
were
is
the
Sub-
tenses.
here.
recommends
The teacher
into
about
that
he
do
his homework.)
FRENCH
The
French
language
identifies four
moods.
the indicative mood is the mostcommon, will learnbelongto this mood. in English, the imperative mood is usedto give IMPERATIVE-As orders and it is not divided into tenses. SUBJUNCfIVE-Unlike the subjunctive mood is used very freEnglish, The French two and it is divided into tenses. has subjunctive quently The premain tenses: the present subjunctiveand the past subjunctive. and in written sent subjunctive is commonlyusedin conversation French. Textbooks use the term\"present to distinguish subjunctive\" that tense from the \"presentindicative\" the \"present conditional.\" and CONDITIONAL-Frenchgrammar also recognizesa moodcalledthe conto ditional. The conditional mood (see p. 77) is frequently used if a the action of the verb as a possibility or an impossibility express the present condicertain condition is filled. There are two tenses: tional and the past conditional. and
in English,
As
INDICATIVE-
most
tenses you
of the
Sij'avais
de
I'argent,
If I had money,
I would
j'acheterais
buy this
ce livre.
book.
Les etudiants seraient allesa Paris,s'ilsavaient eu Ie temps. The students would have to had had the time. Paris, gone if they use the
Textbooks
made
mood,
term \"present conditional\"to distinguish it from
to
the
the
the
is
ve\" and \"present subjunctive.\"If noreference the tense usually belongs to the mostcommon mood,
indicati
\"present
indicative.)))
52
IS MEANT BY TENSE?)
WHAT
WHAT
16.
The tense of a
IS MEANT BY
TENSE?)
time when the action of the verb in the past,or in the future). The word takes (at the present time, place as the French word \"temps,\" which tense comes from the same word the
indicates
verb
means time.) I aID
present
eating.
I ate.
past
I will eat.)
future)
the verb in a see in the above examples, just by putting tense and without additional information different (such as giving any \"Iam eatingnow,\" \"I ate yesterday,\" \"I will eat tomorrow\,") you can indicate when the actionof the verb takes place. A are formed. Tenses may be classified accordingto the way they simple tense consists of only one verb form (I ate), while a compound tense consistsof two or more verb forms (I am eating). In this section we will only consider tenses of the indicative mood(see As
Meant
is
What
IN
can
you
by Mood?,
p. 50).
ENGLISH
are the main tenses of the indicativemoodwhose will encounter in French:) you below
Listed alents
Present I study
equiv-
present
I aID
present progressive)
studying)
Past)
I studied
past
simple
studied
I have
present
perfect
I was studying
past progressive
I had studied)
past perfect)
I will
future
Future)
study
I will have studied)
As you
can see,
past), all of
more
auxiliaries
p.
25).)))
the
there are only other plus
tenses the
main
future
two
perfect)
verb (see
(present and simple tenses formed by one or
tenses
simple
are compound
What are
Auxiliary
Verbs?,
WHAT
IS
MEANT
53)
BY TENSE?
FRENCH
IN
are the main in French:)
below
Listed
encounter
tenses of the indicativemoodthat
you
will
Present
j' etudie
I study, I am
studying
present
(Present))
Past
,
etudiais
I was
j'ai etudie
I have
studied
I had
studied)
passe anterieur (Past
I will
study
futur
(Future)
I
have
futur
anterieur
j
j' avais etudie
(Imperfect)
imparfait
studying
passe
compose
(Present Perfect) Perfect))
Future
j' etudierai
, j aurai
etudie)
will
studied)
(Future Perfect))
can see, therearemore simple tenses than in English (Present, tensesin French are formed with Imperfect, Future).The compound the auxiliary verbs avoir oretre+ the past participle of the main verb. This handbook discussesthe various tenses and their usage in separate sections: What is the PresentTense?, p.54; What is the Past What is the Past Perfect 63; Tense?, p. Tense?, p.69; What is the Future Tense?,p.72; and What is the Future Perfect Tense?, As you
p. 75.
Careful Do not
way
assume
in English
that
tenses
and in French.)))
with the
same name are usedin
the
same
WHAT IS THE
54
WHAT IS
17. The
It can
.
be:) the
when
IN
action is happeningat
is speaking
speaker
. a habitual . a
THE PRESENTTENSE?)
that the
indicates
tense
present
time.
TENSE?)
PRESENT
The sun
truth)
shines
he is nervous.
every
day.)
ENGLISH
forms of the verb which indicatethe present have although slightly different meanings: they in the library. studies present Mary in the library. present progressive Mary is studying present emphatic Mary does study in the library.
There
are three
When you answerthe followingquestions, you choose one of the above fonns. Where
does
Where
is
Mary
now? in
the
library.
Mary study in the
Yes, Mary
does
automatically
the library.
Mary is studying Does
will
tense,
study?
Mary
Mary studies in
IN
present
you.
He smokes when
action
general
I see
the
study
library?
in the
library.)
FRENCH
There
is only
one verb form to indicatethe
present
tense.
It is
used to
and progressive, present, present express the meaningof the English present emphatic tenses. In Frenchthe idea of the present tense is indicated by the ending of the verb, without any auxiliary verb such as is and does. It is very important, therefore, not to translate theseEnglish auxiliary verbs. Simply put the main verb in the present tense.)))
WHAT
Mary studies
the
in
IS
THE
PRESENT
TENSE?
55)
library.
I
etudie)
is studying
Mary
I
in
the
library.
I
I
etudie)
does
Mary
study
in
the
library.
I
I I
etudie)
\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037
\037\037\037\037\037.\037.\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037REVIEW
Fill
in the
\302\267 Write
the
proper form of the verb to read in French verb form for sentences
does Mary
1. What
the
2 and
FRENCH VERB: lit.) she
Has
No,
but
3. Does Yes,
answers.
3.)
do all day?
She
2.
following
she
read
The Red
and the Black? it right
she
now.
FRENCH
VERB:)
FRENCH
VERB:)))
Mary readFrench? French.)
WHAT IS
56
IMPERATIVE?)
THE
WHAT
18. The
IN
It isusedto
order.
an
and
something)
IMPERATIVE?)
is the command form of a verb. There are affirmative commands
Imperative
someone
IS THE
negative
commands
(an order
give
(an orderto do not to do something).
ENGLISH
are two types of commands, dependingon who is being told to or not to do, do, something. command -When an order is given to one or morepersons, the \"You\" form of the verb is used. dictionary
There
imperative
Affirmative
imperative
Negative
Answer the
phone.
Don'tanswerthe
Talk
phone.
Don't clean your room. Don't talk softly.
your room.
Clean
softly.
\"you\" is not stated. The absenceof the prosentence is a good indicationthat you are dealing you with an imperative and not a present tense.
Notice that
the
pronoun
in the
noun
the
answer
You I
I
phone.
I
present)
the phone.
Answer I
imperative)
\"Well
command
- When an
order is given to oneselfas well
\"let's\" (a contractionof let us) others, the dictionary form of the verb.) the phrase
Affirmative
Let's
Let's go to IN
imperative
leave. the
movies.)
Negative
is
used
followed
as
to
by
imperative
ut's
not leave.
ut's
not
go
to the
movies.)
FRENCH
in English, there are also two basic types of commands, depending on whom is beingtoldto do, ornotto do,something. there However, are three forms because the \"you\" command has both a familiar (tuform) and a formal form (vous-form). For the imperative, without the submost verbs use the presenttense Your textbook will go over the few verbs that use ject pronoun. another tense for the imperative.))) As
IS
WHAT
- When an
UTu\" command
order is given
THE
to whom
someone
to
57)
IMPERATIVE?
one
says tu. Affirmative
imperative
Negative
imperative
Chante.
Ne chante
Sing.
Don't
avec
Va
Go
with
Notice
Paul.
Ne va
Paul.
Don't
etc.)drop
final
the
tu
\037
\"s\" of the tu
tu vas;
chantes,
an infinitive
with
verbs
that
imperative
pas.
sing.
pas avec Paul. Paul.
go with
ending in -er (ex. chanter,aller, form of the presenttense(present \037
va).
chante,
- When an order one uVous\" command is given to more than whom one says tu or to onepersonto whom one vous. says Affirmative imperative
Negative imperative
Chantez.
Ne chantez
Sing.
Don't sing.
- When
command
uNous\"
Don't
Paul.
an order
pas.
pas avec
N'allez
Paul.
avec
Allez
Go with
to
person
go with
Paul.
Paul.
is given to oneselfas
well
as
to
others.) Affirmative
Ne chantons
Let's
Let's not
sing.
Allons avec Paul.
N'allons
Let's go
pas avec
Let's
sing. with
Paul.)
\037\037\037\037\037\037.\037.\037\037\037\037\037\037\037REVIEW
the sentences
I. Change 1.
You
2. We
imperative
Negative
imperative
Chantons.
should
go
to the
evening.)
once a week.)))
go
with
Paul. Paul.)
\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037.\037
below to the imperative
study every
movies
not
pas.
affirmative.
WHAT IS THE
58
the
II. Change
1. You
III.
if
Circle
sentences
following
shouldn't
2. We don't
IMPERATIVE?)
sleep
to the
imperative negative.
in class.)
speak in class.)
the
verb
of the
sentences
below is in
the
(P).)
present
1. Tu
2.
lis beaucoup.
Parlons
fran\037ais.
3. Vous
4.
Ne
allez en France.
dormons
pas.
I
P
I
P
I
P
I
P)))
imperative
(I)
or the
WHAT
19.
IS
WHAT
IS A PARTICIPLE?
A PARTICIPLE?)
is a form of a verb which can be used in one verb to indicate certain tenses, or as an to describe something.
A participle an
with
of two
ways:
adjective
or
auxiliary
modifier
I was writing I
59)
a letter. I
participle
auxiliary
L past
tense.J)
The brokenvase was
on
the
floor.
I
describing
participle
and the types of participles: the presentparticiple past As you will learn, participlesarenot used in the same way
two
are
There
vase)
participle.
in English and French.)
Present Participle) IN
ENGLISH
is easy to
The
present participle of the verb: working,
The
present
1.as
the
participle
tenses
She is singing. I
I
I
present
They
were I
progressive
of to
sing)
of to
dance)
dancing. I
I
past
2. as an
progressive
adjective
This
is an
amazing discovery. I
describes
-ing
form
studying, dancing,playing. has two primary uses:
in compound
verb
main
recognize becauseit is the
the noun
discovery)
He was a good dancingpartner. I
describes
the noun
partner)))
with
the
auxiliary
verb
to be
WHAT IS A
60
IN
The
PARTICIPLE?)
FRENCH
is formed
participle
present
by
to the
-ant
adding
nous formofthe present fmissant, (chantant, We refer you to your textbookfor the useof
the
since it is only
French,
Keep
mind
in
formed
they
were
that
the
with
an
constructionscorrespond to She
a
participles in French. These English
simple \037)
ing.
tense
They
chante.
Elle
I
present)
progressive)
were
dancing.
I
I
\037)
lis
dansaient. I
I
past
imperfect)
progressive)
will be
He
writing.
I
\037)
II ecrira.
I
I
I
future
future)
progressive)
Past
IN
The
French verb.)
of a
\037s \037in\037
present
in
participle
present
of the commonEnglish equivalents + present participle (she is singing,
French
auxiliary do not use
dancing)
the
introducedin advancedFrench.)
Careful
tenses
stem of
etc.)
tense
Participle)
ENGLISH
past
is formed in several ways. the form of the verb that
participle
by remembering
I have walked. spoken, I have written, The past participle has two primary uses: 1. as the main verb in compound tenseswith
I have written He hasn't spoken 2. as an
all that I to me
You
can
follows
the
find it
always I have:
I have
verb
to have
auxiliary
have to say. since our quarrel.
adjective
Is the
written
word more
I
describes
the noun
word
important
than
the
spoken
describesthe
word?
I
noun
word)))
WHAT
IS A PARTICIPLE?
61)
FRENCH
IN
have a
verbs
Regular
-er
regular past participle: the stem
-e to
add
verbs
-ir verbs add -i to the stem -re verbs add -u to the stem Infinitive
Stem
Past
chanter
chant-
chante
finir
fin-
fini
repondre
repond-
repondu
participle
You will have to memorize irregularpast participles individually. be very different may you can see in the examples below, they
the
As
from
infinitive.)
Infinitive
Past participle
etre
ete
avoir
eu
recevoir
re\037u
comprendre
compris
ecrire)
ecrit)
English, the verb or as an adjective.
As in
past participlecan beusedas
verb in compound tenses with etre or have) (to be)
1. as
the main
avons
Nous
We have
est aile
Paul
has gone
h
the past
avoir
auxiliary
(to
lesson.
home. with
of
participle
tenses
These
a compound
la Inaison.
Many tensesareformed
p. 63).
of
la I\037on.
compris
understood the
Paul
the
part
the
auxiliary
verbs avoir
verb (see What is under various
the
main
are
discussed
or etre plus
the Past Tense?, sections of this
handbook.
2.
as
an
When
adjective
the past
the noun
it
participle is usedas an in gender
modifies
it must
adjective
agree
with
and in number.
the spoken language
la langue
Spoken feminine
parlee
modifies singular,
This is shown
by
the
noun
language.
the word adding
an
Since
for spoken must -e.)))
la langue be
(language) is
feminine
singular.
62
WHAT IS A
the
words
written
les mots
PARTICIPLE?)
ecrits the noun
Written
modifies
plural,
the word
by
adding
for
words. Since les mots (words)is masculine must
written
be masculine
\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037REVIEW
Circle
the
auxiliary
the equivalent of 1. I
am speaking
plural. This
is shown
an -s.)
+ present a simple
participlesin
tense
in
\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037
the
sentences
French.
French.
2. Paul and Mary.were 3. Are you bringing 4. The students will
studying the
book
be trying
for the
exam.
to class? to memorize
the
verbs.)))
below which
are
WHAT
20.
THE
IS
WHAT
tense is usedto expressan
The past
IS THE
PAST TENSE?
63)
TENSE?)
PAST
occurred
that
action
in the
past.)
ENGLISH
IN
verb forms
are several
There
action
the
indicate
that
took place in
the
past.
I
simple past
worked
I was
past progressive
working
I used
I did
to work
with
verb
helping
used to
past emphatic
work
present perfect 1) The simple past is called \"simple\"because it is a simpletense;Le.,it in the example above). The otherpast consists of one word (worked are tenses one tenses; Le., they consist of more than word, compound an auxiliary plus a main verb (was working, did work, etc.). worked)
I have
FRENCH
IN
There
French tenses which correspondto allthe English past listed above: the passe compose(the present perfect) the Imparfalt (the imperfect).) are two
forms
verbal and
Present Perfect (passe compose) The is formed by the auxiliary verb avoir (to have) or passe compose + in etre the the tense the of (to be) conjugated present pastparticiple is a main verb (see What are Auxiliary Verbs?,p. 25and What the past participle does not change Participle?, p. 59). As in English, form
one
from
j'aiI
.
person
I spoke,
parl\037 I
avo\037,: auxIlIary)
past
nous
avons
I have
spoken
. .
participle
all\037 je suis I I A .:tr\037.
to another.
past
parl\037
we
spoke,
I went, . .
we have I have
spoken
gone
participle
auxIlIary)
il est
1A
separate
all\037
he
went,
he has
gone)
section is devotedto the past perfect (I had worked),
seep. 69.)))
WHAT IS
64
THE
PAST
TENSE?)
\"
of
Selection
Mostverbs use auxiliary memorize the list of
the
avoir.
the
verbs
Avoir or
Auxiliary
conjugated
Therefore, etre
with
Etre
it is easier for you to and assume that all
the other verbs are with avoir. conjugated There are approximatelysixteenbasicverbs, sometimes referred to by with etre. grammar books as \"verbs of motion,\"that are conjugated \"Verbs of motion\"is not an accuratedescription of these verbs since some of them, such as rester (to stay, to remain), do not imply motion. You will find the \"etreverbs\" in pairs of oppoeasier to memorize
sites:)
aller
to go
retourner
to
return
entrer
to
come
arri ver)
to arrive)
monter)
to
in
climb)
*'
venir
to
*'
rester
to remain
*' *'
sortir
to
partir
to leave
descendre
to
{:)
*' naitre to be born Verbs derived from the aboveverbs rentrer (to return),revenir(to come
back),
out
go
down
go
to fall to die
tomber
mourir are
come
with etre:
also
conjugated and devenir
(to become),
among others.)
The
rules
auxiliary
1.
of
verb
Agreement of the Past Participles of the past participle dependon agreement is avoir of
Agreement
participles
past
conjugated
with
etre
verb is etre, the pastparticiple agrees the section What is a Subject?,p.28). subject (review
When
the
auxiliary
est
Pierre I
aile
au
cin\037lna.
I
past participle
subject
L tnasc. sing..-J
Peter went to the movies.) est
Marie I
subject
allee
the
whether
or etre.
au cinema.
I
past participle
Lfetn. sing. .-J
Mary went to the movies.)))
with
the
IS THE
WHAT
fay)
t
9
soot
Marie
alfes past
subjects
L and
Paul
PAST TENSE?
65)
au cinema.
participle
masc. pI. \037 Mary went to the
movies.)
2. Agreementof pastparticiples with avoir conjugated When the auxiliary verb is avoir, the past participle with the agrees in the senverb direct the object if the direct objectcomesbefore If the direct tence (review the sectionon directobjects, p.116). the past parand object comes after the verb, there isno agreement textbook will ticiple remains in its masculinesingularform.Your in In over rule this detail. the here are a few meantime, go examples some structures where there is agreement. showing
Q
-
Je I 'ai
vu Paul?
avez-vous
uand
hier.
vu
I
I
past part.
dir.obj.
L masc. sing. When
did you
see Paul?
I saw him yesterday.)
vu Marie
avez-vous
Quand
.-J
? Je I 'ai vue l . dlr.obJ.
hier. I
past part.
L fern. sing. did
When
you
vu Paul
avez-vous
Quand
I saw
see Mary?
.-J
her yesterday.)
et Marie? Je les ai I
dir.obj.
I
past part.
L masc. pI. did
When
1. 2.
Depending
imparfait
the stem of the
needto
repeat
the
on which
rules of
is a verb. what
and Mary?
steps when
two whether
Determine
priate
The
you
these
Remember
see Paul
verb
hier.
vus
.-J
I saw them yesterday.)
using the passe compose: or etre as the auxiliary.
takes avoir
auxiliary verb
is required,apply
the
appro-
agreement.)
Imperfect (imparfait) simple tense formed by The is in
conjugation
your French
textbook.)))
of endings to there is no that regular
adding
is so
a set
66
WHAT IS
There
are two
should be
1.
English verb forms that used in French:
the
when
that
indicate
the
imparfait
or could include,the
form includes,
verb
English
helping
to.)
used
verb
TENSE?)
PAST
THE
I used to go to Franceevery en France chaque J'allais
year. ann\037e.
I
itn parf ai t)
I went
a child
As
to France every
year.
I
be replaced
could
enfant j 'allais
Comme
en Francechaque
verb form is in
the English
2. when
to go
used
by
the
past
was singing, wereworking. At A
P.M. last night, hier soir, heures
8:00 huit
ann\037e.
as in
tense,
progressive
I was eating dinner. je dinais. I
imparfait
for these
Except
to you
indicate
\037
verb forms,the English
two English
whether you
use
should
verb
the imparfait
not
will
or the
passe
compose.)
Imparfait
a verb is the passe composeor the imparfait the context in which a sentenceis used.As upon remember the following: to put
Whether
depend guideline,
passe compose\037 imparfait Let us
\037
tells
\"what
tells
\"how
the verb, namely \"went,\" the
on
depending
is
the
of
which
question
often
used to be\" or to
France.\"
\"what
The
was
going
on\"
same form
of
two English answers below; verb aller (to go) will be different
in the
used
French
tense
will
a general
happened\"
things
consider the sentence\"Hewent
however, \302\267 \"What
compose or the
Passe
of the
Selection
the verb
answers.
happened?\"
QUESTION: What ANSWER:
did Paul
He went to
do this
summer?
France.
context, you are asking and answering last summer\"; therefore, the verb \"did pened the passe compose.))) In
this
the question \"what and \"went\" will
do\"
hapbe
in
WHAT
Qu'est-ce que Paul
a fait
cet
IS THE
67)
PAST TENSE?
\037t\037?
y
passe compose
II est aile en
France.
y
passecompose) \302\267 \"How
to be\"
used
things
QUESTION: During his childhood,where
Paul
did
go
for the summer? went
He
ANSWER:
to France.
In this context, you are asking and things used to be;\" therefore,the the imparfait.)
Pendant son enfance,ou
answering verb
est-ce
que
Paul
\"how
the question
\"did go\" and
allait
en
be in
will
\"went\"
\037t\037?
I
imparfait)
en France.
II allait I
ilnparfait)
As you can see from the two Frenchexamples above, the answer will usually be the sameas the tense used ti
the
tense
in the
of
ques-
on.
\302\267 \"What
was
going
on?\"
indicateactionsthat imparfait and the passecompose in the same time the during place period past,you will often the two tenses intermingledin a sentenceor a story.
Since the took
fmd
I was
reading actions
Both
was
What
happened?
French the
you
both
logical.)))
\037
passe
compose
arrive. cOin
pose)
will give you additional guidelinesto help you tense. You should practice analyzing English in the past and indicate for each oneif out the verbs in the imparfait or in the passe compose. are possible, but usually one of the two is more
textbook appropriate Pick
times
He arrived
same time.
\037
passe
paragraphs. would
and \"arrived\" took place at the on? I was reading \037 imparfait
going
quand il est
im\037arfait
Your
arrived.
\"reading\"
What
Je lisais
choose
when he
put tenses
it
Some-
68
IS THE
WHAT
PAST TENSE?)
\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037REVIEW
Circle that
the
that
verbs
be put
would
in
be
would
the
put
passe
\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037.\037\037\037\037\037\037\037.\037
in the
compose.
I went to France with
Last summer,
Imparfalt and underline the verbs
my
family.
excited when we arrivedat the
airport.
luggage and
the tickets,
father
my
handled
parents droppedeverything duckedbehind the counter.Finally, brought her back to us.She was
leavingher dog
for
she
went
on to
two
the plane
weeks. with
my mother
While
away. My
my
tried
and a manager crying
Everyone a smile.)))
was very
Everyone
because
little
sister
to catch
Mary
ran
her, but she her and
grabbed she was
comforted
checked the
sad she was
her and,
fmally,
WHAT IS THE
21.
THE
IS
WHAT
want
IN
ENGLISH
ticipleof She
I had
verb:
main
the
happened
the
past. It times in the past and in the
+ the
had
auxiliary
walked, he
had seen,etc.
had forgotten her I I
that she
remembered
suddenly
in the
completed
occurred
preceded the other.1)
is formed with
past participle
action
at different
which action
to indicate
you
The
actions
two
69)
TENSE?)
PERFECT
PAST
The past perfecttense isusedto express an or event past before some otherspecificaction
is used when
PERFECT TENSE?
PAST
I
past par-
keys.
I
tense
past
Both actions1 and 1. Therefore,action
Don't forgetthat
Therefore,
2
in the
2 occurred 2 is
tenses
verb
in the
verbs
when
past perfect
1 in the
past, but past perfect.)
action
indicate the time that an action occurs. same sentence are in the sametense,the
the same period of time. In orderto show at different tenses must they periods of time,different place used. Look at the following examples: took
actions
during
place
took
that
be
The
was
mother
because
crying
I
her son
I
was leaving. \037
I
past tense
past
Action
1 and action
The mother w
2 took place at
ing
1s
because
the
same
Action
\037dlleft-
past perfect
progressive
2 took
time.)
her son h
\037'i
past
perfect
2
1
2
1
place before action
1.)
FRENCH
IN
The
It is
past perfect is called Ie plus-que-parfait. verb avoir or etre in the imparfait+ the
auxiliary
the main verb: j'avais marche, ment of the past participlearethe
p.
2 preceded
action
elle etaitallee.
formed
past
The
same
as for
the passe
with
the
of participle of agreerules
compose (see
64).)
1You can this tense with the future perfect which is used when two actions will happen at difcompare ferent times in the future and you want to stress which action will precede the other (see What is the Future Perfect Tense?, p. 75).)))
WHAT
70
A
THE PAST PERFECT TENSE?)
IS
the plus-que-parfait tense in orderto stressthat verb took place beforethe actionof a verb in either
is put in
verb
of that,
action
the
the
passe compose or the imparfait.
Observe sequence lowingtime-line:
of events
the
Plus-que-
Present)
Perfect
Present
Perfect
Past
TENSE:
VERB
past tensesin the fol-
by the
expressed
Passe
Parfait)
Present)
compose
Imparfait
-2)
-1)
TAKES
ACTION
TIME
same
'moment
I
Different
leaving.
imparfait - 1
- 1
in the
0
before
in time)
imparfait
time
\037
\037before -1
crying because her son was parce que son fils partait. I
The mother was La mere pleurait
Two actions
J()
o \037 now
PLACE:)
- 1 - 2
Same verb tense \037
o) J()
J()
the
in
imparfait
show that
took
they
at the
place
same
past.)
verb tenses
\037
different
times
crying because her son parce que son fils etaitI
The mother was La mere pleurait I
had
left.
partie I I
plus-que-parfait -2
imparfait
- 1
The action in the plus-que-parfait action in the imparfait (point
(point -
- 2)
occurredbefore
the
1).)
Careful
when You cannot always rely on Englishto determine cases, usage permits English perfect in French. In many
simple past to describean which actioncamefIrst.) The
teacher
wanted I
simple
action
to know
that
preceded
simple
past)))
use
the past
the use of the another, if it is clear
who saw the student. I
past
to
IS
WHAT
asked who
The teacher
the student.
seen
had
I
71)
PERFECT TENSE?
PAST
THE
Y
simple past
past
perfect)
the two sentences above meanthe samething Although rect in English, only the secondsentence with its sequence
and
are
cor-
of tenses
would be correct in French.)
Le professeur
savoir
voulait I
qui
vu 1'etudiant.
avait Y
plus-que-parfait
ilnparfait
-
-1
Le
a demande
professeur
I
I
qui avait
plus-que-parfait
-2
-1
The action in the pleted before the
plus-que-parfait (point -2) other action (point -1) which
fait or the
compose
In French
passe
depending
number the verbs parentheses, line below, indicate if the verb
perfect(PP) in
2. After
could
context
the
than
Mary read the ))
lunch, Paul ))
(-)
accordingto would be
in
book she bought
of
it was
com-
the imparthis sentence.)
in English.)
time-line
the
past
yesterday.)
))))
that
on p. 70. (P) or past
the
))
asked who'd calledhim (-)
that
be in
French.
morning
(-)
stresses
\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037.\037\037\037\037
the
(-)
on
the sequence of tensesis morerigid
\037\037..\037.\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037REVIEW
1. This
1 'etudiant.
-r-
I
In the
vu
\037
passe cOlnpose
\302\267 On
2)
morning.)
WHAT IS THE FUTURE
72
will take place sometime
in
future.)
the IN
FUTURE TENSE?)
an action
that
indicates
tense
future
IS THE
WHAT
22.
The
TENSE?)
ENGLISH
The
future
nary
form
the tense is formed with main verb. Note
of the
will or
auxiliary
is used
shall
that
(and British English),will occurs in everyday Paul and Mary will do their homework
shall + the dictioin formal English
language. tomorrow.
leave tonight.
I will
In conversation, shall and
tomorrow;I'II
leave
are
will
to
shortened
often
'
II: They'll doit
tonight.)
IN FRENCH
You do the
not need an
indicated by a simple tense. infinitive as the stem for the future.)
the
use
verbs
Regular
Stem
Infinitive
aimer
aimer-
to love
finir
finir-
to finish
vendre)
vendr-
to sell
(the final verbs have
Irregular
dropped))
irregular future
stems
which
aller
ir-
to
venir
viendr-
to come
avoir
aur-
to have
ctre
ser-)
to be)
notice
will
letter
of the book
\"e\" is
will
the future
that whatever
\"r\"
show
tense.)
is
always
the stem, regularor irregular, the before the future ending. Your
the
when,
the
future,
sound
heard
you how to conjugate regular and
While Englishuses and as, by the in
be memorized.
go
Careful
place
must
Stem
Infinitive
You
action will takeplacein
time is
Future
future.
that the
to show
auxiliary
present
tense
after
irregular
text-
in
such as soon action that will take
expressions
time, which introduce an French uses the future tense.)))
verbs
WHAT
as he returns, I will
As soon
I
I
She will
I
future
as he will
come.
. .\
come when she
is ready. I
future
present I
future
future
she
\". . . when
is more
sera prete.
quand elle
viendra I
French
73)
future
Y Elle
TENSE?
call.
future
\"As soon
FUTURE
je telephonerai.
reviendra,
qu'il
THE
Y
present Des
IS
strict
than
be
will
ready.\
in its
English
use of
tenses.)
Immediate Future
In
English
in
the
itself, IN
the fact that an action will occur sometime be expressed without using the future tense a construction which implies the future.) in French
and
can also
future but
ENGLISH
You can form
+ the dictionary use the verb to go in the presentprogressive she is going to see, etc.) main verb: I am goingto walk,
of the
sitnilar
meaning I I
I
I am I
going
to sing. I
I will sing. \037
-r-
I
present propressive of to go + infinitive) IN
future
tense
FRENCH
calledIe exists in French. It is sometimes because the future is conaction proche sidered nearer at hand than an action expressed by a verb in the future tense. The future is formed with the verb aller (to go) in immediate the tense + the infinitive of the main verb:je vais marcher, present
The futur
elle
same
construction or Ie
immediat
va voir,
etc.)))
futur
WHAT IS THE FUTURE
74
TENSE?)
Je chanterai.
chanter.
Je vais I
I
I)
I
aller +
of present immediate
going to
I am I
future
infinitive
sing. I
I will
In
to go + infinitive
future
tense)
future)
conversational
the immediate future
French,
often replaces the
tense.)
future
\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037REVIEW
Indicate
future
the
1. As
tense
as
it
is in
perfect (FP).
\302\267 Indicate
IN
sing.
y
I
of present immediate
tense)
future
the soon
tense as we
of the
the English
verb as it
finish our
would
\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037.\037\037
sentence: present (P),future be in
a French
sentence.)
meal, we'll leave.
ENGUSH:
IN FRENCH:
2. We
will speak Frenchwhen
IN
ENGUSH:
IN
FRENCH:)))
we
go
to France
this summer.
(F),
or
IS THE FUTURE PERFECT
WHAT
23. The
future
the
IN
ENGLISH
is used
to express an
action
in the
perfect is
future
participleof
In
tense
TENSE?)
action whichwill have
future or beforea specifictime
I'll see you
I'll seeyou I'll seeyou
as I will
as
soon
as
as
soon
as
I'll call you
s\"
as I'vefound
soon
as
\",
or
\",
ve\" .
have finished. I'll have finished. I've finished.
soon
as
auxiliary
to
to
is shortened
will have + the past she will have gone,etc. II: or, in some cases,dropped
the
have walked, '
I will
is shortened
will
have
and
formed with verb:
main
the
conversation
altogether
75)
l)
future.
in
PERFECT
FUTURE
THE
another
perfect
before
happened
The
IS
WHAT
TENSE?
Mary.
LT-J
Y
future
event
future
perfect
2 1 Both actions 1 and 2 will occur at some future but action 1 will time, 2 takes be completed before action place. Therefore, action 1 is in the future perfect tense.) I will have l I
eft
beforetomorrow. I
I
I
future
I
future event
perfect
2
1
1 and
action
Both
be completed
will
action 1 is in IN
the
event 2
will
occur
at some
before a specifictime future
perfect
future time, but action future. Therefore,
1
in the
tense.)
FRENCH
future
The
auxiliary verb
main
is
with the perfect is called Ie futur anterieur.It formed avoir or etre in the future tense+ the pastparticiple the com(the rules of agreement are the sameas for the passe
of
etc. 64): j'aurai marche,elleseraallee, a verb is put in the futur anterieur tensein order English, that the action of the verb will take placebefore the action
pose-see p. As
in
stress
verb in the
I
future,
or
before
a specific
to
of a
future time.)
You can con1pare this tense to the past perfect which is used when two actions OCCUlTed at different the past and you want to stress which action preceded the other (see What Is the Past Perfect
tilnes in
Tense?,p. 69).)))
WHAT IS THE
76
the
Observe
TENSE?)
expressed by the future
of events
sequence
TENSE:
Present
Future perfect
Present
Futur
telephonerai I
2)
K)
o \037
TAKES PLACE:)
Je vous
Futur
1)
K)
ACTION
Future
anterieur
o) TIME
in the
tenses
time-line:
following VERB
PERFECT
FUTURE
K)
now
1 \037 after
0 and
2 \037
0)
after
des que j'aurai I
before 2
trouve Marie. I I
1
2
[' II Je
call you as
serai
['II
parti
have
left
soon as ['vefoundMary.) avant demain.
before
tomorrow. \037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037
\037\037\037\037.\037\037\037\037..\037\037\037\037\037REVIEW
number the verbs accordingto parentheses, line below, indicate if in a French sentence (F), or future perfect (FP). present (P), future In the
\302\267 On
the
1. When
the
bell
rings ()
FRENCH
2. As
soon as
I've written
))
TENSE:)))
the
)
time
line above.
the verb
would
be
they'll have finished the exam.) ()
))
TENSE:
( FRENCH
at noon,
the
letter,
I'll send
(
it. ))
in the
WHAT IS
24.
WHAT IS
THE
77)
CONDITIONAL?
THE CONDITIONAL?)
does not exist in English, but is an important is an (see What is Meantby Mood?, p. 50). There verb form which is to the similar French conditional however, English and which can help you to understand it. For our purposes,we will call this form the \"conditional.\" The conditionalmoodhas a present and a past tense.) mood
conditional
The
in French
mood
Present Conditional) IN
ENGLISH
The
conditional\" is a compound tense.It is formed would + the dictionary form of the main verb.
\"present
auxiliary
I would like someketchup, please. If she had the money, she would call I said that I would come tomorrow.
is more
polite
Would you please The
. in
the main
If I had
close the door. door\"is softened
\"please close the
command
ways:
to eat.\
\"I want
than
the
him.
The \"presentconditional\" is usedin the following . as a politefonn with like and in polite requests I wouldlike to eat. This
with
by the
use of
would.)
clause of a hypotheticalstatement a lot of money, I would buy a Cadillac.
or result clause. buy a Cadillac\" is calledthe main clause, It is a clause becauseit is composed of a group of words containing a subject (I) and a verb (wouldbuy) and is used as part of a sentence.It is the main clause because it expresses a complete thought and can stand by itself without being attached to the first part of the sentence(\"If I had a lot of money... \.")It is calledthe result clause because it expresses what would happen as the resultof getting a lot
\"I would
of money.
had a lot of clause. It is subordinate a verb subject (I) \"If I
is
money\"
and
and
cannot
stand
called
clause
a
(had),
it does
alone. It must
the
subordinate
because,
although
clause, or If. it contains a
not express a completethought
be attachedto the main clause.)))
WHAT IS
78
THE CoNDITIONAL?)
because it refers to a conis called hypothetical at the present time (the personspeaking is the remote possibility of does not have a lot of money), but there could have a lot of its becoming a reality (the person speaking
entire statement
The
dition that
one
money
. in an
exist
not
does
day).
indirect statementto expressa future-in-the-past
for-word
opposed of what
or reports, but does not quote, direct statement which is a wordsomeone said. In written form a direct
statementis always
between
quotation
statement
Indirect
An
someone's
as
words,
quotation
repeats,
to a
marks.)
Paul said Mary
indirect statement)
\037
2
1
present
past
Paul said: \"Mary
statement)
direct
will
1
the
indirect statement, it takes place after
action 2 is calleda
another actionin
statement, action 2 is merelya quotation IN
come.\"
future)
past
because
conditional)
\037 2
\037
In
come.
would
\037
of
the
what
future-In-the-past
In the
past.
direct
was said.)
FRENCH
You
Ie auxiliary to indicatethe presentconditional, future it is a simple tense. It is formedwith the
need an
do not
condltlonnel
present;
72) + the imperfect endings:je parlerais il fmirait (he wouldflnish), nous vendrions (wewould The present conditional is used in the same ways as . as a politeform or in polite requests stem
(see p.
Je voudrais
sandwich.
un
I
conditional
present
I would
like a
sandwich.)
Pourriez-vous
fenner
la
I
present
conditional
Could
you close
the door?)))
porte?
(I
would
sell).
in English:
speak),
WHAT
. in the
main clause of a hypothetical
Si j'avais
.
in
an
I
had a lot of money,
II a dit
conditional
buy a
I would
to express
statement
indirect
79)
CONDITIONAL?
une Cadillac.
d'argent, j'acheterais
beaucoup
THE
statement
present
If I
IS
Cadillac.
a future-in-the-past
viendrait.
qu'il
I
conditional
present
(that) he
He said
Je
savais
wouldcome.)
pleuvrait.
qu'il
I
conditional
present
I knew
(that)
it
rain.)
would
Careful
The auxiliary would does not correspond to the conditional when it talk while he painted.\" In this senstands for used to, as in \"Shewould tence,it means used to talk and requires the imperfect(see 65).)
p.
Conditional)
Past
IN
ENGLISH
is formed with \"past conditional\" past participle of the main verb. I would have come if I had known.
The
Unlike some statementsin
the
present
the auxiliary
conditional
all possibility of their becominga reality, the main conditional are contrary-to-fact: because the condition expressedwas never done with.
He
have
would
spoken
I
if he
have
would
where
+ the
there is a
using the past never action happened met and it is now over and statements
had known the truth.
I
I
past
conditional
Contrary-to-fact: If you had called Contrary-to-fact:
He did
us, we would We did
have
eaten if I
Contrary-to-fact:
I did
I would
not
not
speak
have come
because
he didn't
know
the
come. because
you didn't
had been hungry. not eat becauseI wasn't hungry.)))
call
us.)
truth.)
WHAT IS
80
CoNDITIONAL?)
THE
IN FRENCH with the conditional, called Iecondltlonnelpasse,is formed + avoir or etre in the presentconditional the past participle auxiliary as for the passe of the main verb (the same rulesof agreement apply elle serait allee, etc. compose - see p. 64):j'auraismange,
The past
all statementsusing
As in English,
the
are contrary-
conditional
past
to- fact.) II aurait
su la v\037rit\037.
s'il avait
parle,
I
I
I
conditional
past
have spoken, if he I
He would I
had known
the
truth.
I
conditional)
past
of Tenses
Sequence
Let us study
some
French tense.
Hypothetical
and
because they
.
the
are
learn to recognizethem contrary-to-fact
always
if (si . the
made
that
\"If\"-clause; in
of constructions
examples
so that you
results
is,
their
is, the main clause the
recognizing
difficulty
tenses
comes, I will be happy. I
Y S 'i I vient, I
present
just
rutur)
present
present
and in French. apply these three rules.
in English
same
REsULT CLAUSE-+ future
-+ present
If he
and
the appropriate
French)
result clause; that
\"lP\"-CLAUSE
conditions
to use
statements are easy to recognize of two clauses: up the subordinate clause that starts with
The sequenceoftensesis have
with
and
future
je serai I futur)))
contente.
If you
WHAT
-CLA USE -+
\"Ip\"
past
simple
IS
CLAUSE
RESULT
THE
CONDITIONAL?
-+ present
81)
conditional
conditionnel present)
imparfait)
I would If he came, I
be
happy.
\037
present conditional je serais contente.
past S'i1
venait, I
I
conditionnel
imparfait
USE -+ past
-eLA
\"Ip\"
present)
perfect
CLAUSE
REsULT
conditional
-+ past
conditionnel passe)
plus-que-parfait)
come,I would I If he had \037
been
have
happy.
I
-r-
I
past conditional
perfect
past
S'i1 etait venu, j 'aurais etecontente. I
I
I
I
I
I
conditionnel
plus-que-parfait
passe)
the if-clause can comeeither at the beginthe sentence beforethe main clause, or at the end of the sentence.The tense of each clause remains the same no matterthe order. In
in French
and
English
ning of
I
been
have
would I
I
happy,
if he
had come.
I
\037
past conditional
past perfect
ete
J'aurais I
s'i1 etait
contente,
venue
I
\037
I
conditionnel
passe
plus-que-parfait)
\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037.\037\037\037\037\037\037\037REVIEW
Write
the
tense
you
would
present (P), future imperfect (I), past perfect
below:
for each of the italicizedverbs (F) present conditional (C), past conditional (PC), in French
use
(PP).
1. Studentswoulddo theirhomework 2. If they
3.
When
4. We'll
had
they
had
were
be going
\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037
an exam,
separated,
if they
they would have he would
had
time.)
studied.)
call her every
abroad, if we have the money.)))
evening.)
WHAT IS A
82
VERB?)
REFLEXIVE
IS
WHAT
25.
verb is a
verb that
reflexivepronoun;
pronoun
A reflexive
this
is
VERB?)
REFLEXIVE
special pronoun called a the action of the
linked
to a
serves
to \"reflect\"
that is, to the subjectof the sentence. The performer, the subject of the sentenceand the object are the same
to the
back
verb
is that
result
A
person.
She cut herselfwith IN
knife.
the
himselfin the mirror.)
He saw ENGLISH
on a reflexive meaningby
can take
verbs
Many
a reflexive
adding
pronoun.
Peter cuts the
paper.
I
verb
regular
when he shaves.
cuts himself
Peter
I
I
I
+ reflexive pronoun)
verb
Pronouns
ending with -self or -selves reflexive pronouns.
are used
to make verbs
reflexive.
are the
Here
singular)
Subject
Reflexive
pronoun
pronoun
I
myself
yourself himself
you
he it)
herself itself
she
plural)
we
ourselves
you
yourselves
they)
themselves)
In a sentence a reflexive pronounis always the subject because both the pronoun and
tied
object.
I
cut
Paul
Although plural,
a specific
subject,
the same personor
myself.
and
themselves for
Mary blamed
the
accident.
the subject pronoun you is the samefor the singular there is a difference betweenthe reflexivepronouns
yourselfis yourselves
to
refer to
and
used:
used
is used
when
you
are speaking
when you
to one
person (singular)and
are speaking to morethan
one
(plural).)))
WHAT IS A
Paul, did Children,
IN
REFLEXIVE
83)
VERB?
you makeyourself a sandwich? make sure you wash yourselves properly.)
FRENCH
in English many regular verbs can be turned by adding a reflexive pronoun. As
Marie
verbs
enfant.
son
lave
her child.
washes
Mary
reflexive
into
Marie se lave. washes
Mary
The
the
herself.
lists laver
dictionary of
infinitive
and
laver
to wash
as the infinitive
of
Look up
oneself
and se
to wash
laver as
both forms underthe verb
see
not under
Here are the Frenchreflexive pronouns: me
myself
te se
singular) yourse lf (familiar himself, herself, itself
nous
ourselves
vous
yourselves
se
themselves)
Since the reflexivepronoun
perfonner,
the
changes. verbs example,
sent placed
reflexive
(familiar
the
reflects
pronoun
plural,
will
fonnal
action
change
singular
& plural)
of the verb back to the as the subject of the verb
to memorize the conjugation of reflexive with the subject pronoun and the reflexive pronoun.For let's look at the conjugation of the verb se laver in the pretense. Notice that unlike English wherethe reflexive is pronoun after the verb, in French the reflexive pronoun is placedimmeYou
before
diately
have
will
the
verb.
Subject
pronoun
Reflexive +)
pronoun
+)
Verb
je
me
lave
tu
te)
laves)
se)
lave)
nous
lavons
vous)
lavez
se)))
lavent)
il
elle) }
nous vous
ils elles)
}
WHAT IS A
84
verbs can
Reflexive
reflexive
the
and
VERB?)
REFLEXIVE
be conjugated in all tenses.Thesubjectpronoun remain the same, regardlessof the tense
pronoun
of
ils se laveront (futur); ils sesontlaves (passe compose). The perfect tenses of reflexive verbs are always with the conjugated rules of for the the however, agreement past participle auxiliary etre; to the past of reflexive verbs are differentfromthe rulesyou apply French of verbs. Be sure to textnon-reflexive consult your participles verb:
the
book for these rules.)
Careful
Reflexive
common
more
are
verbs
in French than in
English;
that
is,
verbs that take a reflexive pronoun in Frenchbut not in For example, when you say \"Paulwashed in the morning,\" it English. In French is understood, but not stated, that \"Paul washed himself.\" the \"himself' must be stated:\"Paul s'est lave.\" In addition, other English verbs such as to get up have a reflexive meaning:\"Mary got up\" means that she got herself up. In Frenchyou to get up by express using the verb se lever, that is lever (to raise) + the reflexivepronoun se (oneself): that \"Marie s'est levee.\" Memorize the many verbs are idiomatic a reflexive pronoun in French. Some of them require in English.) for which there is no directequivalent expressions are many
there
..\037\037..\037...\037\037\037.\037\037\037.
\037.\037\037.\037\037.\037..\037\037\037\037\037REVIEW
Fill in \302\267 Fill
the proper English reflexive pronoun. French reflexivepronoun equivalent
in the
Les
every
enfants
2. Mary
3. Mary,
lavent
coupe
We
you cut
constantly.
coupes constamment.)
dress
Nous)
les soirs.
constamment.)
Marie, tu 4.
tous
evenmg.
constantl y.)
cuts
Marie)
French
.
children wash
1. The
in the
habillons.)))
sentences.)
IS MEANT BY ACTIVE
WHAT
WHAT IS
26.
The voice of the verb its
and
- A
voice
Active
85)
VOICE?
PASSIVE
VOICE?)
basic relationship between the verb voices: active and passive.
is said to be in
sentence
subject is the performerof the an
AND
PASSIVE
to a
refers
are two
There
subject.
ACTIVE
BY
MEANT
AND
In this
verb.
the
active
instance,
voice
when
the verb
the
is called
verb.
active
prepares the exam.
The teacher
S ate an
Paul
apple.
DO
v
S
DO
v
Lightning has struck
the
v
S
tree. DO)
the subject (5) performsthe actionofthe verb examples What direct object (DO)is the receiverofthe action (see are Objects?, p. 116). Passivevolce-A sentence is said to be in the passive voice when the In this instance, the verb is called the is receiver of the action. subject In
(v)
these
all
and the
a passive
verb.
is prepared
exaln
The
S The
apple
S
teacher. Agent)
was eaten by V
Paul.
Agent
been struck by
tree has
The
by the
V
V
S
lightning. Agent)
these examples, the subjectis the receiver of the action of the verb. The performerof the action, if it is mentioned, is introduced by the word \"by\" and is called the agent. In all
IN
ENGLISH
the verb to be conjugatedin The tense verb. appropriate past participle of the main the passive sentenceis indicatedby the tense of the verb to be. The examisprepared by the teacher.
The
passive
is expressed by
voice
+ the
tense
I
present)
The
exaln
was prepared by I
past)))
the teacher.
the
of
WHAT IS
86
BY ACTIVE AND
MEANT
exam will be
The
PASSIVE
prepared by the
VOICE?)
teacher.
y future)
IN
FRENCH
As in
English, a passive verb
conjugated
the
in
verb.
The
tense
is
tense
appropriate
by the
expressed
+ the
auxiliary etre (to
passive sentence is indicatedby
of the
verb etre. 1
L'examen est pr\037par\037
be)
past participle of the main tense
the
of the
Ie professeur.
par
I
present
The
exam
is prepared
by the teacher.
L'examena ete prepar\037
Ie professeur.
par
y
passecompose The
has
exam
L'examensera
par
prepare
teacher.
by the
been prepared
Ie professeur.
I
future
prepared by the teacher. in the passive voice is always \"etre\"(to be), all Becausethe auxiliary with in a passive sentence agreein gender and number past participles the subject. The
exam
Les vins
will be
sont
fran\037ais
apprecies
\037 masc.
subject
French
an
Thestepsto same English
monde entier
and
\037
Inasc.
pI.
appreciated the world over.)
Active an
change
participle
past
pI.
wines are
Changing
in
dans Ie
I
I
Sentence
active
sentence
to a Passive to a
passive sentence arethe
in French.
1. The direct objectof the activesentencebecomes passive sentence.)
1Verbs passive
partir,
Sentence
the
subject
of the
to Conn compound tenses in the active voice (see p. 64) do not have a that take \037tre as an auxiliary voice since they are never followed by a direct object in the activevoice. For example, aller, etc. cannot be made passive.))) venir,
IS
WHAT
BY ACTIVE AND
MEANT
direct
J,)
object
is prepared by the
The exam
passive)
I
87)
VOICE?
preparesthe exam. I
The teacher
active
PASSIVE
teacher.
subject)
tense of the verb of
2. The
the activesentenceis reflected
in
the
tense
verb to be in the passivesentence.)
of the
the exam. prepares I
The teacher
active
J,
present
passive)
is prepared by
exam
The
the teacher.
I
t)
presen
the exam. prepared I
The teacher
active
J,
past
exam
The
passive)
was prepared by
the teacher.
I
past)
The teacher
active
will preparethe
exam.
I
future
J,
The exam will
passive)
y
be prepared by the teacher.
future)
3.
of the active subject sentence introduced with The
sentence becomesthe The
by.
agent
I
J,
passive
omitted.)
prepares the exam.
The teacher
active
of the
agent
is often
subject
exam
The
passive)
is prepared by I
the teacher. I I
agent)
the
Avoiding
Passive
Voice In French
French has a passive its use as Engvoice, it does not favor lish does, and whenever possibleFrenchspeakers to avoid the try passive construction by replacingit with an active one. This is particularly true for general statements,that is, when we don't know who is Although
doing
action.
the
is spoken We don't know
English
in
many
who
is
countries. speaking.)))
WHAT IS
88
BY ACTIVE AND
MEANT
is sold here.
New York Times
The
who is selling.)
know
don't
We
VOICE?)
PASSIVE
can ways a passivesentence 1. by using the on construction
There are two
The
\"on\"
word
\"one,\"as
in
to the
corresponds
the
should
\"One
sentence,
be
in French.
avoided
English indefinite pronoun eat when one is hungry.\" To
construction, French often makes one the an active sentence, even in sentences whereEnglish speakers never use such a construction. a passive
avoid
On parle anglais
dans
(word-for-word:
The New York Times is On vend Ie New York (word-for-word:
2. by
using
the
de pays. in many countries\
beaucoup
\"one
English
speaks
sold here. ici.
Times
the New
sells
\"one
York Times
reflexive
exists
construction
only
in French
is spoken
in
se parle
L'anglais
\"speaks
The New
York
Le New York
voice
passive
to
p. 82). This and is usually senseless
countries.
many
dans beaucoupdepays.
itself') is sold
Times
se vend
Times
\"sells
here. ici.
itself')
Careful
ticiple
the
Verb?,
English.
English
Make
here\
verb construction
reflexive
The main verb of the sentenceis changedfrom is a Reflexi\\'e its reflexive form (see What in
would
countries.
in many
is spoken
English
of
subject
sure you distinguish between used to form a present tensein
the auxiliaryetre + the
iary etre + a past participleto form
a past
eaten)
is a
instance,\"est voice, \"est aile\"
(is
mange\"
but
(went)
is a
passive
voice
a
past
and the
par-
auxil-
active voice. For in the passive tense present tense
in the
past tense in the active voice.)))
WHAT
IS
BY ACTIVE AND
MEANT
\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037
\037\037\037\037\037\037.\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037REVIEW
Underline \302\267 Circle \302\267
Identify
\302\267
Identify
in the below. sentences subjects performer of the action. each sentence as active (Ac) or passive (Pa). the tense of the verb: past (PP),present
the
the
(P),
over the moon.
1. The
cow jumped
2. The
bill was paid by
Bob's
parents.
3. The bank
is
4. Everyone
will be goingaway
transferring
the money.
spring break will be enjoyed
by
(F).
PA
PP
P
F
Ac
PA
PP
P
F
Ac
PA
PP
P
F
PA
PP
P
F
PA
PP
P
F)))
the
during
future
Ac
vacation.
Ac 5. The
89)
VOICE?
PASSIVE
all.
Ac
WHAT IS
90
SUBJUNCTIVE?)
THE
The
is
subjunctive
SUBJUNCTIVE?)
used to express a wish, hope,uncertainty toward a fact or an idea. Since it stresses
a mood
attitude
similar
other
IS THE
WHAT
27.
speaker's feelings about the fact or idea,it
is
usually
subjective
or
the about
them.) IN
ENGLISH
The
constructions.
few
very
The
subjunc-
likeother is difficult to recognizebecauseit is spelled
tive verb form
verb.)
of the
tenses
used in
is only
subjunctive
I am in Paris right now. I
indicative
present
to be)
I wish
I were in
Paris
I
He
like a past tense
spelled
subjunctive
a book
reads
now.
right
of to be)
form
a week.
I
indicative
present
The course
to read)
requires that
a book
a week.
I
like the dictionary form of
spelled
subjunctive
read
he
to
read)
IN FRENCH
is used will usage rarely help you
The subjunctive
frequently,
very
but unfortunately and how to use
English
it in French. Therefore,we referyou to your French textbook. First, learn how to in the present tense of the subverbs conjugateregularand irregular of the are rarely used, particuother tenses (The junctive. subjunctive decide
where
the verbs and expressions that larly in conversation.)Then,learn the verb which the to followsin subjunctive. require you put 1. Example of a verb of desire that is followed by a verb in the subjunctive: vouloir (to want) Je
veux
que tu sois
I
I
vouloir
J want
subjunctive
you to
(word-for-word:
sage. @tre
be good. \"I want
that you
be good\))
WHAT
2. Example of
tive:il
faut
an
que
II faut que
(it is necessary Paul
sache
must know
(word-for-word:
by a
SUBJUNCTIVE?
91)
verb in the subjunc-
that)
parler
fran\037ais.
I
subjunctive
Paul
is followed
that
expression
IS THE
savoir
how to speak French. \"it is
necessary
that Paul
know
how
to speak
French \ emotion 3. Example of an adjectiveexpressing an in the etre heureux a verb (to by subjunctive:
Je suis
heureux que vous veniez
which be
ce soir.
I
subjunctive
I am
happy that you are
venir
coming this
evening.)))
happy)
is followed
WHAT IS AN
92
ADJECTIVE?)
An
IN
word
is a
adjective
IS
WHAT
28.
AN
describes
that
ADJECTIVE?)
a noun
or a
pronoun.)
ENGLISH
according to the way they
are classified
Adjectives
describe a noun or
pronoun.
tells
what
See p. 93.
kind it is.
Sheread
an
adjective indicates a quality,
it
book.
interesting
brown eyes.
He has POSSESSIVE
ADJECTIVE
tells
it is.
whose
- A descriptive
ADJECfIVE
DESCRIPTIVE
- A
See p.
possessive
adjective shows possession,it
96.
His book is lost. Our
are
parents
away. -
INTERROGATIVEADJECTIVE
about someoneor something. What book is lost? Which
parents
DEMONSTRATIVE
someoneor That
question
adjective asks a question
you speak to? - A demonstrative ADJECTIVE did
See
something.
This teacher
An interrogative See p. 101.
p.
adjective points out
103.
is excellent. is very
appropriate.
ormodifies, In all these casesthe adjective describes, noun.) IN
the
noun
or pro-
FRENCH
in the same way as in English.Theprincipal in English and French adjectives is that English
Adjectives
are classified
difference
between
adjectives
in gender
in French do not change their form,while and number with the noun or pronoun they
adjectives modify.)))
agree
IS A
WHAT
WHAT IS
29.
name
the
As
word that
ENGLISH
IN
The
it modifies.
or pronoun
of a
noun or
the noun or pronoun.)
does not change form,regardless ofthe
adjective
descriptive
noun
a quality
indicates
it describes
implies,
93)
ADJECTIVE?
ADJECTIVE?)
DESCRIPTIVE
A
adjective is a
A descriptive
pronoun.
DESCRIPTIVE
The students are intelligent. is an
She
person.
intelligent
The adjective intelligentis the same although are different in number (studentsis plural and
adjectives are divided into two groupsdependingon how to the noun they modify.
Descriptive
connected
are
they
1. Predicate
- A
adjective
it describes
(the
The
are
children
The
sentence) by
linking
predicate
subject
verb
adjective)
I
a
I
noun
linking
predicate
subject
verb
adjective)
-
adjective
attributive
An
to the noun it describes and I
usually
looks small.
I
The good
verb,
I
noun
house
2. Attributive
connected to the noun
a linking
good.
I
I
adjective is
predicate
subject of the
form of to be.
is connected
adjective precedes
always
directly
it.
children were praised. I
attributive
noun
adjective
described)
The family lives
IN
the persons described is singular).
person
in
house.
a small I
I
attributive
noun
adjective
described)
FRENCH
The
most and
French
adjective,
noun
it
difference
important English
predicate modifies;
between descriptive adjectives in an they change forms.In French,
is that in French
or attributive, always agreeswith the noun or prois, it must correspond in gender and numberto)))
that
94
WHAT IS A
ADJECTIVE?)
DESCRIPTIVE
Thus, before writing an adjectiveyou if the noun or,pronounit modifiesis masculine or plural.
its noun.
Most adjectives add an nine
and
form
blue
the
an \"-s\"
\"-e\"
to the
masc. .
sing.
sing.)
la robe blene
dress)
I
I
feln. .
fern.
.
sing.)
sing.
les Iivres
the blue books)
biens
I
blue
singular
I
masc.
.
the
to determine
feminine,
bien
I
the blue
or
to the masculine form to make the femifeminine ormasculineto makeit plural.)
Ie livre
book)
have
will
I
masc.
masc.
pI.
pI.)
bleues
les robes
dresses
I
I
fern.
fern.
pI.
pI.
the adjective \"blue\" As you can see in the examples above,in English, \"bleu\" after the comes before the noun it modifies,whereas goes some French the noun in French. This is not always case, adjectives Refer to your textbook to also come before the noun they modify. is placed before or after the noun it learn whethera Frenchadjective
modifies.)
Nouns Used as IN
Adjectives)
ENGLISH
also be able to recognizenouns noun. When another a noun usedto modify You should
another
the
noun,
tive)
+ the
noun
structure
is as
follows: the
The
French
I
I
noun)
I
noun)
that is,
is used to describe
describing noun (adjec-
described.)
French is difficult.
Chemistry
as adjectives;
used
a noun
The
I
interesting.
noun described)
adjective
is difficult.
class is
chemistry I
adjective
books are I
noun
expensive.
described)))
IS A
WHAT
ADJECTIVE?
DESCRIPTIVE
95)
IN FRENCH
noun is usedas an
When a
the structureis noun
as
the French class I
I
I\037fran\037ais
I\037
sing.
sing.)
the chemistry
la
classe
the
les livres)
adjectives
masc.
the
in
I
pI.
fern.
\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037
you
to the
circled
noun or pronoun
described.)
1. The young
man
was
2. Shelookedpretty
in
reading her
long
a French
newspaper.
red dress.
3. It is interesting.
4.
The
5.
Paul
old was
piano tired
could after
still produce his long
sing.)
below.
sentences
from the adjective
an arrow
de chimie
I
\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037REVIEW
Circle
I
masc.)
les livres
I
la chimie
de fran\037ais
classe fern.
books
another noun,
the describing noun remainsa describing
I
I
\302\267 Draw
The
an article. its fonn.)
not change
does
noun
the
without
(adjective) and
noun
is, to describe + de + described
that
adjective,
follows:
walk.)))
good music.
WHAT IS A
96
ADJECTIVE?)
POSSESSIVE
WHAT IS
30.
and the noun modifiedis calledthe
the \"possessor\" \"possessed.\"
thing
Whose house My is
is that?
It's
an adjective that
\"house.\ IN
ADJECTIVE?)
POSSESSIVE
adjective is a word which describesa noun by The the thing or person beingdiscussed.
A possessive who possesses called
A
showing owner
is
person
or
my house.
tells us
who
is
the
possessor
of the
noun
ENGLISH
Here
is a
list of the
Singular
possessor
1 st
possessive adjectives:
person
my
2nd person)
your
3rd person) Plural
{
masculine
his
feminine
her
neuter)
its)
possessor
1 st
our
person 2nd person 3rd
your
their)
person)
Possessive
of the adjectives never changetheir form,regardless only refer to the possessor.
thing
they
possessed;
Is
that
your
house?
Are those your
keys?
house.
Yes, it is my Yes,
they
are my keys.
the objects The same possessive adjective(my) is used, although in is is are different number (house keys singular, plural). possessed color is John's What car? His car is blue. What color is Mary's car? Her car is blue. the
Although tive singular,
is
different Mary
possessed because the
object
feminine
same (car), the possessive adjecis different masculine (John possessor is the
singular).)))
WHAT IS A
and
97)
ADJECTIVE?
FRENCH
IN
Like but
POSSESSIVE
a French possessive adjective refersto the possessor, it must agree, like all French adjectives,in gender English, number with the noun it modifies, that is, the personor English,
unlike
object
possessed. For
example,
the
possessive
my, while which is
in the
mon frere (my brother) the first letterof to the 1st personsingular possessor
phrase
m- refers
adjective
the ending -on is masculine singular.
my brother
masculinesingularto agree Let us see when happens
with
what
plural.
[love
brothers.
my
mes freres.
J'aime
endings
\037asc.pl.
1 st
pers. sing.
possessor)
Let us look at the Frenchpossessive adjectives formed. Because the rulesfor the selection from the for a singular possessoraredifferent
possessiveadjectives Frenchpossessive
for
plural
adjectives
Singular In French,
Possessor:
3. the
into
possessors, these two
my, your (tu
each of these possessive
depending on the gender and 1. the mascul ine singular 2. the feminine singular plural
(the
Here are the stepsyou
of the
same for both
genders)
follow
of possessive rules for the we
1. Indicatethe possessor
with
adjective. my
m-)
your
t-)
(tn fonn)
his
her
s-)))
}
the
they are
how
see
adjectives
selection of have the divided the
groups.)
form),
his,
her,
Its
ves has three noun possessed:
adjecti
number
should
to
in choosing
the correct
sive adjective.
its)
frere,
we make
first
letter
of the
forms
posses-
possessive
WHA T IS A POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVE?)
98
2.
according to
the ending
Choose
the genderand
of the
number
possessed.
.
noun
is masculine
possessed
beginning Helene
with
a vowel
lit mon
livre. I
masc.
Helene
lit
Helene
lit son
ton
singular
or feminine
Helen reads my
book. I
. noun
sing.
livre.)
Helenreads
her
Paul meetsmy
mon arnie.
friend. I
noun possessed
fern.
sing. with vowel begins
rencontre
.
noun
consonant
\037
lit ma
Paul
ton arnie.
Paulmeets
Paul meetshis (her)friend.
friend.
your
beginning
singular
lettre.
Paul
reads my letter.
I
lit ta
Paul
Paull it . noun
sa
I
noun
sing.
your letter.
Paul reads
lettre.)
Paul reads
his
Helen
my books.
reads
I
masc.
lit tes
Paul
letter.)
(her)
-es)
add
livres.
lit mes
singular
possessed
lettre.
possessed is plural \037
Helene
a
with
-8)
add
fern.
singular
son arnie. is feminine
possessed
book.)
(his)
I
Paul
singular
possessed
your book.
Helen reads
Paul rencontre
singular
-on)
add
livre.
rencontre
Paul
\037
I
noun
pI.)
lettres.
Paul
reads
possessed
your
plural)
letters.)
I
fern.
Elle
lit ses
pI.
She is reading her (his)
livres. I
masc.
the proper
3. Select
Let us
apply the is
Paul
looking
books.)
pI.)
form accordingto the two
steps
above.
above steps to someexamples: at his
mother.
1. Possessor:s-
2.
Noun
possessed:
3. Selection:sa
Paul regardesa mere.)))
La mere
(mother) is feminine singular.
noun
IS A POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVE?
WHAT
99)
Paul is lookingat hisfather.
1.
: s-
Possessor
possessed: Le pere (father)
2. Noun
is masculine
singular.
son
3. Selection:
Paul regardeson pere.) Possessor:
Plural
In French,
depending same
for
. noun
possessed is singular\037
lis
fille.
Pierre et Mariesont
daufhter. noun possessed
\037
nos
or leurs)
vos,
nos,
Peter
enfants.
and Mary
are our children. I
noun
Helene lit vos
singular
Paul reads your letter. They read their letter.
is plural
possessed
genders).
our
is
Mary
both
or leur
votre,
notre,
lettre
leur
lisent
two forms 1. the singular(the
has only
plural (the samefor
lettre.
lit votre
Paul
noun
and 2. the
genders),
Marie est notre
.
adjectives possessive of the noun possessed:
number
the
both
these
of
each
on
their
(vous form),
your
our,
livres.
Helen reads
Elles lisent leurs lettres.)
plural
your books.
their
read
They
possessed
letters.)
Careful
the subjectand the not necessarily match. It all dependson what In French
and in English,
Avez-vous moo livre? I
Also, decide
I
Do you
have
you
1st
2Ad
st \037
pers.
pers.)
pers.
pers.)
whether
you write a sentence it is appropriate to
with the possessiveadjectiveyour, use the tu form or the vous form in
French. Then makesurethat every right form, including the verb. \"You
either \"1\\1 lis 18lettre\"
or
\"Vous
to say.)
want book?
my
2nd
before
do
adjective
possessive
lisez
word
that
are
reading
votre
refers your
lettre.\)
to
\"you\"
is
in the
letter\" would
be
1 00
IS A POSSESSIVE
WHAT
ADJECTIVE?)
Summary
is a
Here
chart you can useas a reference.) Noun
Possessor
possessed
Singular
Plural
mon
mes
mon
mes
ma
mes
ton
tes
ton
tes
fern.
ta
tes
masc.
son
ses
fem.+ vowel
son
ses
fern.)
sa
ses)
our
notre
nos
your
votre
vos
leur
leurs)
Singular
masc. fern. + vowel fern.
my)
your
masc.
(Iu form))
fern.
his, her,
its)
+ vowel
Plural
(vous
form)
the ir
\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037REVIEW
\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037
below. possessive adjectives in the sentences arrow from the possessive adjectiveto the noun it modifies. of the possessive number adjective: singular (8) or plural (P). in this section, fill in the French possessive adjective in the charts French sentences below. the
Circle
. Draw an . Circlethe
.
Using
the
1. I took my
home.
books
POSSESSIVE ADJECfIVE J'ai
2.
IN
livres a la
pris borrowed
Mary
(familiar)
your
IN FRENCH:
ADJECfIVE
POSSESSIVE
Marie a
our
4. Your
clothes
p)
s)
p)
s)
p)
s)
p)))
maison. car. feminine
mother.)
POSSESSIVE ADJECfIVE
ressemble
s)
voiture.
emprunte
3. Paul lookslike Paul
masculine
FRENCH:
IN
mere.
a are
feminine
FRENCH:
expensive.
POSSESSIVEADJECfIVE vetements
IN FRENCH:
masculine
sont chers.)
IS AN INTERROGATIVE
WHAT
WHAT IS AN
31.
An Interrogative about a noun.) IN
ADJECTIVE?
101)
ADJECTIVE?)
INTERROGATIVE
is a word that asks for moreinformation
adjective
ENGLISH
The
words come
they
are called interrogativeadjectiveswhen and areusedto ask a questionabout that
which and what in front of a noun
noun.
are
courses
What
IN
is teaching the course?
teacher
Which
you taking?)
FRENCH
one interrogative adjective quel which to agree changes and number with the noun it modifies. Therefore, in order to book\" or \"what dress\" in French, you start by determining say \"which the genderand number of the word book or dress.
There
is only
in gender
Noun
is masculine
modified
Livre
(book)
so the
word
What
Noun
Iivres
Quels
Oil
sont
Livres
(books)
so the
word
What
singular, must be masculinesingular.
table?
the
is masculine
modified
plural \037 sur la table?
plural, must be masculineplural.
table?
Noun modifiedis femininesingular Quelle
robe
word for
Which dress Noun
modified Quelles
quelle
are you
singular.
plural
\037
queUes
voulez-vous?
word for
Which dresses
be feminine
wearing?
is feminine robes
singular, must
\"which\"
Robes (dresses)is feminine
so the
\037
portez-vous?
Robe (dress) is feminine
so the
quels
is masculine for \"what\"
are on the
books
quel
is masculine for \"what\"
is
book
\037
sur la table?
vre est
Quelli
singular
\"which\"
do you
plural, must
want?)))
be feminine
plural.
WHAT IS AN
102
ADJECTIVE?)
INTERROGATIVE
above, the interrogativeadjectiveimmediately preThis is not always the case. As you will from the noun it can be separate see below, the interrogative adjective because the interrogative modifies. You must learn to find that noun, adjective agrees with it no matter where it is placed in the sentence.
In the
sentences
cedes
the noun
it modifies.
address?
is your
What
To establish Quelle
which
can
sentence
the
est votre
word the interrogative be restructured to read:
adjective modifies, \"What
is yours?\"
address
adresse?
I
I I
fern.
sing.)
are his favorite
What
To establish
which
can
sentence
the
programs?
the interrogative adjective modifies, be 'restructured to read: \"What are his programs word
favorites?\"
ses programmespreferes?
Quels soot I
I I
masc.
pI.)
Careful
The
word
tence
what is
not
on
the
is
\"What
that
important
are used
an Interrogative
and
Pronoun?, p. 138.))
\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037REVIEW
interrogative
an arrow
\302\267 Indicate \302\267 Fill
\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037
below. adjectives in the sentences from the interrogative adjective to the noun it modifies. if the noun modified is singular (8) or plural (P). the French interrogative adjective in the French sentences below.
the
Circle \302\267 Draw
is
table?\"
distinguish
you
words
different
In the seninterrogative adjective. it is an interrogative pronoun. It one from the other, becausein French rules. is What (See they follow different an
always
in
1. Which NOUN
courses are you
MODIFIED IN cours
2. What NOUN
is your
FRENCH:
masculine)
s)
p)
s)
p)))
suivez-vous?
favorite
MODIFIED IN
taking?
city? FRENCH:
est ta
feminh,e
ville preferee?)
WHAT
32.
ADJECTIVE?)
DEMONSTRATIVE
A
IS
WHAT
adjective is a word usedto point out
A demonstrative
103)
ADJECTIVE?
IS A DEMONSTRATIVE
or an
a person
object. IN
ENGLISH
demonstrative
The
are this
adjectives
the plural. They in noun number with the agreeing and those in
these
that
and
to those
changes
cat
that man)
and
singular
of adjectives
they modify: this changes to when they modify a plural noun.)
these
cats
those
men)
This and these referto a personor objectnear from and those refer to a personor objectaway IN
the
in
examples
these
Plural
Singular
this
and that rare
are
the
the
speaker,
and
that
speaker.)
FRENCH
in gender
say the
to agree one demonstrative adjective ce which changes and number with the noun it modifies. Therefore, in order to or \"this dress\" in French, you start by determining book\" and number of the word bookor dress.
is only
There
\"that
gender
Noun
is masculine
modified
livre
Ce
Livre
est sur (book)
singular
is masculine
modified Cet
with
begins
is feminine
modified Cette
robe
singular.
table.
singular and starts with is masculine
is
word
\"this\" must
cette
est jolie.
word for
This (or that)
a vowel
\037
singular. for
large.
singular \037
Robe (dress)is feminine so the
be masculine
a vowel, the
This (or that) apartment Noun
\037
est grand.
appartement it
a consonant
singular,
Appartement (apartment) Since
with
la table. is masculine
so the word for \"this\" must This (or that) bookis on the Noun
and starts
\"this\"
singular, must
dress is pretty.)))
be feminine
singular.
be cet.
cet
ce
WHAT IS A
104
ADJECTIVE?)
DEMONSTRATIVE
Cette Am\037ricaioe \037tudie Ie fran\037ais. Americaine (American girl) is feminine must be feminine so the word for \"this\"
girl is studying
This (or that) American is plural
modified
Noun
soot sur
livres
Ces
Livres
so
ces
la table. must be plural.
for \"those\"
word
These (or those)booksareon To distinguish
what is far
after the noun: noun
the
that
French.
is plural,
(books)
the
\037
singular,
singular.
the
table.
between what is closeto the from the speaker(that, those), from the
these)
-Ia can
from
be added
is close to the speaker;-Ia
speaker.
Ces livres-cisoot These books (here)are chers;
and
-ci
the noun
that
indicates
-ci
is far
(this,
speaker
ces
livres-Ia
expensive;
oe soot those
books
pas chers. (there)
are not
expensive.) \037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037REVIEW
Circle
demonstrative
an arrow
\302\267 Circle \302\267 Fill
below. adjectives in the sentences from the demonstrative adjectiveto the noun it modifies. if the noun modified is singular (8) or plural (P). sentences below.) the French demonstrative adjective in the French
the
\302\267 Draw
\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037
in
1. They NOUN
prefer that
restaurant.
MODIFIED
IN
FRENCH:
masculine
s)
p)
s)
p)
s)
p)
restaurant.
Ils preferent
2. This testis toohard. NOUN
IN FRENCH:
MODIFIED
examen est
3.Thesehouses
are
NOUN
MODIFIED maisons
masculine
trop difficile.
expensive. IN
FRENCH:
sont
feminine)
cheres.)))
WHAT IS MEANT
33. We
I
quality.
105)
nouns have the same and we want to indi-
of these nounshas a greater,lesser,orequaldegreeof
that one
cate this
color,
size,
(height,
quality
two or more characteristic), any
when
adjectives
compare
OF ADJECTIVES?
OF ADJECTIVES?)
BY COMPARISON
MEANT
IS
WHAT
BY COMPARISON
comparison of adjectives I I
I
but Mary
is tall
Paul
I
is taller. I
adjective
adjective
modifies
modifies
Paul
Mary)
and in French there are two superlative.)
in English and comparative Both
types
of
comparison:
Comparative
The comparative same
quality
one or
that
person or
in another person or thing.Thecomparison the otherhas more,less,or the same amount
thing with
the
indicate
can
of the quality.)
ENGLISH
IN
Let's
the three
go over
Greaterdegree-
The
short
is prettier
. more
of the
the length
+ than
Paul is tallerthan Mary
degree (more) is formed adjective beingcompared:
of greater
comparison
+ -er
adjective
degrees of comparison:
on
depending
differently
.
of one
a quality
compares
Mary. than
sister.
her
+ longer adjective+ than is more
Paul
My car
intelligent
than Mary.
is more expensivethan
car.
your
lesserdegree(less)is
-
The comparisonof degree not as + adjective as, or less+ adjective
Lesser follows:
Paul My
is not as tall car
is less
Equal degree follows: as + Paul
formed
as
formed
as
+ than
as Mary.
expensive
than
your
car.
- The comparisonof equaldegree(same)
is
adjective+ as
is as
tall as
Mary.
My car is as expensiveas your for conlparing Iln English and in French, the structure same as the structure for comparing adjectives.)))
car.)
adverbs
(see What Is an Adverb?,
p.
109) is the
WHAT IS MEANT
106
OF ADJECTIVES?)
BY COMPARISON
FRENCH
IN
are
There
English. and tive
and
as in the same three degrees of comparisonof adjectives Remember that, in French, agreement betweenthe adjective
required. However, since a comparativeadjecthan one noun, it always agreesin gender
is always
noun
the
more
always
describes
number
with the
subject.
Greater degree - Thecomparison
lows:plus
+
(more)
Paul est
Lesserdegree-
moins(less)+
adjective
The
+
adjective
is
degree
is formed
as follows:
que
active que Paul. I with Marie
comparison
adjective
as
of equal degreeis formedas follows:
+ que
active que Paul.
est aussi
Marie
as fol-
less active than Paul. - The
Mary
of lesser
comparison
agrees
degree
is formed
with Paul
est moins
Mary is Equal
degree
que Marie. plus actif I agrees
aussi(as)+
greater
mOTeactive than Mary.
Paul is
Marie
of
+ que
active
as Paul.)
Superlative
The superlativeis usedto stressthe quality. go over
the two
Greatestdegreeently the
depending + short
the
The
lowest
degrees
of a
adjective
of highest
superlative
of the
My most
+ long
cheapest on the market. adjective
Mary is the most most
intelligent. expensive
of
degree
adjective:
+ -est
smartest.
car is the
His caris the
degrees of the superlative.
the length
on
Mary is the
.
and
ENGLISH
IN
Let's
.
highest
all.)))
is formed
differ-
IS MEANT BY COMPARISON
WHAT
Lowest
- The superlativeof lowest
degree
is the leastexpensiveof all.)
His car IN
as fol-
active.
least
the
is
Paul
is formed
degree
lows: the least+ adjective
107)
OF ADJECTIVES?
FRENCH
same two degrees of the superlative.
are the
There
Greatestdegreelows:Ie,la, les described)
The
(depending
on the
+ plus
(most) +
adjective.
Marieest la plus active I
de
degree is formed as foland number of the noun gender
of highest
superlative
or
la famille.
I
I
feln.
sing.
is the
Mary
est Ie
Paul I
most active
in
the
family.)
plus grand.
I I
masc.
sing.
tallest.)
is the
Paul
Marieet Paul
sont
I
les I
plus
intelligents
de la classe.
I
Inasc.
Mary Lowest lows:
pI.
and Paul
degree Ie, la, or
are the most intelligentin
est
I
class.
- The superlativeoflowestdegreeis formed
les (dependingon
described)+ moins(less)+ Paul
the
Ie moins
the
and
gender
number
as
of the
fol-
noun
adjective.
actif de la classe.
I I
Inasc.
Paul
SlOg.
is the
least active
in
the
classe.)
Careful
In English comparison adjective
and in French, a few adjectiveshave irregular which you will have to memorizeindividually. Cette
pomme
est bonne.
pomme
est meilleure.
This apple is good. comparative
Cette
This apple superlative
Cette
pomme
is better. est la
meilleure.
This apple is the best.)))
forms
of
WHAT IS MEANT
108
BY COMPARISON
OF ADJECTIVES?)
\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037REVIEW
the superlative
I. Underline
\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037
and comparativeadjectives in
the
sentences
below.
from the adjective to the noun it modifies. of degrees comparison: superlative (8), comparative degree (C+), comparative of equal degree(C=),or comparative degree (C-).
an arrow
\302\267 Draw \302\267 Circle
the
greater lesser
1. The 2.
He
3.
Mary
various
teacher is olderthan
is less is
the
intelligent than I
as tall
students.)
am.
c+
S
c+ c=
S c+
as Paul.
c=
S
c-
5.
S
c+ c=
student
than
Mary.)))
c-
c=
c+
a better
c-
c-
S
is
of
c=
4. That boy is the worst in the school. Paul
of
c-)
WHAT
WHAT IS
34.
AN
ADVERB?)
is a word that describes a verb, an It indicates quantity, time, place, intensity,
adverb
An
adverb.
109)
IS AN ADVERB?
or
another
or
adjective,
1
manner.
drives well.
Mary
I
I
adverb)
verb
The house
is very big. I
I
adverb
The girl ran
adjective)
too quickly. I
I
adverb)
adverb
IN ENGLISH
are different
There
.
adverbs and
common with
answer
of manner
verbs
ad
types of adverbs: the question
usually easy
to
how? They
are
they end
because
recognize
most
the
-ly.
beautifully.
sings
Mary
the verb
describes
Beautifully
They parked the
you
how
Mary
tells
you
how
the car
car carefully. the verb
describes
Carefully
sings-it tells
parked-it
sings.)
was
parked.)
.
of
adverbs
of
adverbs
He will . adverbs The IN
well
does
Paul
.
quantity
time come
or degree enough
answer
answer the
in class.
the question
when?
soon.
of place answerthe question old were left behind.)
where?
FRENCH
memorize most adverbs can be recognized the by ending to the English ending-lYe) You
question how much?
will
have to
of manner
as
vocabulary.
which
-ment
11n English and in French, the structure for con1paring adverbs is the same adjectives (see What L4iMeant by Comparison of Adjectives?, p. 105).)))
as
Most
adverbs
corresponds
the structure for comparing
WHAT IS AN
110
The
ADVERB?)
joliment
beautifully
generalement
generally
heureusement
happily
fact important this means that
most
invariable:
for you to rememberis that adverbs they never becomeplural,nor dothey
are have
gender.)
or AdJective?
Adverb
must Because adverbs are invariableand adjectives agree with the noun they modify, you must be able to distinguish one from the other. make sure that adjecWhen you write a sentence in French, always and that adverbs tives agree with the nounsor pronouns they modify remain unchanged.
The tall girltalked modifies
Tall
verb talked; I
it is an
girl;
boy talked
Le grand
Rapidly
modifies
the
modifies
the
adverb.
is an
rapidly.
gar\037on
boy; it is an adjective. how he talked; it
adverb.
I adverb)
sing.
in English
that
Rapidly is an
rapidement.
parlait
I
Remember
it
adverb)
the noun Tall modifies verb talked; it describes
masc.
adjective.
she talked;
how
describes
sing.
tall
The
noun
fille parlait rapidement. I
La grande fern.
it
rapidly.
the
good is
an
well
adjective;
is an
adverb.
The student writes goodEnglish. modifies
Good
The student
English;
the verb
writes;
in French bon is an adverb meaningwell.
Likewise,
The
students
good
speak
French
well. I
bons etudiants I
pI.
adverb)
Ie fran\037ais. parlent bien I adverb)))
an adverb.)
meaning
adjective
adjective
masc.
an adjective.)
is therefore
is therefore
it
I
Les
it
writes well.
modifies
Well
the noun
good;
bien
is the
WHAT
IS AN ADVERB?
\037\037\037\037\037\037..\037.\037\037.\037.\037.\037 \037..\037.\037..\037\037\037\037\037\037\037.REVIEW
Circle
the
adverbs
in
the
sentences
below.
\302\267 Draw
an arrow
from the adverb to the word
1. The
students
arrived early.
2. Paul learnedthe 3. The 4.
He
5.
Mary
lesson
really
it
modifies.)
quickly.
students were tootiredto study. has a is
reasonably secure
a good
student
income.
who speaks
French very
well.)))
111)
WHAT IS A
112
CONJUNCTION?)
is a
A conjunction IN
IS
WHAT
35.
word
CONJUNCTION?)
A
words
links
that
or groups
of words.)
ENGLISH
There
and kinds of conjunctions:coordinating
are two
join words, phrases, and clausesthat elements of equal rank.The majorcoordinating but, or, nor, for, and yet.
coordinate
they
are
conjunctions
and,
or evil
good
over the river and through They invited us, but we
woods
the
couldn't
go.
conjunctions join a dependent clauseto a main introduced one clause to another. A clause
Subordinating subordinate
they
clause. ordinating conjunction is called subordinate are before, after,since, nating conjunctions a
Typical
although,
while,
so that,
unless,
are
conjunctions
Coordinating equal;
subordinating.
sub-
subordi-
because,
if,
beginning
of
invited, we didn't go.
we were
Although
by a
when.
and
that,
clause;
I
I
I
subordinating
m \037 in
conjunction
clause)
They left
because
they
were
bored.
YI main
subordinating
clause
conjunction)
he was tired.
He said that
I..
Y
main
subordinatIng
clause
conj
the subordinate
that
Notice
the sentence IN
unction)
or
after
the
main
clause may come
either at
the
clause.)
FRENCH
must
Conjunctions that,
like
they
never
adverbs change
be memorized and their
prepositions, fonn).)))
as vocabulary items. Remember conjunctions are invariable (Le.,
WHAT
\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037.\037\037.\037\037\037\037REVIEW
Circle
the
coordinating
and
subordinating
IS A CoNJUNCTION?
\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037
in the
conjunctions
sentences
below. \302\267 Underline
the
words
each conjunction serves to
coordinateor to
subordinate.)
1. Mary
and Paul
were going to study
2. She
did not study because she was
3. Not
only had
or Spanish.
French too
he forgottenhis ticket,but
passport as well.)))
113)
tired. he
had
forgotten
his
WHAT IS A
114
PREPOSITION?)
PREPOSITION?)
A
the relationship of one word (usuword in the sentence.The noun or the preposition is calledthe objectof the preposifollowing phrase.) preposition plus its objectis calleda prepositional
a noun
ally
word
is a
A preposition
pronoun tion. The
IS
WHAT
36.
shows
that
to another
or pronoun)
IN ENGLISH
Prepositions .
normally indicate
Paul was in Mary
.
car.
the
put the
books on the table. direction
showing
prepositions
Mary
went to
The students
school. came
. prepositionshowing French
people
class.
go on
vacation in August. to eat.
went
prepositions are singlewords:
because
of
due to IN
from
directly time
Beforeclass,they Not all
position
showing
prepositions
position, direction,ortime.
in front
of
in
of
spite
instead of on account
of)
FRENCH
will have and use must
You
to memorize prepositionsas vocabulary. be carefully studied.Thereare two
Their
meaning
things
important
to
remember:
1. Prepositions areinvariable.Thismeansthat form. (They never becomeplural,nordo they 2. Prepositions ently. Do not
are tricky. Every assume that the
in English,or even
oneis used
in
English
that
a preposition (and
uses
language
same
vice
preposition
will be
versa).)))
never
they have
their
change
a gender.
prepositions
is used in
) differ-
French as
used in French when
IS A PREPOSITION?
WHAT
French
English
Change to be
angry
of
preposition etre
with
ition
No
to wait/or
(in)
preposition
regarder)
No Preposition
Preposition
to telephone
t\037l\037phoner
to ask
will
a
demander a
(someone)
dictionary
(against)
I 'avion)
attendre
to look at)
A
fach\037 contre
etredans
to be on the plane Prepos
115)
give you
usually
the verb plus the preposition when
is required.)
one
Careful
Do not translate an Englishverb French equivalent. (Seep. 24.))
+
\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037REVIEW
Circle
the
1. The
prepositions
The
had
teacher to
Contrary
The
the
following
students didn't understand
2. His family
3. 4. 5.
in
garden
come
from
with
preposition
a word-for-word
\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037
sentences.) what
Paris the
the
lesson
was about.
year before we had.
walked
around
the room
as she talked.
popular
opinion
he was
a good student.
between
the two
houses was
very
small.)))
WHAT ARE
116
OBJECTS?)
Every sentenceconsists,at is calledthe sentence base. Children
ARE OBJECTS?)
WHAT
37.
the
very
of a
least,
subject and a verb.This
play.
Work stopped.
The subjectof the
or pronouns
or pronoun.Many which are relatedto the
to a preposition. These nouns
verb or
of the
action
nouns
other
a noun
is usually
base
sentence
contain
sentences
or
are
pronouns
called objects.
Paul writes a letter. I
I
He
I
verb
subject
to Mary.
speaks I
object)
I
I
verb
subject Paul
out with
goes
I
object)
I
Mary.
I
verb
subject
I
preposition
object
study the threetypes of objects rect object,and object of a preposition.) We will
direct object,
separately:
indi-
Direct Object) ENGLISH
IN
A direct
is a
object
noun or pronoun
verb directly, without
lowing what?
Paul
or
noun
the verb.
writes a letter. Paul writes what? A letter is the direct
They They
see Paul see
this section,
Voice?,p. 85.))))
we will
the
receives
It answers
the verb
of the and the fol-
action
the question whom?or
1)
A letter.
object.)
and Mary.
whom?
Paul and Mary
1In
object.
pronoun
after
asked
or
that
between
a preposition
consider
Paul and Mary. the two direct
are
objects.)
active sentences only (see What is Meant
by
Active
and Passive
WHAT
Paul sees
well.
sees
what?
Paul
Paul sees
117)
No answer. answer.)
No
whom?
which comesright the direct It the matically object. must answer Do not
ARE OBJECTS?
assume that any word
after
a verb
question
is autowhat? or
whom?
There is no directobjectin the sentence. Well is an adverb; it answers the question:Paul sees how? Verbs can be classified as to whether or not they take a direct object. . a transitive verb is a verb which takes a direct object.It is indicated V.t. (verb
abbreviation
the
by
The boy
ball.
the
threw I
I
direct
transitive \302\267 an
is a
verb
Intransitive
is indicatedby
transitive) in dictionaries.
object)
verb that
does
not
v.i. (verb
abbreviation
the
require
a direct
intransitive)
object. It
in the
dictio-
nary.
is
Paul
sleerillg. intransitive)
IN
FRENCH
As in
English,
action of the verb tion qui? (wIuJm?)
lis
a direct object is a without
directly,
rencontrent
or
or pronoun a preposition. It
noun
asked after
(what?)
quoi?
that receives the answers the ques-
the verb.
et Marie.
Paul
No preposition separates\"Paul from the verb \"rencontrent.\" meet Paul and Mary. They
et Marie\"
Paul prend Ie livre. No
from
separates
preposition
the verb
\"Ie
livre\"
\"prend.\"
Paul takes the book. As
with
depending
verbs, English on whether
French verbs can be transitiveor intransitive or not they are followedby a direct object.)))
WHAT ARE
118
OBJECTS?)
Indirect
IN
ENGLISH
indirect
An
the verb
indirectly,
the
with
indirect
painting
after
the
verb.
object.) museum.
the
to
The museum. object.)
what?
to
painting
The museum
indirect
is the
FRENCH
an indirect
in English,
As
the action of
the verb
the
Paul parlefA son Paul
fA
receives
relating it
a qui?
are always
(to whom?) or a quoi(to indirect objectsareeasy to preceded
by. the
preposi-
brother.
)'examen.
about the exam.)
is thinking
Sentences sentence
which
a (to)
or
frere.
speaks to his
II pense He
pronoun
the preposition
Nouns that are
because they
in French
identify . , tlon a.
with
question
the verb.
after
asked
what?)
object is a noun
indirectly,
to the verb. It answers
IN
what? asked
of
the verb. It
Her friends.
to whom?
Her friends is the
A
it to
her friends.
She spoke to
He gave the He gave a
or to
action
the
receives
to relating
preposition
whom?
to
question
Shespoke
or pronounwhich
is a noun
object
answersthe
IN
Object)
both a
contain
may
a
With
Direct
and
Indirect
direct object and
an
Object indirect
object.)
ENGLISH
a sentence has both a direct and an indirect object, the following two word ordersarepossible: 1.subject (S) + verb (V) + indirect object (10)+ directobject(DO) When
Paul
Who gave
Paul is the Paul
DO
10
v
A gift
a gift.
his sister
gave
S
a gift? Paul. subject.
gave what?
is
the
direct
A
gift.
object.)))
WHAT ARE
Paul gave a gift H is sisteris the 2. subject
+ verb
Paul
S
to whom? indirect
there
identify its function questions
IN
than
the
establish
to
object
sister 10
first structure, under is no \"to\" preceding
The
His sister.
+ directobject+ to+ indirect DO
V
119)
object.)
a gift to his
gave
OBJECTS?
1, is the mostcommon. However,
because
more difficult to in the second structure. Be sure to ask the function of words in a sentence.) the
indirect
object,
it is
FRENCH
There
one word
is only
direct and an word
indirect
Paul a
donne un
S Paul
+ verb
subject
order):
gave his
+ direct a sa
contains both a objects follow a different
a sentence
(pronoun
object + it
+ indirect
object
soeur. 10
sister a gift.
a gift
gave
cadeau
noun
DO
V
Paul
order possiblewhen
object
to his
sister.)
Object of a Preposition) IN
ENGLISH
of a preposition is a noun or pronounthat receives the the verb through a preposition otherthan to. (Objects of the indirect It answers above.) preposition to are discussedunder objects An
object action of
the question whom? or what? Paul works for Paul Mary
asked
after
the preposition.
Mary.
for whom? For Mary. the object of the preposition
works is
for.)
The baby eats with a spoon. The baby eats with what? With a spoon. A spoon is the object of the preposition IN
with.)
FRENCH
or pronoun that receives the object of a preposition is a noun action of the verb througha preposition other than a (to). It answers the question qui? (whom?) or quoi? asked after the preposi(what?)
An
tion.)))
WHAT ARE
120
OBJECTS?)
travaille
Paul
Marie.
pour
Paul worksfor Mary. Le
eats with
a
spoon.)
Careful
a verb and its object is often
The relationship between and French. For English
example, a verb may
preposition in English but in
that
French when
some of the
1. objectof I am
a
that
differences
in English
preposition
object
of a
or a direct object
you \037
are likely
direct
object
indicate
p. 24).
to encounter. in French
lookingfor the book.
I am
Object of a preposition The book. of the preposition for.)
in English:
Function
what?
looking/or
The book is the Je
an
take
in French,
object
Your textbook, as well as dictionaries,will verb needs a preposition beforean object (see
verbs. a French
Here are
close
pay
you
a direct
in
different
object in French. For this reason,it is imporattention to such differenceswhen learn you
an indirect
but
English
tant
cuillere.
une
avec
b\037b\037 mange
The baby
object
cherche IeIivre. Direct
in French:
Function
object
J e cherche quo;?Le livre. Le livre is a direct object since chercheris not
by a
followed
preposition.)
Many common verbs require an indirect object in English but a direct objectin French. preposition
ecouter
to
to listen
to lookat
regarder
to wait
for
attendre
for
payer
to pay
2. directobjectin
\037 indirect
English
She phones herfriendsevery Function
Shephones
or
in English:
Her friends
whom?
is the
object day.
Direct object
Her direct
friends. object.)))
in French
an
object
of
a
WHAT ARE
ses amis tous
t\037lephone a
Elle
Indirect
in French:
Function
les jours.
object
Elle telephonea qui? A ses amis. The verb is telephoner a and takes
an indirect
object.
common verbs requirea directobjectin rect object in French. A few
to obey
obeir
to resemble
ressembler a
3. directobjectin
of a
the Mary'sparentsremember
in English:
Function
Mary'sparents
Function
direct
in
is se
verb
prepos iti Here
is another
lish and
an
la guerre.
de
souvenir
de and it
De la guerre. for the
an object
requires
common verb whichrequiresa of a
preposition
direct
in Eng-
object
in French.
entrer
dans)
the function
identify
Always
se souviennent
de.)
on
object
to enter
The war.
what?
of preposition Object se souviennent de quoi?
French:
Les parents de Marie The
war.
object.)
de Marie
Les parents
preposition in French
Direct object
remember
The war is the
an indi-
and
English
a
\037 object
English
121)
OBJECTS?
you are working; do not
mix
of a
word within patterns
English
the
language
in which
into French.)
Summary
The different types of objectsin looking to seeif they are introduced
by a
can
be identified
preposition
and, if so,
by by
one.
which
Direct
object without
directly,
- An object which receivesthe actionoftheverb a preposition.
Indirect object - An through
rectly,
Object verb
a sentence
the
a preposition
receives
the action
of the verb indi-
to.
preposition
of a preposition -
through
which
object
object
which
other than
to.)))
An
receives
the action
of the
WHAT ARE
122
OBJECTS?)
to recognize the three types Your ability French pronouns, for instance, a different
lish
him
pronoun
indirect
an
depending
Find
the
objects
\302\267 Next \302\267 Circle
the
objectof
is used
for the
Engdirect object(Ie) or
(Iui).)
object
to Q, to A,
With
is essential.
objects
him is a
on whether
\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037REVIEW
\302\267 Next
of
pronoun
in
the
sentences
below:
write the question you write the answer to the kind of object it is: direct
a preposition
\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037.\037
need
to ask
question
object
to
find
the
object.
asked. (DO), indirect object (10)or you just
(OP).
children took a shower.)
1. The Q:
A:
2. They
ate the
meal with
their
DO)
10)
OP)
DO)
10)
OP)
DO)
10)
OP)
DO)
10)
OP)
DO)
10)
OP)))
friends.
Q:
A:
Q: A:)
3. He
sent a present to his brother.)
Q:
A:
Q:
A:)
WHAT
WHAT IS AN
38.
123)
PRONOUN?)
OBJECT
pronoun is a pronoun usedas an
An object
PRONOUN?
IS AN OBJECT
of a
object
verb or
a prepo-
sition.)
IN
ENGLISH
Pronouns
used as We
Verb noun tion. The
use
according to their
change
subjects are studiedin
Conjugation?, is either a direct
What
is a
the
Subject
we conjugate
when
pronouns
subject
in
function
sentence.
Pronouns
p. 32.
Pronoun?,
verbs (see What
is
p. 36). Object pronounsareusedwhen
a pro-
object,indirectobject,or object a preposiObjects?, p. 116.) the object pronoun is different from the form of subbut the same form pronoun is usedas direct object, of
(See What are of
form
the
a
pronoun, indirect object,
ject
or an object of a preposition.) Subject)
Object)
Singular 1 st person 2nd person) 3rd
person)
{
I
me
you
you
he
him
she
her
it)
it)
Plural 1 st person 2nd person 3rd
person)
She
saw
we
us
you
you
they)
them)
me. I
direct
I lent
Iny
object car
\037
object
pronoun)
to him. I
indirect
They
object
went out
\037
with
pronoun)
object her. I
object
In English,
of a preposition
the object
\037
object
pronoun is always
pronoun) placed
after
the verb.)))
a
124
IS AN OBJECT
WHAT
PRONOUN?)
IN FRENCH
As in English, the pronouns used as ones used as objects. Unlike English,however,
subjects
ferent object pronounis used
and object of a preposition. of analyze the function
each
You
will
object
in
pronoun
have
you
that
Remember type
of
objects
can choosethe
placed
the
before
verb.
French DirectObjectPronouns to establish that the French verb takesa directobject. and French verbs don't always takethe same English and
the type of
establish
direct, indirect, to learn how to
so that you
In French, the object pronouns are usually Consult your textbook for the rules.)
First,
a dif-
cases
many
of object: therefore have kind
form.
French
correct
an
for
the
from
different
are
working in French
that when
object taken by
French
the
verb
you
have
will
(see p.
to
120).
Let us look at the Frenchdirectobjectpronouns to see how they are selected. Since the rulesfor the selection of 1 st and 2nd persondirect are different from the rules for the selectionof 3rd objectpronouns direct we have divided the Frenchdirect object person pronouns,
object
pronouns
into
these
two
categories:
1 st and 2nd PersonsSingular and Plural (me, you, and us) 1 st or 2nd person are merely The direct objectpronoun of the a question of memorization. Select the form need from the chart below you and place it beforethe verb.)
Direct
Subject
object
je
me
tu
te)
DOUS
nons
VOUS)
vons)
Si ngular
1 st
person
2nd person
PIural 1 st
person
2nd person)
our examples, we have chosena verb which in English and in French, the verb to see (voir).))) object both
To simplify
takes
a direct
WHAT
Paul sees
1.Identify 2. What
IS AN OBJECT
125)
PRONOUN?
you. to see
verb:
the
French
is the
3. Doesthe
French
4. Function
of pronoun
equivalent: voir require a preposition before an in French: direct object
verb
No.
object:
5. Selection:te or vous te voit.
Paul
Paul vons
voit.
in a nous and vous can be either the subject or the object and is sometimes confusing, particularly since both subject before the verb in are French. It is object pronouns placed important that you do not think of nous and vous only as subjects. In case of look at the verb. Remember that verbs agree with their doubt, subject. If nous is the subject, the verb will end in .ons; if it doesn't, nous is an object of somekind.Thesame is true with vous. If it is the subject of the verb, the ending of regular verbs will be.ez.)
The fact that sentence
nons
Vous
Nous cannot
voyez be
tous
les jours. because the verb voir
the subject
of voyez can only object pronoun.
The
subject
3rd Person
Therefore,
doesn't end in DOUS
must
-ODS.
be an
us everyday.
see
You
vous.
be
Singular and Plural
(him,
The French directobjectsof the
depending on the genderand
3rd
number
her,
It and
them)
have a different person of the pronoun.)
form
Direct
Subject
object
masculine
iI
Ie
feminine)
elle
la)
masculine
ils
les
feminine)
elles)
les)
Singular
Plural
following sentences, in which we have usedeachof object pronouns, will enable us to selectthe form from the chart above. We have used the proper again verb to see (voir)becauseboth the English and the French verbs take An
analysis
the
3rd
person French
a directobject.)))
of the
direct
WHAT IS AN
126
HIM -
Always
Do you Voyez-vo'us
-
HER
PRONOUN?)
OBJECT
masculine singular. see Paul? Yes, I see him. Paul? Qui, je Ie vois. feminine
Always
singular.
I see her. Do you see Mary? Yes, Marie? Qui,je la vois. Voyez-vous IT
-
noun
gender will dependon the genderof the antecedent). but the
singular, Always it refers to (its
Do you
livre?
Ie
Voyez-vous
1. Antecedent: 2. Gender:
Le masculine
3. Selection:' Do
Ie)
table? Yes,I see it. table? Qui, je la vois. La table (the table) is feminine.
see the
you
Yes, I see it. Qui, je Ie vois. livre (the book) is masculine.
book?
the
see
la
Voyez-vous
1. Antecedent: 2. Gender:feminine
3.
THEM
-
Selection:
Always
la)
plural
and the
same form
is
used
for both
genders.
Do you see the girls? Yes, I see them. Voyez-vous les jeunes filles? Qui,je lesvois. Doyou see the boys? Yes, I see them. les gar\037ons? Qui, je les vois.) Voyez-vous
French Indirect ObjectPronouns
First,
you
object.
have
Remember
that the
establish
to
that English
objects and that to establishthe type of object same type of
French verb takes an
and French verbs when
working
don't
in French
always
indirect
take
the
you will have
French verb (see p. 120). In French it is easier to distinguish between direct and indirect objects with nouns rather than with pronouns because nounsthat are indirect indirect are always preceded by the prepositiona whereas objects object
pronouns
are
not.)))
taken
by the
WHAT
IS AN OBJECT
PRONOUN?
127)
look at the French indirectobjectpronouns to see how they are selected. Since the rulesforthe selectionof 1stand 2nd persons indirect object pronouns are differentfromthe rulesfor the selection of divided the French indi3rd person indirect object pronouns, we have rect object pronouns into thesetwo categories: 1 st and 2nd Persons Singularand Plural (me, you, and us) The indirect object pronoun of the 1stand 2nd persons is the same as Select the form you need from the chart the direct objectpronoun. Let us
below.)
and
Direct
indirect
objects)
Subject)
Singular 1st person
je
me
2nd
tu)
te)
nous
noDs
vous)
vons)
person
Plural 1 st
perso
2 nd To
n
person)
we have
our examples,
simplify
rect object both in
English
and
in
chosen a verb
French,
the verb
which
takes
to speak to
an indi-
(parler
it).)
Paul
to us.
speaks
1. Identify 2. What
the is the
to speak
verb:
French
equivalent: parler
3. Is the French verb followed by a: Yes. in French: indirect object 4. Function of the pronoun Paul nons parle. I
indirect
Person
3rd
Since are
object
and Plural (him, her, It and them) for the selectionof 3rd personindirectobjectpronouns for pronouns referring to a \"person\" (this category and pronouns referring to a and live animals) beings includes category objects and ideas), we have divided
Singular
the rules
different
includes
human
\"thing\"
pronoun)
(this
3rd personpronouns
into
these
two
categories.)))
128
IS AN OBJECT
WHAT
PRONOUN?)
- antecedent is a person(him, her, and them) are two forms of the indirectobjectpronoun, plural form.) \"Person\"
There
Direct
Indirect
object
object
Ie la
lui)
masculine
les
leur
feminine)
les)
leur)
and a
a singular
Singular masculine
feminine)
lui
Plural
HIM
-
OR HER Are
Always singular. to Paul? Yes, I to speak the French equivalent:
speaking
you
1.
Identify
2.
What
is
3. Doesthe
verb
French
5. Function of the 6. Selection:lui
Qui, je lui
Are you speaking to Mary?
The only
THEM
refers
you
way
-
Always
to (its
Are
you
1-
tell if
You will
plural.
indirect
to Paul
speaking of
antecedent:
to her.
is
have to determine whetherthe thing.
If it
from
and Mary? Yes,I am
person
(Paul
fa
Paul
et a
Marie?
refers
noun
and
speaking
Mary)
Qui, je
leur parle.)))
it
to a person,
leur.
leur
7. Selection:
Parlez-vous
speaking
lui refers to a male or female
object pronoun
5. See above.
6. Type
object
parle.
antecedent) is a personor a
the
use
always
can
Yes.
object?
said before.)
has been
what
J am
Qui, je lui
a Marie?
before an
parle.
Yes,
1 - 6. Seeabove.
Parlez-vous
parler
in French: indirect
pronoun
fa Paul?
Parlez-vous
to him.
speaking
a preposition
require
preposition? a
4. What
am
verb:
the
to them.
WHAT
\"Thing\"
- antecedentis
There is only
one
(it and them) indirect object
a thing
of the
form
Direct
pronoun y.
Indirect
Object
Object
Person
Antecedent:
129)
PRONOUN?
IS AN OBJECT
Thing)
Singular
masculine
Ie
lui
y
feminine)
la)
lui)
y)
masculine
les
leur
y
feminine)
les)
leur)
y)
Plural
Are
the letter? Yes,I am answering you answering 1. Identify the verb: to answer 2. What is the French equivalent: repondre
3. Doesthe 4. What
French
verb
5. Function of pronoun 6. Type of antecedent: 7. Selection:y a la
Repondez-vous
Do 1.
you
obey
is the
3. Doesthe 4. What
the the
Identify
2. What
in French:
lettre?
before an
object?
Yes
object:
Yes
indirect object letter)
reponds. Yes, I obey them.
laws?
Qui, j'y
to obey
verb:
French
French
a preposition
thing (the
equivalent: obeir require a preposition
verb
before an
preposition: a
of pronoun 5. Function 6. Type of antecedent: 7. Selection:y Qbeissez-vous
require
preposition? a
it.
aux I
lois?
in French: thing (the
Qui, j 'y
indirect object laws)
obeis.
a + les)
of a
Preposition First, you have to establish that the French verb takes an object of a Remember that English and Frenchverbs don't always preposition. take the same you type of objects and that when workingin French verb (see will have to establish the type of objecttaken by the French p. 120). Pronounsthat are objects of prepositions other than to (a in French) which have certain forms are different from the forms usedas direct))) French
Pronouns
as
Objects
WHAT IS AN
130
OBJECT
objects
and indirect
usually
placed
PRONOUN?)
objects. Unlike other objectpronouns
which
are
are before the verb, pronounsas objectsof prepositions In like the verb. this are with after the they usually placed, preposition, en is an exception nounsusedas objectsofprepositions. (The pronoun
under to this rule, seebelow 2.) Let us look at the Frenchpronouns they
of a preposition to see how for the selectionof objectsof a
objects
the rules
Because
selected.
are
1st and 2nd personsaredifferent the from of of the 3rd the objectof a preposition rules for the selection pronoun ofa preposition pronouns person, we have divided the Frenchobject into these two categories: 1st and 2nd Person Singular and Plural (me, you, and us) are a The 1st and 2nd person object of a preposition merely pronouns form need from the chart of memorization. Selectthe you question after the verb. below and place it, with the preposition, of the
pronouns
preposition
Direct & of
ind irect
Object
Subject)
object
preposition)
Singular 1st person
je
me
prep.
2nd
tu)
te)
prep. + toi)
nous
nous
prep. + nons
vous)
vous)
prep.
person
+ moi
Plural 1 st person 2nd person) Here
is an
vons)
example.
No,it'sfor
Is the bookfor Paul?
No,
1.
Identify
2.
+
What
3. Is the 4. What
it's for
No, it's for the is the
verb:
French verb
French preposition?
5. Function of
pronoun
me.
you.
us.
to be
equivalent: etre by a preposition? Yes.
followed pour
(for)
in French:
toi (vous), nous 6. Selectit>n: moi, Est-ce que Ie livre est pour Paul?
object of
preposition
il est pour moi. Non, il est pour toi (or vous). Non, Non,
il est
pour
nons.)))
WHAT
PRONOUN?
IS AN OBJECT
131)
her, It and them) (him, Singular and Plural Since the rules for the selectionof 3rdpersonobjectofa preposition are different for pronouns referring to a \"person\" (this catepronouns live includes human and and animals) gory beings pronouns referring to a \"thing\" includes (this category objects and ideas), we have divided 3rd into these two categories.) person pronouns
3rd Person
\"Person\"- antecedent
person (him, her and them) the object of prepositionpronouns referring number of the on the and gender pronoun. person depending Indirect Objectof Direct are
There
a
is a
forms of
four
object
Subject
Person &
Antecedent
Thing
object
preposition
Person
Person
to
Singular
masculine
il
Ie
lui
prep. + lui
feminine
elle
la
lui
prep.
masculine
ils
les
leur
prep.+
feminine)
elles
les
leur
prep. + eux)
+ elle
PI ural
An
analysis
the
3rd
enable
HIM
-
masculine
Always
Is the 1.
following sentences, in which we have usedeachof object of a preposition referringto persons, pronouns to select the proper French form from the chart above.
of the
person us
will
book
for the
Identify
2. What
is the
3. Is the 4. What 5.
singular.
Paul?
Yes,
verb:
to be
French verb
French
(for) in French:
of antecedent:
HER
Always
Is the 1-
Ie livre
feminine
book
for
5. See above.
6. Gender 7. Selection:
Est-ce que
him.
equivalent: etre by a preposition? Yes.
of pronoun
que
is for
followed
lui 7. Selection:
Est-ce
it
pour
preposition?
Function
6. Gender
-
eux
object of preposition masculine (Paul)
est pour Paul?
\037ui,
il est
pour
lui.
singular.
Mary?
Yes,
of antecedent: elle
Ie livre est pour
it
is for
feminine Marie?
her. (Mary)
Qui,
il est
pour
elle.)))
WHAT IS AN
132
OBJECT
PRONOUN?)
-
Always plural. You will refers to is a personor a thing. THEM
antecedentis
have
a
Is
the
1-
If the
or thing.
person
the gender of the
to determine
the
bookfor
5. See above.
6. Gender
Yes
girls?
7. Selection:elles
Est-ce
que
Ie
est pour
livre
is used if the antecedent is a person,you will them.
is for
it
whether the noun it
object pronoun
antecedent.
feminine
antecedent:
of
to determine
have
A different
(the girls)
les filles?
Qui, il est pour
elles.
bookfor the boys? Yes it is for them. 1 - 5. Seeabove. of antecedent: masculine (the boys) 6. Gender
Is the
7. Selection: eux Est-ce
que
Ie livre
- antecedent
\"Thing\"
In French,
est pour
is a
les gar\037ons?
(it and
thing
a noun referring to a
when it is the objectof preceded by any other
the
Qui,
pour eux.)
il est
them) is only
thing
de.
preposition
replaced by (A noun referring
a pronoun to a thing
is not replaced. For instance, in to the table; book is on it\" referring When it or them is the instead one says \"Thebookis onthe table.\") and the pronoun are object of the prepositionde,both the preposition l) the en is before verb. which placed replaced by
French
you
preposition
say \"The
cannot
Antecedent
Person
Object of
Ind irect
Direct
object
Subject objects & Thing
Person
Thing
preposition
Person Thing
Singular
masculine
il
Ie
lui
y
lui
en
feminine
elle
la
lui
y
elle
en
masculi ne
ils
les
leur
y
eux
en
feminine
elles
les
leur
y
elles
en)
Plural
1Your
textbook
may cover
the few
cases in
which the
pronoun
en can be used to
refer
to persons.)))
(after
dt)
WHAT
Here are
PRONOUN?
133)
some examples:
[liked
the
1.
2. What
3. Is the 4. Function
speak about it.
to speak
verb:
the is the
French
French
followed by de: Yes in French: object of preposition pronoun
of
de
(book)
thing
en je vais
alors
livre
Ie
equivalent: parler
verb
antecedent:
5. Type of 6. Selection: aim\037
going to
so I am
book
Identify
J'ai
IS AN OBJECT
[likedthesebookssoI 1 - 6. See
am
en parler.
going
to speak
about
them.
above.
]'ai
alors je
Iivres
aim\037 ces
vais en parler.)
(Stressed)
Disjunctive
Pronouns
The set of pronouns usedas objectsof another has tion. These pronouns, without the preposition, are In this function, they are calleddisjunctive or contrast. emphasis
prepositions
stressed
Disjunctive
pronouns. Who
Him.
there?
is
pronouns often
Her. I
standing alone)
pronoun
personal
Qui est lh?
Lui.
Elle. I
pronoun)
disjunctive
Me.
Who called?
I
personal
Qui a
pronoun
tel\037phone?
standing alone) Moi. I
disjunctive
pronoun)))
func-
alsoused
stand alone.
for
or
WHAT IS AN
134
PRONOUN?)
OBJECT
Summary
is ,a flow
Below
French
equivalent
you.
do
the
steps
chart of of
each
the
steps
you
have
to follow
to find the
object pronoun. It is important
English
because each step dependsonthe
in sequence,
that
pre-
VIOUS one.
DO
\037
Direct
10
\037
Indirect
OP
\037
Object
in the
object
in the
French sentence
preposition
or disjunctive
object of a
French sentence
pronoun in the French
sentence)
.
mOl)
me)
vous)
toi)
Ie)
la)
lui)
lui)
elle)))
WHAT
What is gender
135)
PRONOUN?
IS AN OBJECT
the
of its
antecedent?)
Ifno
If yes
\037
If masculine
If feminine
+
noun
+ la)
Ie)
y)
is not
1
replaced
en
pronoun)
by
\037
nous)
Is the
If a person \037
les)
leur)
Is the
antecedent
a person
de?)
preposition
or a thing?) If a thing
Ifno)
I f yes)
\037
Is
y)
Is
the
a person
a personor
or
a thing?)
a thing?) If a
What
of its
is the
gender
antecedent?)
If masculine en)
If a thing)
If a person)
thing)
the
antecedent
antecedent
If feminine
+
+
eux)
elles)
noun is
not
replaced
by
pronoun)))
WHAT IS AN
136
PRONOUN?)
OBJECT
\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037REVIEW
below. object pronoun in the sentences French direct chart on pp. 134-35, circle the correct equivalent: or of a indirect object (OP),person(P), (DO), object (10) preposition the
Underline \302\267
the
Using
object
or thing
(T)
likes the
1. Mary
to take
\037
FUNCfION
OF
PRONOUN
IN ENGLISH:
00
10
OP
FUNCfION
OF
PRONOUN
IN FRENCH:
00)
10)
OP)
GENDER
to
ENGLISH:
spoke to
to
speak
FRENCH:
Ie livre et elle)
teacher
The
IN
OF ANTECEDENT IN
Marie aime
\037
masculine) prend.)
them aboutthe examyesterday. a)
parler
FUNCfION
OF
PRONOUN
IN ENGLISH:
00
10
OP
FUNCfION
OF
PRONOUN
IN FRENCH:
00
10
OP)
p)
T)
TYPE Le
book and she takes it.
prendre)
ANTECEDENT
2.
\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037
OF
ANTECEDENT:)
a parle
professeur
3. Go with
to go with
de I' examen hier.)
her. \037
avec)
aller
FUNCfION
OF
PRONOUN
IN ENGLISH:
00
10
OP
FUNCfION
OF
PRONOUN
IN FRENCH:
00)
10)
OP)
Va avec) 4. Is
the present for your
to be
for
\037
etre
parents? Yes, it's forthem.
pour)
FUNCfION
OF
PRONOUN
IN ENGLISH:
00
10
OP
FUNCfION
OF
PRONOUN
IN FRENCH:)
00)
10)
OP)))
WHAT
Is
IT
OBJECT OF
THE
ANTECEDENTIN
DE:
PREPOSITION
Le cadeau
est-il pourtesparents?
5. Did you
answerhis letters?No,we
to answer
\037
No
P
T
masculine
IN FRENCH:
ANTECEDENT
GENDER
YES
PRONOUN?
ENGLISH:
OF ANTECEDENT:
TYPE
IS AN OBJECT
Oui,
il est will
pour
answer
them
today.
a)
repondre
FUNCflON
OF
PRONOUN
IN ENGLISH:
DO
10
OP
FUNCTION
OF
PRONOUN
IN FRENCH:
DO
10
OP
P
T
IN ENGUSH:
ANTECEDENT
TYPE
OF
ANTECEDENT:
repondu a ses lettres?Non,nous
Avez-vous aujourd
'hui.
6. Paul
doesn't like exams.Heis afraid
to be
afraid of
\037
avoir
of
repondrons
them.
de
peur
FUNCTION
OF PRONOUN
IN
ENGLISH:
DO
10
OP
FUNCTION
OF PRONOUN
IN
FRENCH:
DO
10
OP
YES
No
P
T
Is
IT
THE
OBJECT OF
ANTECEDENTIN TYPE OF
DE:
PREPOSITION
ENGLISH:
ANTECEDENT:
Paul n'aime pas lesexamens.
II
a
peur.)))
137)
WHAT IS AN
138
INTERROGATIVE
PRONOUN?)
INTERROGATIVE
pronoun
Interrogative duces a question.
intro-
ENGLISH
IN
Different
interrogative
live Also,
pronouns
to a
are used dependingon
whether
you
and \"person\"(this category beings and animals) or a \"thing\" (this categoryincludesobjects ideas). the form of the interrogative pronoun referringto persons
are referring
includes
to its
according
changes
function
in the
human
sentence.)
FRENCH
A different
interrogative pronoun is used dependingon whether a person or a thing. Also,the interrogative pronoun to its function in the sentence. according
the
replaces
pronoun changes
In
AN
is a word that replaces a noun and Interrogative comes from interrogate,to question.)
An
IN
IS
WHAT
39.
PRONOUN?)
in French, an indirect
and
English
direct
object,
study eachtype
an interrogative
object, or
an
object
pronoun can be a subject,a of a preposition. We shall
separately.)
Subject) IN ENGLISH
subject pronoun is always
An interrogative
verb.
different
A
interrogative
the subjectinterrogative
pronoun
pronoun refers
\"Person\"
Who
for the
is used Who
speaks I
subject of the sentence.
French?
I
verb)
subject
\"Thing\"
What is
used for the subject of the sentence.
What I
subject
is
on
I verb)))
the table?
followed
directly
is used depending to a person or a thing.)
by the
on whether
WHAT
IN
IS
AN
INTERROGATIVE
PRONOUN?
139)
FRENCH
As
an interrogative
in English,
subject pronoun is always
followed
Also, a different interrogativepronoun is used whether the subject interrogative pronoun refers to a
by a verb.
directly
on
depending
personor
a
thing.
\"Person\"
Qui
+ verb
or Qui est.ce qui + verb
Qui
parle
Qui
est-ce
are
interchangeable.
fran\037ais?
qui parle
I
I
fran\037ais?
I
I
verb
subject
speaks French?
Who I
of
su bject
speaks)
\"Th I ng\"
qui +
Qu'est-ce
verb is the only qui est
Qu'est-ce
I
I
form.
sur la table?
I
I
verb
subject
is on
What
the table?
I
of
subject
is)
Direct
Object)
IN ENGLISH
A different interrogative direct object interrogative
on pronoun is useddepending refersto a or pronoun person a
whether
the
thing.
\"Person\"
is used
Whom
do
Whom
for the object of the sentence. know
you
here?
I
direct
object
(You is the Because (ex:
\"Who
subject.))
English who is often usedinsteadof whom know here?\,") it is difficult to recognizethe interas a direct object. Make sure that the analyze you
in conversational do you
rogative
adjective
sentence
to establish the
function
of
the
interrogative
pronoun.)))
140
IS AN INTERROGATIVE
WHAT
PRONOUN?)
\"Thing\"
for the objectof the
is used
What
do you
What I
direct
sentence.
want?
object)
IN FRENCH
a different interrogativepronoun direct objectinterrogative pronoun
As in English,
whether the
is
used
refers
depending to a person
on
or a
thing.)
\"Person\"
are intersubject + verb or Qui + verb + subject Notice that form the with \"est-ce takes the normal que\" changeable. word order,subject+ verb, whereas the other form takes an inversion, Qui
que +
est-ce
namely, verb + subject.(SeeWhat tive Sentences?, p. 46.)
Qui est-ce
v
que
are
Declarative
and
Interroga-
ez?
9us \037o(
+
subject
us?
v0
Qui
verb)
1ez;v\037 + subject
verb
do you see?
Who(m) I
direct
of see
object
(You is
the
subject.))
\"Thing\"
are intersubject + verb or Que + verb + subject Notice form that the with \"est-ce takes the normal changeable. que\" word order,subject+ verb, whereas the other form takes an inversion,
que +
Qu'est-ce
namely, verb
+
Qu'est-ce
)
subject.
que vous voulez? I
I
I
subject
voulez-vous?
Que
I
I I
verb
What do I
direct
object
(You is
the
+ subject
you want? of want subject.))))
+
verb)
WHAT IS
Indirect IN
INTERROGATIVE
and Object of a
Object
141)
PRONOUN?
Preposition
ENGLISH
is no difference between the form of the interrogative indirect object or as an objectof a preposition. However,
There as an
ferent
pronoun is used dependingon
interrogative
a person by
AN
the
or a thing.When an
considered
It is often difficult to identify
rated
the
from
tion
of
I
interr.
I
interr.
you get the
of the sentenceso will This that
restructuring
pronoun,
the
not
indirect
identify
will
you
object pronouns and to change the structure
is placed before the pronoun. make it easier for you to identify the
preposition
only
but it will
The following sentenceshave
also establish the word restructured
been
preposition. are
giving
you
the book
to? I
preposition
pronoun
To whom I
indirect
are you giving the
book?
object)
are you
What I
contributing to? I preposi tion
pronoun
To what are I
indirect
have
order
for
sentence.
the French
Who I
preposition.
preposition)
easier for you to of a object prepositionpronouns, the
is linked. This separa-
bookfrom? I
To make it
of
to which it
object is calleda dangling
preposition)
pronoun
function
of a pronoun because, in end of the sentence, sepa-
I
pronoun
Who did
to
speak to?
did you
Who
placed
from its
a preposition
at the
pronoun
interrogative
it refers
whether
indirect object, it is preceded by any other preposition,it is
function
the
English, a prepositionis often
a dif-
as an
serves
it
to; if it is preceded of a preposition. object
preposition
pronoun
object)))
you contributing?
to avoid
a dangling
WHAT IS AN
142
are you
Who I
going out with? I
preposition
pronoun
With
PRONOUN?)
INTERROGATIVE
of the
object
What
are
going out?
are you
wh,ot;n
preposition
with)
with?
you writing
I
I
preposition
pronoun
are you writing?
With what I
of the
object
preposition
with)
\"Person\"
Who
is used
(whom)
Who did you I
indirect
speak to? (To
did
whom
of a
objects
preposition.
you speak?)
object)
Who did you I
object
for indirect objectsand
get the book from? (From whom
did
you
get the
book?)
of preposition from)
\"Thing\"
What is used for indirectobjectsand What do I
object
IN
you cook with?
of preposition
(With
of a
objects
what
do you
preposition.
cook?)
with)
FRENCH
between the form of the interrogaAs in English, there is no difference or as an object of a preposition. tive pronoun as an indirect object
Also, as in English,
a
different
interrogative
depending on whether it refersto a personor a rogative pronoun serves as an indirect object,
preposition a (to);if it is sidered an
object
of a
preceded
preposition.)))
by
any
other
pronoun
is used
When
the inter-
thing.
it is
preceded
preposition,
by the it is
con-
WHAT
IS AN INTERROGATIVE
PRONOUN?
143)
\"Person\"
The preposition + qui + est-ceque + subject+ verb qui + verb + subjectareinterchangeable. A
preposition
+
preposition
+
donnez Ie livre?
que vous
est-ce
qui
or
I
I I
+ verb
subject
donnez-vous Ie livre?
A qui
I
I I
+ subject
verb
are
To whom
book?
the
giving
you
I
indirect
object
(Book is the Avec
direct
object.))
sortez? que vous I I
qui est-ce
I
+ verb
subject
sortez-vous?
Avec qui
I
I I
+ subject
verb
are you going out?
With whom I
of preposition
object
\"Thing\"
The
with)
+ quoi + est-ce que + subject+ verb + subjectareinterchangeable.
preposition
quoi + verb A
que vous
est-ce
quoi
contribuez? I
I
I
subject
+ verb
contribuez-vous?
A quoi
I
I I
+ subject
verb
To what are
you contributing?
I
indirect
Avec
object)
quoi est-ce
ecrivez? que vous I I I
subject
Avec quoi
+ verb
ecrivez-vous? I
I I
verb
With what are I
object
of the
+ subject
you writing?
preposition
with)))
or
WHAT IS AN
144
INTERROGATIVE
PRONOUN?)
remind you that
some
Careful
Once
again we
verbs
French
while the equivalentEnglish verbs takean indirect versa (see p. 120).Makesure that you determine
pronoun
in
take direct
objects, vice-
and
object
of the
the function
French.)
Summary
the correct form,
To choose
1. Determine
proceed with
the functionof the
the
interrogative
sentence (subject, directobject,indirect
three
following
object,
in pronoun or object
steps: the French of a prepo-
sition).
2. Establish
the
whether
3.
Refer
to
the
chart
to a
refers
pronoun
below.)
Indirectobjectand of a prepositon
Direct
person
thing
person or a thing.
Subject
object
object
who
who(m)
preposition
+ who(m)
prep. + qui
est-ce
qui
est-ce
qui
qui est-ce
que
qUI
qui (+ inversion)
prep.
what
what
preposition
qu'
est-ce
qui
qu' est-ce que
+ qui
prep.+ quoi (+ inversion) prep. + quoi que
que
(+ inversion) + what est-ce-que (+ inversion))))
WHAT IS AN
There is interrogative pronoun separately becauseit doesnot
we will
which
another
the
follow
145)
ones\"
one, which
\"Which
PRONOUN?
INTERROGATIVE
same
pattern
now examine as the ones
above.)
IN
ENGLISH
and things; one, which ones can referto both persons they are used in questions that request the selectionof one(which sinone, or more than one (whichones,plural) from a group that has gular) one and ones are often omitted. already been mentioned.Thewords be These interrogativepronouns used as a subject, direct object, may
Which
indirectobject,
and
of a
object
preposition.
teachers are here.Which
All the
I have
I
mentioned
group
singular subject) Which
cars.
two
one do
I
The
I
books.
has many
library
their
do you
ones
Which
want to
read?
I
mentioned
plural direct
object)
FRENCH
These tion.
object)
I
group
IN
you want to take?
singular direct
mentioned
group
French?
teaches
one
I
pronouns do not change accordingto theirfuncto the gender of theirantecedent,and change according one on whether you want to say which (sindepends
interrogative They number
gular) or
which ones (plural). Singular
Plural
masculine
lequel
lesquels
feminine
laquelle
lesquelles
To choosethe proper form, follow these steps: 1. Determinethe antecedent.
2.
the
Determine
3. Do you ones 4. Select
wish
\037
gender to say
of the antecedent. which one \037 singular
or which
plural?
the correct
French
form
from
the
above
chart.)))
146
Let US apply
Tous
these steps to someexamples. are here. Which one soot ici. Lequel
teachers
the
All
PRONOUN?)
IS AN INTERROGATIVE
WHAT
les
professeurs 1. Antecedent: the
teaches French? enseigne Ie fran\037ais?
teachers
2. Gender:Un professeur(aprofessor) 3. Number: One is singular. Selection:
4.
I have two
is masculine.
lequel)
cars.
do you
one
Which
want to
J'ai deux voitures.Laquelleveux-tu
take?
prendre?
the cars
1. Antecedent:
2. Gender:Une voiture
is feminine.
car)
(a
3. Number: One is singular. Selection:
4.
laquelle)
has
The library
Which
books.
many
La bibliothequea beaucoup 1. Antecedent:
do you want to read? veux-tu lire? Lesquels
ones
livres.
de
books
Les livres (the books)is masculine. Ones is plural.
2. Gender: 3. Number:
4. Selection:lesquels)
Here arefour girls;which
do you
ones
before
the preposition
Place
RESTRUCTURE:
want to
speak to?
interrogative
pronoun. to speak?
the
girls; to which ones do you Voici quatre filles; voulez-vous aux\037uelles are four
Here
a + lesquelles 1. Antecedent:
Selection:
There are two
girls
There II y
books.
Iivres. de
1. Antecedent:
one
Which
the preposition
are two books.
a deux
Selection:
are
before
you speaking the
interrogative
About which one are you
DU1ueiparlez-vous?
+ lequel
\037
duquel
books
2. Gender:Un livre (a book) 3. Number: One is singular. 4.
is feminine.
lesquelles)
Place
RESTRUCTURE:
parler?
auxquelles
\037
2. Gender:Unefille (a girl) 3. Number: Ones is plural. 4.
want
lequel)))
is masculine.
about? pronoun.
speaking?
IS
WHAT
the
Underline
interrogative pronouns chart on p. 144, circlethe
the
Using
direct object (DO),indirect
1.
PRONOUN?
in
the
correct
(10)
questions French
or object of
subject (8)
a preposition(OP).
FUNCTION
OF PRONOUN
IN
ENGLISH:
S
DO
10
OP
FUNCTION
OF PRONOUN
IN
FRENCH:
S
DO
10
OP
S
DO
10
OP
S
DO
10
OP
S
DO
10
OP
S
DO
10
OP
S
DO
10
OP
S
DO
10
OP
est entre dans la piece?
2.
did
Who
speak
you
to?
RESTRUCTURE:
to
to
speak
\037
a
parler
FUNCTION
OF
FUNCTION
OF PRONOUN
PRONOUN
IN ENGLISH: IN
est-ce que vous is she
3. What
to do \037
FRENCH: avez
parle?
doing tonight?
faire
FUNCTION
OF
FUNCTION
OF PRONOUN
PRONOUN
IN ENGLISH: IN
FRENCH:
fait-elle ce soir?
4.
Who
are
you
calling?
RESTRUCTURE:
to call
\037
telephoner
FUNCTION
OF
FUNCTION
OF PRONOUN
PRONOUN
a IN ENGLISH: IN
147)
below. equivalent:
the room?
into
came
Who
object
INTERROGATIVE
\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037.\037
.\037...\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037\037REVIEW
\302\267
AN
FRENCH:
telephonez-vous?)))
148
IS A POSSESSIVE
WHAT
IS
WHAT
40.
PRONOUN?)
pronoun is a word that
A possessive
possessor of that
Mine is a pronounthat
possesses
the
It's mine.
is that?
house
Whose
a noun and indicates from possess, to own.
replaces
comes
Possessive
noun.
PRONOUN?)
POSSESSIVE
A
the
replaces
words
my house
and shows who
house.)
the
IN ENGLISH
Here is
a list of the possessivepronouns: possessor
Singular
1 st
mine
person
2nd person)
yours
3rd person) Plural
1 st
masculine
his
feminine
hers
neuter)
its)
{
possessor
ours yours the irs)
person
2nd person
3rd person) Possessive
never
pronouns
possessed;
only
they
Is that your house? Are those your keys?
Yes, it Yes,
The same possessivepronoun
sessedare
in
different
John's
car
blue.
is
their form, possessor. is mine. they are mine.
change
regardless of the thing
to the
refer
number
His is
(mine)
although the objects is singular, keys is plural).
is used,
(house
pos-
blue.
Mary's car is blue.Hersisblue. the
Although
is
noun
Mary
singular,
IN
different
possessed the because
object
feminine
same (car), the possessive propossessor is different (John masculine is the
singular).
FRENCH
but pronoun refersto the possessor, in all French and English, pronouns, gender number with its antecedent, that is, with the personor objectposIn sessed. the possessive addition, pronoun is preceded by a definite in article which also agrees gender and number with the objectpos-)))
Like
unlike
English,
a French possessive it must agree, like
IS A POSSESSIVE PRONOUN?
WHAT
sessed.
there are
Therefore, the
and
singular
In the
149)
masculine and feminine forms in both the
plural.
example below, in the phraselesmiens
the possessive pronounm- refersto the (mine), while the ending-iensand the which the noun possessed livres (books) Where are your
fIrst
1st person singular les definite article
is masculine
books?Mine are in masc. pi
the
(mine),
the
living
letter of
possessor
agree with
plural. room.
endings
\037
Ou sont
vos livres? Lesmienssont
dans
Ie salon.
I
1 st
pers. sing.
possessor)
Let us look at the Frenchpossessive pronounsto seehow they Since the rules for the selectionof a singular formed. possessor we different from the rules for the selectionof a plural possessor, two groups:) divided the French possessive pronounsinto these Possessor:
Singular
mine, yours
(tu
his,
form),
hers,
are
are have
its
hasfour forms each of these possessivepronouns number of the noun and gender possessed:the masdepending the the feminine masculineplural culine form, form, singular singular To the and feminine form. choose the form, properformfollow plural In French,
on the
these
steps.
1. Indicate
the possessor.
This will be shown
possessive pronoun.(They
siveadjectives, see
What
mine yours (tu
the
are is a
same
Possessive
by
the
first
initial letters Adjective?,
letter
of the
as the possesp. 96).)
mt-)
fonn)
his
hers its }
s-)))
2. Establish the genderand
the definite articleand
numberof
that
noun.)
number the
ending
of the
object
according
possessed. Choose to the gender and
150
WHAT IS A
Noun
possessed
POSSESSIVE
. sessor+ -Ien book
Whose
PRONOUN?)
is masculine
singular
is that?)
It is
of the
+ first
letter
+ first
letter of
Ie
\037
pos-
mine. It is yours
It is his/hers. A qui est
ce livre? I
noun masc.
sing.)
sessor +
feminine
mien.
Ie tien.
C' est p\037ssessed
is Noun possessed .
C'estIe
C'est Ie sien.) \037 la
singular
the pos-
-Jenne
Whose
is that?)
house
It is mine. It is yours.
It is his/hers.
A
qui
est
cette
mai,son\037 I
noun
I?ossessed fern. sing.)
C'est
mienne.
la
la tienne.
C' est
C'est la sienne.)
Noun plural . possessedis masculine
les
\037
+ fIrst
letter of
+ -lens Whose
are
books
those?)
mine.
They are are
They
yours.
his/hers.
They are
A qui sootceslivres? I
noun
p
Related documents
English Grammar for Students of French
191 Pages • 40,967 Words • PDF • 9.7 MB
Longman English Grammar Practice for Intermediate Students
174 Pages • 10 Words • PDF • 1.6 MB
A Concise Grammar for English Language Teachers
129 Pages • PDF • 10.6 MB
English Grammar - Teacher\'s Guide
166 Pages • 117,827 Words • PDF • 1.4 MB
Old English Grammar (Campbell)
437 Pages • PDF • 18.4 MB
English for International Tourism Intermediate
150 Pages • PDF • 13.9 MB
English for accounting - student\'s book
62 Pages • PDF • 24.9 MB
The LanguageLab Library - An English Grammar
118 Pages • 21,906 Words • PDF • 1.6 MB
English Grammar 50-50 Part 2
60 Pages • PDF • 1.4 MB
STOE English Translation of Handelsregisterauszug
3 Pages • 369 Words • PDF • 17.5 KB
DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS, WORK OF ENGLISH
1 Pages • 149 Words • PDF • 125.5 KB
Test Your Grammar And Usage For FCE
144 Pages • PDF • 5.8 MB